Compressed air catalogue - ewo Stuttgart

2021

Qua

lity

prod

ucts

for t

rade

and

indu

stry

Compressed air preparation

Compressed air accessories

Garage air equipment

Compressed air catalogue

We have set ourselves the requirements for a quality management system according to DIN EN ISO 9001 and we are certified according to the latest version of this standard.

Quality through experience and tradition

The Hermann Holzapfel GmbH & Co. KG is a traditional company founded in 1914 in the heart of Stuttgart, the industrial capital of Baden-Württemberg. The region is known all over the world and is valued as the cradle of German mechanical engineering.

"Leading companies whose shares are traded on the world‘s stock exchanges today often had their beginnings in a small garage, cellar or workshop.This special culture of the engineering art on the one hand and the middle class respon-sible acting entrepreneurship on the other hand still characterise this region today and, of course, the company Hermann Holzapfel. Without these cornerstones and the ingenuity of our employees, it would not have been possible to focus on success for more than 100 years," says Jürgen Holzapfel, who has taken over the baton from his father.

The company is family-owned and our quality products, which are supplied under the the brand name "ewo" traditionally promises the highest quality and many years of experience, are known widely beyond Baden-Württemberg.

Made in Germany – wherever possible – combined with outstanding precision and work-manship characterise our compressed air valves and welding accessories. Thanks to this consistent product policy, we have been able to build up a worldwide reputation as a premium manufacturer in recent decades.

"We enjoy a worldwide reputation and we are proud to continue to grow above average with our partners".

QQuality through experien

ce uality throu

gh experience

and tradition!

and tradition!

852 01/20

01 | Compressed air preparation

vma series 13 – 19 standard series 20 – 49 variobloc series 50 – 69 combibloc series 70 – 71 airvision series 72 – 84 stainless steel series 85 – 93 Condensate drain valves 94 – 97 Flow meters 98 – 99

02 | Compressed air accessories

Couplings 102 – 116 Threaded connections 117 – 129 Hoses 130 – 136 Hose accessories 136 – 139 Way valves 140 – 145 Blow-off valves 146 Safety valves 147 – 151 Silencers 152 – 153 Pressure gauges/accessories 154 – 157

03 | Garage air equipment

Tyre inflators 160 – 172 Fluids as working equipment 173 – 186 Fluids as transport equipment 187 – 194

Images are not true to scale

Hand-held tyre inflator – airstar digital New tyre inflator with digital display and tubes from 0.5 – 2.5 meters, corresponds to the metrological and technical requirements and tests according to the standard DIN EN 12645:2015 and the standards DIN EN 60068-2-30/ -11/ -32/ -47.

page 165 DIN EN 60068-2-30/-11/-3

2/-4

7PER

FOR

MAN

CE TESTED

DIN EN 12645:2015

Washing gun cleanstar The cleanstar washing gun is suitable for use in car preparation, industry, agriculture, commercial cleaning and also for home use. It can be used for interior and exterior vehicle cleaning as well as for cleaning machine-produced parts or for sanitary applications. The combination of high operating pressure and the resulting rotation of the nozzle tube (3,600 rpm) enables very effective cleaning. In conjunction with the rotating nozzle, the areas where damage, e.g. by high-pressure cleaners, should be avoided can also be cleaned. The nozzle design and the compressed air system largely prevent spraying back. The newly developed rotation unit (protected by registered design) has a high wear resistance and is also very noiseless at high pressures.

available from Q2/2020

Safety washing gun proficlean High-pressure washing guns now also available with nozzle-Ø 4 mm and 6 mm. For use on water pumps. Excellent for washing out machines in the cutting area, also suitable for cooling lubricants.

page 185

Component-tested safety valve DN 10Technically improved version (faster response and higher energy efficiency in relation to air consumption) of our component-tested safety valve to guarantee the best possible security. Safety valves are used to vent non-toxic and non-flammable gases into the atmosphere to protect pressure vessels against excess pressure.

page 149

tyre filling hoses for our hand-held tyre inflators From now on all hand tyre fillers are also available with the BluBird filling hose. It offers the premium properties of high-end rubber hoses and has 40% less weight than conventional hoses with extremely high flexibility.

Example on page 165

Hand-held tyre inflator – euroairCorresponds to the metrological and technical requirements and tests according to the standard DIN EN 12645:2015 and the standards DIN EN 60068-2-30/ -11/ -32/ -47.

page 163

DIN EN 60068-2-30/-11/-3

2/-4

7PER

FOR

MAN

CE TESTED

DIN EN 12645:2015

News

Hose reel up to DN 13 / Ø 13 mmImpact-resistant metal housing, for indoor and outdoor use, extremely durable steel holder. Hose with high-tech polyester braiding reinforcement and 5-finger hose protector. With its ozone-resistant rubber compound (100 % silicone-free), the hose is suitable for air and water and features exceptional low- temperature flexibility, maximum oil resistance and durability.

page 138

Modul-D quality assurance system in acc. with the new MessEGIn Q1/2020 we will introduce the Module-D for conformity assessment of tyre pressure instruments for automotive use to improve the availability of the instruments.

order by fax: +49 (0)711 7813 - 200

order in e-Shop: ewo.de

Bayern

Baden-WürttembergHessen

Berlin, Bremen, HamburgBrandenburg

Mecklenburg-VorpommernSachsen, Sachsen-Anhalt

ThüringenNordrhein-Westfalen

Schleswig-Holstein

NiedersachsenRheinland-Pfalz

Saarland

+49 (0)711 7813 - 118

+49 (0)711 7813 - 116

+49 (0)711 7813 - 183

+49 (0)711 7813 - 0

Austria and Switzerlandand all other

export countries

+49 (0)711 7813 - [email protected]

[email protected]

Ordering

Contact us:

http://e-shop.ewo-stuttgart.de

mailto:mailto:export%40ewo.de?subject=

mailto:mailto:verkauf%40ewo.de?subject=

mailto:mailto:info%40ewo.de?subject=

http://e-shop.ewo-stuttgart.de

Compressed air preparation – vma seriesFilter system for compressed air up to the highest purity. Various filtration grades. Pre-filters, microfilters and activated carbon filters. Modular system for direct flanging. Six sizes with connection threads from G ¼ up to G 2.

starting from page 13

Compressed air preparation – standard seriesProcessing equipment in classic design and proven quality over many years. Compressed air filters, microfilters, pressure regulators, compressed air lubricators and filter pressure regulators in many variations concerning filter finenesses, drain valves, pressure ranges and bowls. Connection to maintenance units via double nipples. Six sizes with connection threads from G ⅛ to G 2. Compressed air preparation units of the standard series, which are not used for maintenance units: compressed air filters and microfilters 40 bar and 60 bar, pressure regulators 40 bar, high pressure regulators 60 bar, pressure line regulators up to 150 bar outlet pressure, precision pressure regulators, pressure regulators with pressure gauge in handwheel, water pressure regulators and small lubricators.


Compressed air preparation – variobloc seriesProcessing equipment in modern modular design supplemented by additional equipment, innovative and powerful. Compressed air filters, microfilters, membrane air dryers, activated carbon filters, pressure regulators, precision pressure regulators, battery pressure regulators, filter pressure regulators, compressed air lubricators and mobile maintenance units with a large number of possible variations with regard to filter finenesses, drain valves, pressure ranges and bowl materials. Additionally with distributors, distributors with non-return valve, 3/2-way electrical switching valve, ball valve with venting and pneumatic starting valve. With connection threads from G ¼ to G 2.


Compressed air preparation – combibloc seriesCombined maintenance unit, consisting of regulator, filter and lubricator, combined in one unit. With connection threads from G ¼ to G 2.


Product overview compressed air preparation

Compressed air preparation – airvision/airvision L seriesProcessing in modular economy design with an attractive price / performance ratio. Compressed air filter, microfilter, pressure regulator, compressed air lubricator and filter pressure regulator, connection thread G ⅛ and G ¼.


Compressed air preparation – stainless steel seriesProcessing equipment completely in stainless steel and extremely robust with high resistance to corrosion. Compressed air filters, filter pressure regulators, pressure regulators and maintenance units, with connection thread G ¼ to G 1. Fittings with thread and ball valves. Connection thread G ⅛ to G 2 – safety coupling DN 7.4.


Compressed air preparation – Condensate drain valvesDrain valves for condensate draining for filters and filter pressure regulators. Manual drain valve fitted as standard. Semi-automatic drain valves for draining when not under pressure. Fully automatic drain valves as attachable or integrated automatic drain valves, time-controlled or electronic attachable drain valves as well as fully automatic attachable drain valves up to 20 bar.


Flow metersFlow meter for compressed air and gases for use in compressed air monitoring, consumption measurement, leakage air/leakage rate determination, mobile compressed air consumption measurement in front of individual machines / plants as well as flow measurement of process gases and nitrogen generators.


Product overview compressed air preparation

CouplingsMicro couplings and plugs, mini couplings and plugs, safety couplings, standard couplings and plugs, backflow dampers, swivel joint connectors, X- and Y-Distributors, stainless steel safety couplings, high flow multi couplings, super flow couplings and plugs, garage couplings and plugs, claw couplings.


Threaded connectionsThreaded fittings: ceiling elbows, distributors and air distributors, double nipples, blind plugs and reducers, etc., elbows 90° and T-pieces, hose connections, quick connectors, quick couplings for plastic hoses.


Hoses/ hose accessoriesFLEXTREM premium full rubber hose, spiral hoses, PVC hoses, hose buffer, special compressed air hose, painting and compressed air hose, PU compressed air hose, pneumatic hose made of polyethylene/polyamide, hose clamps, strainer, hose break protection – Hose Guard, hose accessories, hose reel, compressed air hose reel, energy suspension distributor for current/compressed air, wall-mounted hose holder.


Way valves/ safety valves/ blow-off valvesBall valves, shut-off and regulating valves, drain valves, manual slide valves (3/2-way valve), non-return valves, safety valves, high performance safety valves, non-component tested drain valves.


SilencersSilencers made of sintered bronze, plastic silencers, high-performance multi-chamber silencers or safety silencers.


Pressure gauges/ accessoriesPressure gauges Ø 40, Ø 50 and Ø 63, industrial pressure gauges Ø 100, pressure gauge accessories as well as sealing material and oils.


Product overview compressed air accessories

Tyre inflatorsDevices for inflating and checking the tyre pressure, such as the digital automatic tyre inflator, the portable tyre inflator as well as various hand-held tyre inflators calibrated for commercial purposes and uncalibrated for private use. Compressed air impact wrenches and accessories, such as inline filters, inline regulators, air flow valves and swivel connectors.


Fluids as working equipmentGarage equipment which uses fluids, in particular compressed air, as work equipment. Blow guns with a variety of nozzle shapes and accessories, as well as washing guns or suction guns.


Fluids as transport equipmentWorkshop equipment which works with fluids, in particulary compressed air, as means of transport. Spray guns, paint spray guns and sandblasting guns each including accessories or filter regulating units for the paint shop.


Product overview garage air equipment

Please follow the general safety instructions in the respective data sheets and operating instructions!

According to EU law, the manufacturers of machines and plants must prove the conformity of the machines or plants with the applicable EC directives. A machine or plant may only be put into operation when it has been established that the machine or plant complies with the applicable EC directive.

Illustrations are exemplary and non-binding. For each product group, only one illustration is usually shown.

Technical data are also non-binding. We reserve the right to make design changes at any time. Dimensions are given in mm, pressures in bar/psi (overpressures) and flow rates in Nl/min related to the normal condition.

Connections are generally threads according to DIN-ISO 228. Tolerance group A for male threads is not specified separately. Left-hand threads are identified by the internationally used suffix LH (left-hand). If several thread connections are specified for one device, the largest original thread for smaller connections is achieved by reductions (except for the variobloc and stainless steel series).

The main features and tests were defined and implemented in accordance with international standards for compressed air preparation.

Supply of Services (prices on request): ISO standards for products:

Factory certificate 2.1 according to EN 10204 Filters ISO 5782-1 and 2 Quality control report/QCR 2.2 according to EN 10204 Pressure regulators ISO 6953-1 and 2Acceptance test certificate 3.1 or 3.2 according to EN 10204 Mist lubricators ISO 6301-1 and 2Certification – Individual device protocol Flow measurement ISO 6358

Returns

Return shipments must generally be free of charge. Unfree shipments cannot be accepted. In the case of legitimate complaints, the shipping costs will be refunded. To ensure that we can process your complaint quickly, please report your complaint BEFORE returning the goods using this form: https://ewo-stuttgart.com/returns/. Unconfirmed complaints will not be accepted.

Remarks

The previously used sizes have been replaced by new identifiers ! Due to the ewo internal naming system size is refered as BG (Baugröße) in this catalogue.

Series Old identification New identification Connection size

vma BG I1 BG 50-1 G ¼*, G ⅜*, G ½*BG I2 BG 50-2 G ½*, G ¾BG II1 BG 90-1 G ¾*, G 1*BG II2 BG 90-2 G 1*, G 1 ¼*BG II3 BG 90-3 G 1 ¼*, G 1 ½*BG II4 BG 90-4 G 1 ½*, G 2

standard small (286.XXX) BG 20 G ¼small BG 30 G ⅛*, G ¼*, G ⅜intermediate BG 35 G ⅛*, G ¼*, G ⅜medium BG 40 G ⅜*, G ½compact BG 55 G ¾*, G 1large BG 60 G ¾*, G 1max BG 80 G 1 ¼*, G 1 ½super BG 90 G 1 ½*, G 2

standard filters 40/ 60 bar BG I BG 40 G ⅜*, G ½BG II BG 60 G ¾*, G 1

standard pressure regulator 40 bar small BG 20 G ¼medium BG 40 G ½

standard high-pressure regulator 60 bar BG I BG 20 G ¼BG I BG 30 G ⅜BG II BG 40 G ½BG III BG 60 G 1

standard pressure regulator with internal gauge in knob BG I BG 30 G ⅜variobloc BG I BG 20 G ¼

BG I BG 30 G ⅜BG II BG 40 G ½BG II BG 50 G ¾, G 1**

combibloc BG I BG 40 G ¼*, G ⅜*, G ½BG II BG 60 G ½*, G ¾*, G 1

airvision/ airvision L – BG 20 G ⅛*, G ¼stainless steel BG I BG 20 G ¼

BG I BG 30 G ⅜BG II BG 40 G ½BG III BG 50 G ¾BG III BG 60 G 1

* reduced ** extended

New size-identification!

https://ewo-stuttgart.com/returns/

https://ewo-stuttgart.com/returns/

01 | Compressed air preparation

12 01 | Compressed air preparation

vma series 13 – 19

Pre-filters v 14Microfilters m 15Activated carbon filters a 16Combinations 17Maintenance units G ¼ 18Filter regulator station microair 19

standard series 20 – 49

Compressed air filters G ⅛ – G ½ 20Compressed air filters G ¾ – G 1½ 21Compressed air filters G 1½ – G 2 22Compressed air filters 40 bar G ⅜ – G 2 23Compressed air filters 60 bar G ⅜ – G 1 24Microfilters G ⅛ – G ⅜ 25Microfilters G ⅜ – G 1 26Microfilters G 1½ – G 2 27Microfilters 40 bar G ⅜ – G 2 28Microfilters 60 bar G ⅜ – G 1 29Pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ½ 30Pressure regulators G ¾ – G 1½ 31Large pressure regulators G 1½ – G 2 32Pressure regulators 40 bar G ¼ – G ½ 33High pressure regulators 60 bar G ¼ – G 1 34Pressure line regulators G ¼ 35Precision pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ½ 36Pressure regulators with internal gauge in setting knob G ⅜ 37Water pressure regulators G ¼ – G 1½ 38Compressed air lubricators G ⅛ – G ½ 39Compressed air lubricators G ¾ – G 1½ 40Compressed air lubricators G 1½ – G 2 41Small lubricators G ¼ and G ⅜ 42Small lubricators G ¼ 42Filter pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ½ 43Two-piece maintenance units G ⅛ – G ½ 44Three-piece maintenance units G ⅛ – G ½ 45Three-piece maintenance units G ¾ – G 1½ 46Three-piece maintenance units G 1½ – G 2 47Mounting and connecting elements 48Panel mountings 49

variobloc series 50 – 69

variobloc series – combinations for highest demands! 50Compressed air filters type 482 G ¼ – G 1 51Microfilters type 491 G ¼ – G 1 52Membrane air dryers type 494 G ¼ – G 1 53Activated carbon filters type 493 G ¼ – G 1 54Pressure regulators type 481 G ¼ – G 1 55Precision pressure regulators type 495 G ¼ – G 1 56Battery pressure regulators type 490 G ¼ – G 1 57Compressed air lubricators type 483 G ¼ – G 1 58Filter pressure regulators type 480 G ¼ – G 1 59Two-piece maintenance units Typ 488 G ¼ – G 1 60Three-piece maintenance units Typ 489 G ¼ – G 1 61Mobile maintenance units type 489 G ½ – G 1 62Ball valves with vent type 487 G ¼ – G 1 63

3/2-way electrical switching valves type 485 G ¼ – G 1 64Distributors type 486 G ¼ – G 1 65Pneumatic starting valves type 484 G ¼ – G 1 66Intermediate modules for block mounting, pipe connection 67Wall mounting elements 68Spare parts and accessories 69

combibloc series 70 – 71

Combined maintenance units G ¼ – G 1 70

airvision series 72 – 78

Compressed air filters G ⅛ – G ¼ 72Microfilters G ⅛ – G ¼ 73Pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ¼ 74Compressed air lubricators G ⅛ – G ¼ 75Filter pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ¼ 76Two-piece maintenance units G ⅛ – G ¼ 77Three-piece maintenance units G ⅛ – G ¼ 78

airvision L series 79 – 84

Compressed air filters G ⅛ – G ¼ 79Pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ¼ 80Compressed air lubricator G ⅛ – G ¼ 81Filter pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ¼ 82Two-piece maintenance units G ⅛ – G ¼ 83Three-piece maintenance units G ⅛ – G ¼ 84

stainless steel series 85 – 93

Compressed air filter type 692 G ¼ – G 1 85Filter pressure regulator type 690 G ¼ – G 1 86Pressure regulator type 691 G ¼ – G 1 87DN 7.4 Safety coupling with push-button, connection rotatable 88Threaded fittings 89 – 92Ball valves 93

Condensate drain valves 94 – 97

Manual drain valve 94Semi-automatic drain valve 94Automatic integrated drain valve 95Automatic attachable drain valve B 95Automatic attachable drain valve A 96Time-controlled attachable drain valve 96Electronic attachable drain valve 97Automatic attachable drain valve up to 20 bar 97

Flow meters 98 – 99

Flow meter model 850 98Your advantages at a glance 99

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

13ewo.de

vma series

Single units: pre-filter, microfilter, activated carbon filter

There are two different housing sizes with two or four different container lengths, i.e. a total of six different nominal sizes or insert sizes. Two different threaded connections are provided for each size (even three for the smallest size), so that a total of thirteen different versions are available for each individual device or combination.

Relationship between size and threaded connections:

Size BG 50 (I) BG 90 (II)Nominal size

Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½ G 2

Combinations

pre-filter – microfilter (v – m) microfilter – activated carbon filter (m – a) pre-filter – microfilter – activated carbon filter (v – m – a)

Combinations of individual devices are assembled by simply flanging them together using four conical sleeves with screw and nut. The sequence of flanging together is as follows:1. place the first device flat on the table. Flange face upwards. 2. insert the sealing ring and the four nuts into the corresponding notches.3. place the next device with the flange face downwards. 4. fit the cone sleeves one after the other and tighten slightly with the screw.5. tighten the screws crosswise one after the other.

Operation: to protect the differential pressure gauge, the unit should only be pressurised slowly after installation to ensure pressure equalisation.

Filter inserts

Pre-filter insert (v) – PE filter for solid and liquid filtration Microfilter insert (m) – microfibre fleece preferably for aerosol filtration Activated carbon filter insert (a) – activated carbon filter for adsorption of oil vapours

The filter service life up to the recommended change time (pressure drop 0.6 bar) is approx. 2,000 operating hours, depending on dirt contamination. We recommend a flow rate between 10 % and 80 % of the flow rate specifications. The three filter inserts have identical installation dimensions within each size (regarding to A and B1 / B2).

Dimensions (mm)

BG 50-1 BG 50-2 BG 90-1 BG 90-2 BG 90-3 BG 90-4A (Ø) 48 71B1 (Ø) 24 48B2 (Ø) 12 12C 75 145 110 210 310 500

429.2208

BG 50-1 (I) BG 50-2 (I) BG 90-1 (II) BG 90-2 (II) BG 90-3 (II) BG 90-4 (II)

433.2208 434.2208

Compressed air preparation for highest demands

The simple cleaning of compressed air with normal compressed air filters is no longer sufficient for many applications. In this case, the filter system vma offers a graduated program for all requirements from the technically clean compressed air for tools to the process air to the odourless breathing air as a single unit or combination. Housings constructed in the vma modular system for direct flange-mounting. Available in two housing sizes and six different insert sizes. Connection sizes from G ¼ to G 2 according to DIN-ISO 228. Housing and bowl are made of aluminium, plastic- coated, corrosion-protected. Easy cleaning.

Components:Differential pressure gauges: indicates the pressure drop in the filter. To replace the filter insert, see below. Full utilization of the filter service life saves costs, timely replacement stops energy loss. Mounting optionally front or rear (reading always possible [double scale]). Mounting bracket: Available as accessory for single units and combinations. Filter inserts: three different inserts with identical installation dimensions for each size. Detailed description on the following pages. Condensate drain valves are available in different versions: Automatic attachable drain valve: Standard for pre-filters and microfilters. External, easily accessible for maintenance.

Minimum operating pressure 4 bar. Manual drain valve: standard as vent valve for activated carbon filters, as no condensate is produced here.

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


vma series

Dimensions/ flow rates

Size Thread WDevice dimensions (mm) Mounting

Weight (g) Flow rate Q***A B C E F G** J K L

BG 50-1 G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ 83 335 83 57 41.5 410 40 48 M6 2,100 60 (1,000)BG 50-2 G ½ G ¾ 83 405 83 57 41.5 550 40 48 M6 2,300 120 (2,000)BG 90-1 G ¾ G 1 118 420 118 72 59 530 70 80 M8 4,800 180 (3,000)BG 90-2 G 1 G 1 ¼ 118 520 118 72 59 730 70 80 M8 5,300 320 (5,333)BG 90-3 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½ 118 620 118 72 59 930 70 80 M8 5,700 500 (8,333)BG 90-4 G 1½ G 2 118 810 118 72 59 1,310 70 80 M8 6,400 800 (13,333)** required space for element change *** flow rate in Nm³/h (Nl/min) measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 0.01 bar

Standard version: with differential pressure gauge and automatic attachable drain valve A

Size ThreadOrder No.Pre-filter complete Filter insert

BG 50-1 (I1)G ¼* 429.2102 429-152G ⅜* 429.2104 429-152G ½* 429.2106 429-152

BG 50-2 (I2)G ½* 429.2206 429-156G ¾ 429.2208 429-156

BG 90-1 (II1)G ¾* 429.2308 429-158G 1* 429.2309 429-158

BG 90-2 (II2)G 1* 429.2409 429-159G 1 ¼* 429.2410 429-159

BG 90-3 (II3)G 1 ¼* 429.2510 429-161G 1 ½* 429.2511 429-161

BG 90-4 (II4)G 1 ½* 429.2611 429-162G 2 429.2612 429-162

* inlet and outlet reduced

Order key for all variants

429.X102 2 with differential pressure gauge, with automatic attachable drain valve A 3 with differential pressure gauge, with manual drain valve 5 without differential pressure gauge, with automatic attachable drain valve A 6 without differential pressure gauge, with manual drain valve

Technical data

Thread G ¼ up to G 2 (see table)Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barMin. operating pressure manual drain valve: from 0 bar, autom. attachable drain valve A: 4 barOperating temperature +1.5 °C up to +65 °CMounting position / flow rate vertically / in arrow direction (from inside to outside)Differential pressure gauge 0 up to 2 bar (0 up to 29 psi)Efficiency ratio 99.99 % in relation to 3 µm (solid impurities)Compressed air quality acc. to ISO 8573-1, class 6

429-156

429.2208

condensate drain valves starting from page 94

Pre-filters v

High performance sintered polyethylene filter inserts.

Application: pre-filters for microfilters and combinations of microfilters – activated carbon filters, secondary filters for adsorption, absorption and refrigeration dryers, dust filters for compressed air and other compressed gases.

Structure: 1. polyethylene cylinder 2. aluminium end caps

Mode of operation: when the uncleaned compressed air enters the filter, the solid particles of 3 µm are retained. When passing through the filter element from the inside to the outside, the coalescence effect results in increased moisture separation. The flow rate remains unchanged.

Cleaning: by washing out with warm soapy water and blowing out from the outside to the inside. We recommend cleaning at a pressure drop of 0.6 bar at the latest point.

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

15ewo.de

Standard version: with differential pressure gauge and automatic attachable drain valve A

Size ThreadOrder No.Microfilter complete Filter insert

BG 50-1 (I1)G ¼* 430.2102 430-2G ⅜* 430.2104 430-2G ½* 430.2106 430-2

BG 50-2 (I2)G ½* 430.2206 430-6G ¾ 430.2208 430-6

BG 90-1 (II1)G ¾* 430.2308 430-8G 1* 430.2309 430-8

BG 90-2 (II2)G 1* 430.2409 430-9G 1 ¼* 430.2410 430-9

BG 90-3 (II3)G 1 ¼* 430.2510 430-11G 1 ½* 430.2511 430-11

BG 90-4 (II4)G 1 ½* 430.2611 430-12G 2 430.2612 430-12



430.X102 2 with differential pressure gauge, with automatic attachable drain valve A 3 with differential pressure gauge, with manual drain valve 5 without differential pressure gauge, with automatic attachable drain valve A 6 without differential pressure gauge, with manual drain valve

Technical data

Thread G ¼ up to G 2 (see table)Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barMin. operating pressure manual drain valve: from 0 bar, autom. attachable drain valve A: 4 barOperating temperature +5 °C up to +80 °CMounting position / flow rate vertically / in arrow direction (from inside to outside)Differential pressure gauge 0 up to 2 bar (0 up to 29 psi)Efficiency ratio 99.9999 % in relation to 0.01 µmResidual oil content 0.01 ppmCompressed air quality acc. to ISO 8573-1, dust / oil, class 1




BG 50-1 G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ 83 335 83 57 41.5 410 40 48 M6 2,100 78 (1,300)BG 50-2 G ½ G ¾ 83 405 83 57 41.5 550 40 48 M6 2,300 120 (2,000)BG 90-1 G ¾ G 1 118 420 118 72 59 530 70 80 M8 4,800 245 (4,080)BG 90-2 G 1 G 1 ¼ 118 520 118 72 59 730 70 80 M8 5,300 275 (4,580)BG 90-3 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½ 118 620 118 72 59 930 70 80 M8 5,700 390 (6,500)BG 90-4 G 1 ½ G 2 118 810 118 72 59 1,310 70 80 M8 6,400 540 (9,000)** required space for element changel *** flow rate in Nm³/h (Nl/min) measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 0.1 bar

430-2208

430-6


Microfilters m

Borosilicate filter. Preferably for filtering out aerosols and solid impurities above 0.01 µm. The use of a pre-filter (v) is recommended.

Application: paint spraying systems, sand blasting systems, control systems, vacuum systems, measuring instruments, fluidics, transport air, process air, air bearings, air conditioning technology.

Structure: 1. inner support, stretched stainless steel support shell. 2. pre-filtration fleece. 3. binder-free borosilicate microfibre fleece 0.01 µm. 4. supporting fabric. 5. outer support, stretched stainless steel shell. 6. foam sheathing. 7. aluminium end caps.Mode of operation: if possible the, preferably pre-cleaned air (pre-filter) passes through the filter element from the inside to the outside.

Coarser impurities are prevented by the pre-filtration fleece before the three-dimensional filter effect takes place in the multi-layered borosilicate. Because of the large hollow volume of 94 % between the glass fibres, a high absorption quantity of solid components is guaranteed. The separated liquid coalesces in droplets and is collected in the foam. This liquid then drips into the bowl and can be discharged to the outside.

Cleaning: is not possible. Replacement is recommended at approx. 0.6 bar pressure drop (red area on differential pressure gauge) or after approx. 2,000 operating hours.

vma series


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion




BG 50-1 G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ 83 245 83 57 41.5 320 40 48 M6 1,890 30 (500)BG 50-2 G ½ G ¾ 83 315 83 57 41.5 460 40 48 M6 2,090 60 (1,000)BG 90-1 G ¾ G 1 118 330 118 72 59 440 70 80 M8 4,590 90 (1,500)BG 90-2 G 1 G 1 ¼ 118 430 118 72 59 640 70 80 M8 5,090 160 (2,667)BG 90-3 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½ 118 530 118 72 59 840 70 80 M8 5,490 250 (4,167)BG 90-4 G 1½ G 2 118 720 118 72 59 1,220 70 80 M8 6,190 400 (6,667)** required space for element change *** flow rate in Nm³/h (Nl/min) measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 0.12 bar

Standard version: without differential pressure gauge, with manual drain valve

Size ThreadOrder No.Activated carbon filter complete Filter insert

BG 50-1 (I1)G ¼* 431.6102 431-2G ⅜* 431.6104 431-2G ½* 431.6106 431-2

BG 50-2 (I2)G ½* 431.6206 431-6G ¾ 431.6208 431-6

BG 90-1 (II1)G ¾* 431.6308 431-8G 1* 431.6309 431-8

BG 90-2 (II2)G 1* 431.6409 431-9G 1 ¼* 431.6410 431-9

BG 90-3 (II3)G 1 ¼* 431.6510 431-11G 1 ½* 431.6511 431-11

BG 90-4 (II4)G 1 ½* 431.6611 431-12G 2 431.6612 431-12


Technical data

Thread G ¼ up to G 2 (see table)Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barOperating temperature +1.5 °C up to +45 °CMounting position / flow rate vertically / in arrow direction (from inside to outside)Residual oil content 0.005 ppmCompressed air quality acc. to ISO 8573-1, class 1

431.6208 431-6


Activated carbon filters a

Activated carbon filters for the adsorption of vaporous liquids. The use of a microfilter (m) is strongly recommended if no dried air is used.

Application: food industry, packaging industry, beverage industry, breathing air, pressure chambers, medical technology, dental technology, measuring technology.

Structure: 1. finely grinded activated carbon. 2. filtration layer made of binder-free microfibre fleece. 3. stretched stainless steel support shell to increase the free adsorption area. 4. aluminium end caps.Mode of operation: the pre-cleaned compressed air (dryer, microfilter or microfilter with pre-filter) passes through the activated carbon layer.

The density of the activated carbon layer ensures a sufficient contact time for the adsorption of vaporous liquids. Activated carbon particles are retained in the outer filter layer. To achieve a long service life, compressed air should not contain any liquid or solid impurities when entering the activated carbon filter.

Cleaning: not possible. Replacement recommended after approx. 2,000 operating hours.

vma series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

17ewo.de

vma series

Standard version: with differential pressure gauge (pre-filter and microfilter)

Size ThreadOrder No.v – m m – a v – m – a

BG 50-1 (I1)G ¼* 432.2102 433.2102 434.2102G ⅜* 432.2104 433.2104 434.2104G ½* 432.2106 433.2106 434.2106

BG 50-2 (I2)G ½* 432.2206 433.2206 434.2206G ¾ 432.2208 433.2208 434.2208

BG 90-1 (II1)G ¾* 432.2308 433.2308 434.2308G 1* 432.2309 433.2309 434.2309

BG 90-2 (II2)G 1* 432.2409 433.2409 434.2409G 1 ¼* 432.2410 433.2410 434.2410

BG 90-3 (II3)G 1 ¼* 432.2510 433.2510 434.2510G 1 ½* 432.2511 433.2511 434.2511

BG 90-4 (II4)G 1 ½* 432.2611 433.2611 434.2611G 2 432.2612 433.2612 434.2612



432.X102 2 with differential pressure gauge 5 without differential pressure gauge

Technical data

See individual units on page 14 up to page 16.


Size Thread Flow rate Q**Installation length (A)vm/ma vma

BG 50-1 G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ 30 (500) 166 249BG 50-2 G ½ G ¾ 60 (1,000) 166 249BG 90-1 G ¾ G 1 90 (1,500) 236 354BG 90-2 G 1 G 1 ¼ 160 (2,667) 236 354BG 90-3 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½ 250 (4,167) 236 354BG 90-4 G 1½ G 2 400 (6,667) 236 354** flow rate in Nm³/h (Nl/min) measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 0.1 bar

432.2208

434.2208


Combinations

The delivery takes place as single devices with connecting parts in the variants: pre-filter – microfilter (v – m), microfilter – activated carbon filter (m – a) and pre-filter – microfilter – activated carbon filter (v – m – a)

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


vma series

Standard version: with filter combination (pre-filter and microfilter), automatic attachable drain valves A and pressure regulator

Version Order No.Without differential pressure gauge with automatic attachable drain valves A, mounting bracket mounted, pressure regulator 0.5 – 3 bar with pressure gauge, set to 1 bar.

432.017

With differential pressure gauge on the microfilter and automatic attachable drain valves A, mounting bracket mounted, pressure regulator 0.5 – 3 bar with pressure gauge, set to 1 bar.

432.002

Accessories

Order No.Size BG 50 BG 90Connecting parts (kit) for flanging two devices together. Consisting of a sealing ring and four conical sleeves, screws and nuts each. Two sets of connecting parts are required to flange three units together.

429-29 429-33

Mounting bracket (kit) for mounting on vertical surfaces. Consisting of mounting bracket and two screws for attachment to the device, optionally at the front or rear.

429-25 429-27

Electronic attachable drain valve 230 V AC contactless measurement of the collected condensate, which is safely drained without pressure loss.

5370.200

Adapter set for 5370.200 for attachment to filter Ø 14 (not shown) M14 × 1 m – G ½ m, according to ISO 228 (for dimensions see page 97)

5370-400

Main spare parts

Order No. Size BG 50 BG 90Differential pressure gauge Ø 80, height 97.5 mm for all filters. Double scale 0 – 2 bar (0 – 29 psi). Green range 0 – 0.6 bar, red range 0.6 – 2 bar. Complete with adapter and mounting parts for flange mounting (2 screws, 2 seals).

5429.10

Automatic attachable drain valve A when a certain condensate level is reached, the float actuates a pneumatic servo valve and opens the drain valve. Connection G ⅛.

5370.4

432.017

432.002

429-29

429-25

5370.200


5429.105370.4

Maintenance units G ¼

The maintenance units G ¼ consisting of the filter combination pre-filter and microfilter incl. automatic attachable drain valves A, supplemented by pressure regulator and optional differential pressure gauge. The installation of the maintenance units in the compressed air network (4 – 16 bar) provides cleaned and reduced compressed air. The air cleaned by pre-filters and microfilters (solid contamination 0.01 µm and residual oil content 0.01 ppm) passes through the pressure regulator via appropriate distributors and pressure hoses into the respective consumer (e.g. instrument sealing air). Flow rate at 1 bar (∆p 0.2 bar) 200 Nl/min.

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

19ewo.de

Construction and components:

1st stage – pre-filter fine sintered bronze filter, 5 µm filter fineness, for filtration of solids and liquids. Separation efficiency 99 %, can be regenerated by washing out. With automatic attachable drain valve A.

2nd stage – pressure regulatorindependent of inlet pressure with increased accuracy without air consumption, regulates the preferred operating pressure from 0.5 – 10 bar. Pressure gauge with solvent-resistant glass pane.

3rd stage – microfiltermulti-stage depth filter with three-dimensional filter effect made of binder-free borosilicate fibre fleece and high dirt absorption capacity. For fine filtration of compressed air solid particles and oil-water aerosols up to a residual oil content of 0.01 mg/m³.Chemically and biologically inactive, water-repellent. Stainless steel support shell and aluminium end caps, separation efficiency 99.99998 % at 0.01 µm. Tested and approved according to LPV 0.700.9900 (Fraunhofer Institute).

Distributor blockfor air extraction, available with 2 ball valves or 2 couplings.

Version Order No.Pre-filter – pressure regulator – microfilter with distribution block with 2 ball valves G ⅜ 439.2*Pre-filter – pressure regulator – microfilter with distributor block with 2 couplings DN 7.2 439.3** mounting bracket already mounted

Accessories

4th stage – activated carbon filterthe filter regulator station can be extended with the additional set of activated carbon filter plus distributor block. The advantage is a breathing air quality with considerably less contamination than the ambient air. The supplementary set can be attached to 439.2 or 439.3 with the 185.77 double nipple.

Activated carbon filter: multi-layer activated carbon for the adsorption of vaporous liquids and hydrocarbons (oil aerosols, odours), residual oil content 0.005 ppm. See also individual description.

Version Order No.Activated carbon filter and distributor block with 2 couplings DN 7.2 with pressure gauge 0 – 16 bar

439.4

Double nipple for mounting to 439.2 or 439.3 185.77**** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Main spare parts

Order No.v-Filter element (pre-filter) sintered bronze, 5 µm 429-100m-Filter element (microfilter) 430-6a-Filter element (activated carbon filter) 431-6Pressure gauge Ø 50, vertical, 0 – 16 bar (on the distributor block) [not shown] 102Pressure gauge Ø 63, horizontal, 0 – 16 bar (on pressure regulator) [not shown] 89

Technical data

Thread G ½Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 bar

Operating temperature+1.5 °C up to +65 °C / +1.5 °C up to +45 °C (with activated carbon filter)

Flow rate 3,000 Nl/minMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing Al, CuZn39Pb3Material distributor, bowl aluminium plastic coated

439.2

439.3

439.4

429-100 430-6 431-6

Filter regulator station microair G ½

Air quality according to ISO 8573-1: 2010 purity class 1Multi-stage compressed air treatment with high-quality filter elements (pre-, micro- and possibly activated carbon filter) for an optimal painting result – without expensive reworking or operational failures. Removes impurities such as H₂O, hydrocarbons and dirt particles. High flow rate (3,000 Nl/min), with differential pressure gauge as individual contamination indicator. For maximum economy, service and safety. Application areas: Sandblasting shops – chemical industry – plastics industry – paint production – packaging industry.

vma series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Standard version: with plastic bowl and manual drain valve

SizeOrder No.G ⅛* G ¼* G ⅜ G ½

With plastic bowl and manual drain valveBG 30 (small) 322.21 322.22 322.23 –BG 40 (medium) – – 322.35* 322.36With plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valveBG 30 (small) 322.521 322.522 322.523 –BG 40 (medium) – – 322.535* 322.536With plastic bowl and automatic attachable drain valve A (max. 16 bar)BG 30 (small) 370.21 370.22 370.23 –BG 40 (medium) – – 370.35* 370.36* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119

Order key for additional options

322/ 370.XX(X)X M metal bowl S protective metal cage

Spare parts and accessories

Order No.Size BG 30 BG 40Mounting set for mounting at the top of the housing 322-24 322-25Protective metal cage for plastic bowl, with mounting ring 322-130 322-131Metal bowl with seal and manual drain valve 324-101 324-109Metal bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 324-113 324-117Metal bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 324-114 324-118Plastic bowl with seal and manual drain valve 322-112 322-118Plastic bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 322-113 322-119Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 322-114 322-120Fastening ring for plastic and metal bowl 287-25 297-2Sealing ring for all bowls 287-6 297-10Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (mounted) 287-10 267-37Filter element filter porosity 5 µm 287-13 298-9

Technical data

Size BG 30 BG 40Thread G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ½Nominal flow rate** 1,050 Nl/min 4,670 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) with plastic bowl / metal bowl

16 bar/25 bar

Operating temp. with plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C / 0 °C up to +90 °CCondensate volume 25 cm³ 80 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6 DN 15Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25 PN 25Weight 390 g 950 gMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial filter element sintered bronzeMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 30 BG 40G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ½

A 56 56 56 87 87B 57 57 50 88 80C 19 19 19 24 24D*** 135 135 135 172 172*** with automatic attachable drain valve A: +90 mm

322.23 322.23S

370.36

322-24

324-109

267-37

condensate drain valves starting from page 94, oils see page 157, fastening and connecting elements starting from page 48

Compressed air filters G ⅛ – G ½

Compressed air filters clean the compressed operating air of solid and liquid components (dirt particles, oxidation products, condensation water) and thereby they protect the following components against contamination and wear. Cleaning is done in two stages by cyclone separation and sinter filter. Available as additional option with protective metal cage or metal bowl. Connection thread from G ⅛ to G ½.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

21ewo.de


405/322/ 370.XX(XX)X

M metal bowl S metal protect. cage


SizeOrder No.G ¾* G 1 G 1 ¼* G 1 ½

With plastic bowl and manual drain valveBG 55 (compact) 405.38 405.39 – –BG 60 (large) 322.48 322.49 – –BG 80 (max) – – 322.410 322.411With plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valveBG 55 (compact) 405.538 405.539 – –BG 60 (large) 322.548 322.549 – –BG 80 (max) – – 322.5410 322.5411With plastic bowl and automatic attachable drain valve A (max. 16 bar)BG 55 (compact) 370.38 370.39 – –BG 60 (large) 370.48 370.49 – –BG 80 (max) – – 370.410 370.411* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


Order No.Size BG 55 BG 60 BG 80Mounting set for mounting at the top of the housing 405-4 281-26 281-26Protective metal cage for plastic bowl 322-131 281-24 281-24Mounting ring for protective metal cage – 300-31 300-31Metal bowl with seal and manual drain valve 324-109 322-125 322-125Metal bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 324-117 322-126 322-126Metal bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A

324-118 322-127 322-127

Plastic bowl with seal and manual drain valve 322-118 322-122 322-122Plastic bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 322-119 322-123 322-123Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A

322-120 322-124 322-124

Fastening ring for plastic and metal bowl 297-2 279-2 279-2Sealing ring for all bowls 297-10 279-9 279-9Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (mounted) 267-37 281-14 281-14Filter element filter porosity 5 µm 298-9 – –

Technical data

Size BG 55 BG 60 BG 80Thread G ¾ G 1 G ¾ G 1 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½Nominal flow rate** 6,700 Nl/min 10,000 Nl/min 12,500 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) plastic bowl / metal bowl 16 bar / 25 barOperating temperature plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C / 0 °C up to +90 °CCondensate volume 80 cm³ 260 cm³ 260 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 20 DN 20 DN 25Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 1.32 kg 1.87 kg 2.12 kgMaterial seals NBR

Material housing zinc die-castaluminum die-cast

aluminium

Material filter element sintered bronzeMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar; with filter insert 5 µm the flow rate is reduced about 20 %

Dimensions (mm)

BG 55 BG 60 BG 80G ¾ G 1 G ¾ G 1 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½

A 87 87 133 133 133 133B 102 90 134 120 134 120C 38 38 36 36 46 46D*** 175 175 206 206 216 216*** with automatic attachable drain valve A: +90 mm

405.39S405.39M

322.49322.49M

370.411M

405-4

267-37


Compressed air filters G ¾ – G 1 ½

Compressed air filters clean the compressed operating air of solid and liquid components (dirt particles, oxidation products, condensation water) and thereby they protect the following components against contamination and wear. Cleaning is done in two stages by cyclone separation and sinter filter. Available as additional option with protective metal cage or metal bowl. Connection thread from G ¾ to G 1 ½.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion



SizeOrder No.G 1 ½* G 2

With plastic bowl and manual drain valveBG 90 (super) 456.211 456.212With plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valveBG 90 (super) 456.511 456.512With plastic bowl and automatic attachable drain valve A (max. 16 bar)BG 90 (super) 456.611 456.612* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


456.XXXX M metal bowl S protective metal cage


Order No.Size BG 90Mounting set for mounting at the top of the housing 457-12Protective metal cage for plastic bowl 281-24Mounting ring for protective metal cage 300-31Metal bowl with seal and manual drain valve 322-125Metal bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 322-126Metal bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 322-127Plastic bowl with seal and manual drain valve 322-122Plastic bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 322-123Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 322-124Fastening ring for plastic and metal bowl 279-2Sealing ring for all bowls 279-9Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (mounted) 454-3Filter element filter porosity 5 µm 454-11

Technical data

Size BG 90Thread G 1 ½ G 2Nominal flow rate** 15,830 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) plastic bowl / metal bowl 16 bar / 25 barOperating temperature plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °COperating temperature metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °CCondensate volume 500 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 50Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 5.34 kgMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing aluminiumMaterial filter element sintered bronzeMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 0.5 bar; with filter insert 5 µm the flow rate is reduced about 20 %

Dimensions (mm)

BG 90G 1 ½ G 2

A 133 133B 160 140C 42 42D*** 280 280*** with automatic attachable drain valve A: +90 mm

456.212 456.212S

456.612M

457-12

454-3


Compressed air filters G 1 ½ – G 2

Compressed air filters clean the compressed operating air of solid and liquid components (dirt particles, oxidation products, condensation water) and thereby they protect the following components against contamination and wear. Cleaning is made in two stages by cyclone separation and sinter filter. Available as additional option with protective metal cage or metal bowl. Connection thread from G 1 ½ to G 2.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

23ewo.de

Standard version: with metal bowl and manual drain valve

SizeOrder No.G ⅜* G ½ G ¾* G 1 G 1 ½* G 2

BG 40 (I) 445.015 445.016 – – – –BG 60 (II) – – 445.008 445.009 – –BG 90 (super) – – – – 454.411 454.412* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


Order No.Size BG 40 BG 60 BG 90Mounting set for mounting at the top of the housing

445-39 445-28 429-27

Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (mounted) 394-16 267-37 454-3Filter element filter porosity 5 µm 394-37 298-9 454-11Manual drain valve for metal bowl 275-41** 275-41** 275-41**** condensate drain under pressure only possible up to 25 bar

Technical data

Size BG 40 BG 60 BG 90Thread G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 1 ½ G 2Nominal flow rate*** 2,660 Nl/min 6,000 Nl/min 15,830 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 40 bar (PN 40)Operating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °CCondensate volume 80 cm³ 100 cm³ 300 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 15 DN 20 DN 50Weight 1.22 kg 2 kg 5.8 kgMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing aluminiumMaterial filter element sintered bronzeMaterial metal bowl brass brass aluminium*** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 0.2 bar; with filter insert 5 µm the flow rate is reduced about 20 %

Dimensions (mm)

BG 40 BG 60 BG 90W G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 1 ½ G 2A 65 65 80 80 140 140B 200 200 210 210 285 285C 65 65 80 80 120 120D 73 – 92 – 160 –E 32.5 32.5 40 40 42.5 42.5F 32.5 32.5 40 40 60 60G**** 250 250 285 285 350 350**** space required for filter element replacement

445.016454.412

445-28

429-27

267-37


Compressed air filters 40 bar G ⅜ – G 2

Compressed air filters clean the compressed operating air of solid and liquid components (dirt particles, oxidation products, condensation water) and therefore they protect the following components against dirt and wear. Cleaning is made in two stages by cyclone separation and sinter filter. 40 bar compressed air filter in compact design. Manual operation of the condensate drain under pressure is only possible up to 25 bar. Filter insert made of sintered bronze. Housing made of aluminium. Brass bowl (aluminium for BG 90). The pressure bowl certificate is enclosed. Connection thread from G ⅜ to G 2.

standard series


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


SizeOrder No.G ⅜* G ½ G ¾* G 1

BG 40 (I) 475.015 475.016 – –BG 60 (II) – – 475.008 475.009* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


Order No.Size BG 40 BG 60Mounting set for mounting at the top of the housing 445-39 445-28Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (mounted) 394-16 267-37Filter element filter porosity 5 µm 394-37 298-9Manual drain valve for metal bowl 275-41** 275-41**** condensate drain under pressure only possible up to 25 bar

Technical data

Size BG 40 BG 60Thread G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate*** 2,660 Nl/min 6,000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 60 bar (PN 60)Operating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °CCondensate volume 80 cm³ 100 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 15 DN 20Weight 1.4 kg 3 kgMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing aluminiumMaterial filter element sintered bronzeMaterial metal bowl brass*** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 0.2 bar; with filter insert 5 µm the flow rate is reduced about 20 %

Dimensions (mm)

BG 40 BG 60W G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1A 65 65 80 80B 185 185 200 200C 65 65 80 80D 73 – 92 –E 25 25 29 29F 32.5 32.5 40 40G**** 205 205 285 285**** space required for filter element replacement

475.009

445-28267-37


Compressed air filters 60 bar G ⅜ – G 1

Compressed air filters clean the compressed air of solid and liquid components (dirt particles, oxidation products, condensation water) and therefore protect the following components from contamination and wear. The cleaning is executed in two stages by cyclone separation and a sinter filter. Compressed air filter in compact design. Manual operation of the condensate drain under pressure is only possible up to 25 bar. Filter insert made of sintered bronze. Housing made of aluminium (black anodised), container made of brass. The pressure bowl certificate is enclosed. Connection thread from G ⅜ to G 1.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

25ewo.de


SizeOrder No.G ⅛* G ¼* G ⅜

With plastic bowl and manual drain valveBG 30 (small) 403.21 403.22 403.23With plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valveBG 30 (small) 403.521 403.522 403.523With plastic bowl and automatic attachable drain valve A (max. 16 bar)BG 30 (small) 403.121 403.122 403.123* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


403.XX(X)X M metal bowl S protective metal cage


Order No.Size BG 30Mounting set for mounting at the top of the housing 322-24Protective metal cage for plastic bowl, with mounting 322-130Metal bowl with seal and manual drain valve 324-101Metal bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 324-113Metal bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 324-114Plastic bowl with seal and manual drain valve 403-9Plastic bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 403-26Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 403-30Fastening ring for plastic and metal bowl 287-25Sealing ring for all bowls 287-6Microfilter insert, filter porosity 0.01 µm (M10 × 1, Ø 28 × 68) 403-1

Technical data

Size BG 30Thread G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜Nominal flow rate** 560 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) plastic bowl / metal bowl 16 bar / 25 barOperating temperature plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °COperating temperature metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °CCondensate volume max. until microfilter insertMounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 380 gMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial filter element borosilicate microfibre fleeceMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 0.2 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 30G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜

A 56 56 56B 57 57 50C 19 19 19D*** 135 135 135

*** with automatic attachable drain valve A: +90 mm

403.23

322-24403-1

For a longer downtime, a compressed air filter of 40 bar should be installed in front!

Notice

AB

C

D


Microfilters G ⅛ – G ⅜

Microfilters are suitable for all applications that require a particularly high purity of compressed air. Installed behind the compressed air filter, they remove 99.9999% of the smallest remaining particles (water, oil or dirt) almost completely (based on 0.01 μm). Residual oil content 0.01 ppm. The filter insert has to be replaced after approx. six months. An additional option with protective metal cage or metal bowl is available. Connection thread from G ⅛ to G ⅜.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion




With plastic bowl and manual drain valveBG 40 (medium) 403.35 403.36 – –BG 60 (large) – – 403.48 403.49With plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valveBG 40 (medium) 403.535 403.536 – –BG 60 (large) – – 403.548 403.549With plastic bowl and automatic attachable drain valve A (max. 16 bar)BG 40 (medium) 403.135 403.136 – –BG 60 (large) – – 403.148 403.149* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


403.XX(X)X M metal bowl S protective metal cage

Spare parts and accessories Order No.Size BG 40 BG 60Mounting set for mounting at the top of the housing 322-25 281-26Protective metal cage for plastic bowl, with mounting ring 322-131 281-24Mounting ring for protective metal cage – 300-31Metal bowl with seal and manual drain valve 324-109 322-125Metal bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 324-117 322-126Metal bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 324-118 322-127Plastic bowl with seal and manual drain valve 360-12 360-25Plastic bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 403-28 403-29Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 403-32 403-33Fastening ring for plastic and metal bowl 297-2 279-2Sealing ring for all bowls 297-10 279-9Microfilter insert with seal, filter porosity 0.01 µm (M23 × 1 – Ø 50 × 98)

403-3 –

Microfilter insert with seal, filter porosity 0.01 µm (M35 × 1.5 – Ø 75 × 125)

– 403-4

Technical data

Size BG 40 BG 60Thread G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate** 2,000 Nl/min 4,000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) plastic bowl / metal bowl 16 bar / 25 barOperating temperature plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C Operating temperature metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °CCondensate volume max. until microfilter insertMounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 15 DN 20Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 980 g 1.9 kgMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-cast aluminiumMaterial filter element borosilicate microfibre fleeceMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 0.2 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 40 BG 60G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

A 87 87 133 133B 88 80 134 120C 24 24 36 36D*** 172 172 206 206*** with automatic attachable drain valve A: +90 mm

403.36

403.49

281-26 403-3

AB

C

D


Notice


Microfilters G ⅜ – G 1

Microfilters are suitable for all applications that require a particularly high purity of compressed air. Installed behind the compressed air filter, they remove 99.9999% of the smallest remaining particles (water, oil or dirt) almost completely (based on 0.01 μm). Residual oil content 0.01 ppm. The filter insert has to be replaced after approx. six months. An additional option with protective metal cage or metal bowl is available. Connection thread from G ⅜ to G 1.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

27ewo.de



With plastic bowl and manual drain valveBG 90 (super) 403.511 403.512With plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valveBG 90 (super) 403.5511 403.5512With plastic bowl and automatic attachable drain valve A (max. 16 bar)BG 90 (super) 403.1511 403.1512* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


403.XXX(X)X M metal bowl S protective metal cage

Spare parts and accessories Order No.Size BG 90Mounting set for mounting at the top of the housing 457-12Protective metal cage for plastic bowl 281-24Fastening ring for protective metal cage 300-31Metal bowl with seal and manual drain valve 322-125Metal bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 322-126Metal bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 322-127Plastic bowl with seal and manual drain valve 322-122Plastic bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 322-123Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 322-124Fastening ring for plastic and Metal bowl 279-2Sealing ring for all bowls 279-9Microfilter insert with seal, 0.01 µm (Ø 63 × 115) 454-17

Technical data

Size BG 90Thread G 1 ½ G 2Nominal flow rate** 7,000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) with plastic bowl / metal bowl 16 bar / 25 barOperating temperature with plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °COperating temperature with metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °CCondensate volume max. until microfilter insertMounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 50Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 5.4 kgMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing aluminiumMaterial filter element borosilicate microfibre fleeceMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 0.2 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 90G 1 ½ G 2

A 133 133B 160 140C 42 42D*** 330 330*** with automatic attachable drain valve A: +90 mm

403.512

457-17 454-12


Notice


Microfilters G 1 ½ – G 2

Microfilters are suitable for all applications that require a particularly high purity of compressed air. Installed behind the compressed air filter, they remove 99.9999% of the smallest remaining particles (water, oil or dirt) almost completely (based on 0.01 μm). Residual oil content 0.01 ppm. The filter insert has to be replaced after approx. six months. An additional option with protective metal cage or metal bowl is available. Connection thread from G 1 ½ to G 2.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion



SizeOrder No.G ⅜* G ½ G ¾* G 1 G 1 ½* G 2

BG 40 (I) 445.115 445.116 – – – –BG 60 (II) – – 445.108 445.109 – –BG 90 (super) – – – – 454.511 454.512* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


Order No.Size BG 40 BG 60 BG 90Mounting set for fastening at the top of the housing

445-39 445-28 429-27

Microfilter insert with seal, filter porosity 0.01 µm

448-8 403-3 454-17

Manual drain valve for metal bowl 275-41** 275-41** 275-41**** condensate drain under pressure only possible up to 25 bar

Technical data

Size BG 40 BG 60 BG 90Thread G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 1 ½ G 2Nominal flow rate*** 2,000 Nl/min 3,000 Nl/min 7,000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 40 bar (PN 40)Operating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °CCondensate volume max. until microfilter insertMounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 15 DN 20 DN 50Weight 1.22 kg 2 kg 5.8 kgMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing aluminiumMaterial filter element borosilicate microfibre fleeceMaterial metal bowl brass brass aluminium*** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 0.2 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 40 BG 60 BG 90W G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1 G 1 ½ G 2A 65 65 80 80 140 140B 200 200 210 210 285 285C 65 65 80 80 120 120D 73 – 92 – 160 –E 32.5 32.5 40 40 42.5 42.5F 32.5 32.5 40 40 60 60G**** 250 250 285 285 350 350**** space required for filter element replacement


Notice

445.116

445-28 403-3


Microfilters 40 bar G ⅜ – G 2

Microfilters are suitable for all applications that require a particularly high purity of compressed air. Installed behind the compressed air filter, they guarantee the best possible quality and remove 99.9999% of the smallest remaining particles (water, oil or dirt) almost completely (based on 0.01 μm). Residual oil content 0.01 ppm. The filter insert has to be replaced after approx. six months. Compressed air filter in compact design. The filter inserts with pore widths below 0.01 µm are made of borosilicate microfibre fleece with V2A support sheaths and an outer foam cover. They are flooded from inside to outside. Housing made of aluminium. Container made of brass (for BG 90 made of aluminium). With condensate drain for manual operation, condensate drain is only possible up to 25 bar under pressure. A pressure bowl certificate is enclosed.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

29ewo.de



BG 40 (I) 475.115 475.116 – –BG 60 (II) – – 475.108 475.109* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


Order No.Size BG 40 BG 60Mounting set for mounting at the top of the housing 445-39 445-28Microfilter insert with seal, filter porosity 0.01 µm 448-8 403-3Manual drain valve for metal bowl 275-41** 275-41**** condensate drain under pressure only possible up to 25 bar

Technical data

Size BG 40 BG 60Thread G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate*** 2,000 Nl/min 3,000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 60 bar (PN 60)Operating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °CCondensate volume max. until microfilter insertMounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 15 DN 20Weight 1.4 kg 3 kgMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing aluminiumMaterial filter element borosilicate microfibre fleeceMaterial metal bowl brass*** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 0.2 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 40 BG 60W G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1A 65 65 80 80B 185 185 200 200C 65 65 80 80D 73 – 92 –E 25 25 29 29F 32.5 32.5 40 40G**** 205 205 285 285**** space required for filter element replacement


Notice

475.109

445-28403-3


Microfilters 60 bar G ⅜ – G 1

Microfilters are suitable for all applications where the requirement for the purity of compressed air is particularly high. With an efficiency of 99.9999 % related to 0.01 µm, as the second stage after the compressed air filter they guarantee the best possible quality. The residual oil content is 0.01 ppm. Compressed air filter in compact design. The filter inserts with pore widths below 0.01 µm are made of borosilicate microfibre fleece with V2A support sheaths and an outer foam cover. They are flooded from inside to outside. Housing made of aluminium (black anodised), bowl made of brass. With condensate drain for manual operation, condensate drain is only possible up to 25 bar under pressure. The filter insert must be replaced after approx. 6 months. A pressure bowl certificate is enclosed.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Dimensions (mm)

BG 30 BG 35 BG 40G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ½

A 61 54 77 70 90 82C 30 30 33 33 34 34D 100 100 127 127 136 136E 67 67 78 78 85 85

A

C

ED

Standard version: control range 0.5 – 10 bar, with toggle and pressure gauge


BG 30 (small) 323.313 323.323 323.333 –BG 35 (intermediate) 280.313 280.323 280.333 –BG 40 (medium) – – 280.353* 280.363* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


323/280.XXX 1 0.5 – 3 bar 2 0.5 – 6 bar

control range secondary pressure (p₂) 3 0.5 – 10 bar 4 0.5 – 16 bar

1 G ⅛ 2 G ¼ BG 30, BG 35 3 G ⅜ thread 5 G ⅜

BG 40 6 G ½

2 handwheel, with pressure gauge 3 toggle, with pressure gauge 4 handwheel, without pressure gauge 5 toggle, without pressure gauge


Order No.Size BG 30 BG 35 BG 40 Mounting set for fixing at the bottom of the lid 323-68 280-134 280-132Panel mounting with thread:M14 × 1 (BG 30), M20 × 1.5 (BG 35), M22 × 1 (BG 40)

323-69 323-66 280-133

Pressure gauge horizontally** Ø 50 Ø 63 Ø 63Display range 0 – 6 bar (for p₂ up to 3 bar) 42 213 213Display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 55 214 214Display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 85 215 215Display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 96 216 216Sealing cone complete 323-119 406-37 280-220Diaphragm complete 323-152 280-223 280-221** pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 30 BG 35 BG 40Thread G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ½Nominal flow rate*** 1,000 Nl/min 2,000 Nl/min 2,670 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 25 bar (PN 25)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) 10 bar (optionally 3, 6, 16 bar)Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position / flow direction any / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6 DN 10 DN 15Pre-pressure dependence < 3 % < 2 % < 2 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 620 g 1.5 kg 1.35 kgMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing, spring cover zinc die-cast*** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

323.333

280-132

323-119280-221

fastening and connecting elements starting from page 48

Pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ½

Pressure regulators adjust the line pressure (p₁) of a compressed air system to the selected operating pressure / secondary pressure (p₂) and keep it largely constant, independent of pressure fluctuations and air consumption. Pressure regulator (diaphragm type) in flow-through form. With secondary venting to reduce the secondary pressure (p₂) without air withdrawal. Control ranges for p₂ from 0.5 – 3 / 6 / 10 and 16 bar. Actuation by toggle, optional handwheel. Special versions (e.g. without reverse control) on request. Pressure gauge can be mounted on the front or rear side. Panel mounting or mounting kit available as accessory. Connection thread from G ⅛ to G ½.Notice: To avoid failures, a compressed air filter should be installed in front of the unit. Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases. The manometer is enclosed.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

31ewo.de

Dimensions (mm)

BG 55 BG 60 BG 80G ¾ G 1 G ¾ G 1 G 1 ¼ G 1½

A – – 116 116 116 116B 96 90 95 83 128 114C 47 47 41 41 50 50D 139 139 175 175 190 190E 89 89 – – – –F 77 77 80 80 80 80G 39 39 58 58 58 58

Standard version: control range 0.5 – 10 bar, with pressure gauge


BG 55 (compact) 406.283 406.293 – –BG 60 (large) 280.383 280.393 – –BG 80 (max) – – 280.3103 280.3113* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


BG 55406.XXX

1 0.5 – 3 bar 2 0.5 – 6 bar control range 3 0.5 – 10 bar sec. pressure (p₂) 4 0.5 – 16 bar

8 G ¾ thread 9 G 1

2 handwheel, with gauge (up to 10 bar) 3 toggle, with pressure gauge 4 handwheel, without gauge (up to 10 bar) 6 toggle, without pressure gauge

BG 60/ BG 80 280.XX(X) X 1 0.5 – 3 bar 2 0.5 – 6 bar 3 0.5 – 10 bar control range

4 0.5 – 16 bar sec. pressure (p₂)

5 0.5 – 25 bar

8 G ¾ 9 G 1

thread 10 G 1 ¼ 11 G 1½

3 toggle, with pressure gauge ** 5 toggle, without pressure gauge **

** 16 and 25 bar with hexagon head screw


Order No.Size BG 55 BG 60 BG 80 Mounting set for mounting at the bottom of the cover or on the mounting screws

406-17 280-239 280-239

Panel mounting with thread: M28 × 1.5 406-18 – –Pressure gauge horizontally*** Ø 63 Ø 63 Ø 63Display range 0 – 6 bar (for p₂ up to 3 bar) 213 213 213Display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 214 214 214Display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 215 215 215Display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 216 216 216Display range 0 – 40 bar (for p₂ up to 5 bar) – 217 217Sealing cone complete 406-32 280-218 280-235Diaphragm complete 406-50 280-219 280-219Double diaphragm complete (for 0.5 to 25 bar) – 280-249 280-249*** pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 55 BG 60 BG 80Thread G ¾ G 1 G ¾ G 1 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½Nominal flow rate**** 5,330 Nl/min 7,830 Nl/min 12,160 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 25 bar (PN 25) 40 bar (PN 40)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) 10 bar (optionally 3, 6, 16 and 25 bar)Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position / flow direction any / in arrow directionNominal width DN 20 DN 20 DN 25Pre-pressure dependence < 3 % < 1.5 % < 1.5 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 2.05 kg 3.48 kg 5.26 kgMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing, spring cover zinc die-cast brass brass**** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

406.294BG 55

280.3104BG 60 /80

406-17

280-218 280-219


Pressure regulators G ¾ – G 1 ½

Pressure regulators regulate the line pressure (p₁) of a compressed air system to the preset operating pressure / secondary pressure (p₂) and keep it largely constant, independent of pressure fluctuations and air consumption. Pressure regulator (diaphragm type) in flow-through form. Secondary venting (reverse control) and extensive inlet pressure independence is given. Control ranges for p₂ from 0.5 – 3 / 6 / 10 / 16 and 25 bar. Actuation: BG 55 (compact) up to 10 bar with handwheel, 16 bar with toggle; BG 60 (large) and BG 80 (max) up to 10 bar with toggle, 16 and 25 bar with hexagon head screw AF 19. Special versions (e.g. without reverse control) on request. Pressure gauge can be mounted on the front or rear side. Panel mounting or mounting kit available as accessory. Connection thread from G ¾ to G 1 ½. Notice: To avoid failures, a compressed air filter should be installed in front of the unit. Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases. The manometer is enclosed.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Standard version: control range (p₂) 0.5 – 10 bar, with pressure gauge


BG 90 (super) 417.2113 417.2123* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


417.XXXXX A lockable, with padlock

2 0.5 – 6 bar 3 0.5 – 10 bar 4 0.5 – 16 bar control range secondary pressure (p₂) 5 0.5 – 25 bar 6 0.5 – 35 bar

11 G 1 ½ thread

12 G 2 BG 90

2 with 2 pressure gauges (for p₁ and p₂) 4 without pressure gauge


Order No.Size BG 90Mounting set for attaching to housing 417-47Pressure gauge horizontally** Ø 63Display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 214Display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 215Display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 216Display range 0 – 40 bar (for p₂ up to 25 bar) 217Display range 0 – 60 bar (for p₁ and p₂ up to 35 bar) 218Control range secondary pressure p₂ up to 6, 10, 16, 25 bar up to 35 barSpare parts set (seals, diaphragms, sealing cone) 417-75 417-85Sealing cone complete 417-67 417-78Diaphragm complete 417-66 417-86** pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 90Thread G 1 ½ G 2Nominal flow rate*** 48,000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 40 bar (PN 40)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) 0.5 up to 6, 10, 16, 25 and 35 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position / flow direction any / in arrow directionNominal width DN 50Pre-pressure dependence < 1 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 0.5 barWeight 5.5 kgMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing, spring cover aluminum die-cast

*** measured at p₁ = 10 bar, p₂ = 8 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 90G 1 ½ G 2

B 180 160C 78 78D 170 170

417.2123

417-47

417-75


Large pressure regulators G 1 ½ – G 2

Pressure regulators regulate the line pressure (p₁) of a compressed air system to the set operating pressure / secondary pressure (p₂) and keep it nearly constant, independent of pressure fluctuations and air consumption. Diaphragm-type pre-controlled pressure regulator. Secondary venting (reverse control) and extensive inlet pressure independence is given. Control ranges for p₂ from 0.5 – 6, 10, 16, 25 and 35 bar. Two pressure gauges (for inlet and outlet pressure [p₁ and p₂]), can be mounted at the front and rear. Mounting kit available as accessory. Connection thread from G 1 ½ to G 2. Notice: To avoid failures, a compressed air filter should be installed in front of the unit. Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases. Remote control version available on request. Areas of application: marine engineering, mechanical and industrial engineering, fluid tech-nology, use in production lines for the manufacture of PET bottles, generally when high flow rates at constant pressure are required.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

33ewo.de

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 40G ¼ G ½

A 45 72B 23 30C 81 115D 35 52E M20 × 1.5 M28 × 1.5

Pressure regulators 40 bar G ¼ – G ½

Pressure regulators regulate the line pressure (p₁) of a compressed air system to the set operating pressure / secondary pressure (p₂) and keep it almost constant, independent of pressure fluctuations and air consumption. Pressure regulator (diaphragm type) in flow-through form. Secondary venting (reverse control) and extensive inlet pressure independence is given. Control ranges for p₂ from 0.5 – 3, 6, 10, 16 and 25 bar. Adjust-ment with handwheel, for BG 40 (medium) up to 25 bar lockable with hexagonal screw AF 14 each with lock nut. Pressure gauge can be mounted on the front and rear. Panel mounting or bracket set available as accessory. Connection thread from G ¼ to G ½. Notice: To avoid failures, a compressed air filter should be installed in front of the unit. Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases. The manometer is enclosed.


SizeOrder No.G ¼ G ½

BG 20 (small) 286.323 –BG 40 (medium) – 274.663


286/274.XXX 1 0.5 – 3 bar 2 0.5 – 6 bar 3 0.5 – 10 bar control range secondary pressure (p₂) 4 0.5 – 16 bar 5 0.5 – 25 bar (not BG 20)

2 G ¼ BG 20 thread

6 G ½ BG 40

3 with pressure gauge (for BG 20 except 25 bar) 6 with pressure gauge (for BG 40) 4 without pressure gauge


Order No.Size BG 20 BG 40Mounting set for fixing at the bottom of the lid 286-88 274-48Panel mounting: M20 × 1.5 (BG 30 small), M28 × 1.5 (BG 40 medium)

286-89 274-49

Pressure gauge horizontally* Ø 40 Ø 63Display range 0 – 6 bar (for p₂ up to 3 bar) 714 213Display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 723 214Display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 734 215Display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 745 216Display range 0 – 40 bar (for p₂ up to 25 bar) – 217Sealing cone complete 286-120 274-75Diaphragm complete Control range (for p₂) 0 – 3 bar 286-126 274-65 Control range (for p₂) 0 – 10 bar 286-126 274-66 Control range (for p₂) 0 – 16 bar 286-126 274-67 Control range (for p₂) 0 – 25 bar – 274-67* pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 40Thread G ¼ G ½Nominal flow rate** 430 Nl/min 1,250 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 40 bar (PN 40)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) 0.5 up to 3, 6, 10, 16 and 25 bar (BG 40)Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position / flow direction any / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6 DN 12Pre-pressure dependence < 10 % < 4 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 390 g 1 kgMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing, spring cover brass** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

286.323

274.663

274-48274-75

274-66


standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion



SizeOrder No.G ¼* G ⅜ G ½ G 1

BG 30 (I) 302.323 302.333 – –BG 40 (II) – – 302.363 –BG 60 (III) – – – 302.393* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


302.XXX 3 0.5 – 12 bar 4 1 – 20 bar

control range secondary pressure (p₂) 5 2 – 35 bar 6 3 – 50 bar

2 G ¼ BG 30

3 G ⅜ thread

6 G ½ BG 40 9 G 1 BG 60

3 with pressure gauge 5 without pressure gauge


Order No.Size BG 30 BG 40 BG 60Mounting set for fixing at the bottom of the lid or on the fastening screws

274-48 302-19

Pressure gauge horizontally ** Ø 63 Ø 63Display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 12 bar) 215 215Display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 20 bar) 216 216Display range 0 – 40 bar (for p₂ up to 35 bar) 217 217Display range 0 – 60 bar (for p₂ up to 50 bar) 218 218Sealing cone complete 406-37 302-6** pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 30 BG 40 BG 60Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G 1Nominal flow rate*** 2,000 Nl/min 2,500 Nl/min 3,500 Nl/min 5,000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 60 bar (PN 60)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) 12, 20, 35 and 50 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position / flow direction any / in arrow directionNominal width DN 12 DN 20Weight 1.5 kg 6.5 kgMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing brass*** measured at p₁ = 20 bar, p₂ = 10 bar and ∆p = 4 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 30 BG 40 BG 60G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G 1

A 72 72 118C 35 35 51D 133 121 206F 66 75 80G 36 36 58

302.366

BG 30 + BG 40

302.396

BG 60

274-48 406-37


BG 30 + BG 40

BG 60

High pressure regulators 60 bar G ¼ – G 1

Pressure regulators regulate the line pressure (p₁) of a compressed air system to the set operating pressure / secondary pressure (p₂) and keep it nearly constant, independent of pressure fluctuations and air consumption. Pressure regulator (piston type) in passage form. Secondary venting (reverse control) and extensive inlet pressure independence is given. Control ranges for p₂ from 0.5 – 12, 1 – 20, 2 – 35 and 3 – 50 bar. Adjust-ment with knob. Pressure gauge can be mounted on the front and rear. Panel mounting or mounting kit available as accessory. Connection thread from G ¼ to G 1. Notice: To avoid failures, a compressed air filter should be installed in front of the unit. Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases. The pressure gauge is enclosed.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

35ewo.de

Version: control range 1 – 100 bar, with knob, with pressure gauge

Outlet pressure (p₂) max. Adjustment Order No.50 bar* handwheel 120.420100 bar* toggle 120.421150 bar* toggle 120.422* pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Thread G ¼

Nominal flow rate50 bar = 2,500 Nl/min100 bar = 2,700 Nl/min150 bar = 2,900 Nl/min

Pressure gauge inlet Ø 63, 0 – 200 barPressure gauge outlet Ø 63, 0 – 50, 100, 200 barMax. operating pressure (p₁) 200 bar (PN 200)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) (control range) 1 up to 50, 100, 150 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position / flow direction any / left to rightNominal width DN 3Overpressure protection blow-off valveAdjustment toggle (from 50 bar – handwheel)Weight 2.2 kgMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing, spring cover brass

Dimensions (mm)

G G ¼A 150B 215C 130D 75E 130G G ¼

120.421


Pressure line regulators G ¼

Pressure line regulator for an inlet pressure (max. operating pressure) p₁ up to max. 200 bar. Output pressure / secondary pressure (control range) p₂ up to max. 150 bar, depending on version. Can not be reversed. Connection thread G ¼. Suitable for compressed air, nitrogen and other neutral gases, compressed gases.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Dimensions (mm)

BG 30 BG 40G ⅛* G ¼* G ⅜ G ⅜* G ½

A 61 54 90 82C 30 30 34 34D 100 100 136 136E 67 67 85 85

A

C

ED

Standard version: control range 0.2 – 6 bar, with handwheel, with pressure gauge


BG 30 (small) 595.212 595.222 595.232 –BG 40 (medium) – – 595.252* 595.262* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119


595.XXX 1 0.2 – 3 bar 2 0.2 – 6 bar control range secondary pressure (p₂) 3 0.5 – 10 bar

1 G ⅛ 2 G ¼ BG 30 3 G ⅜ thread 5 G ⅜

BG 40 6 G ½

2 handwheel, with pressure gauge 3 toggle, with pressure gauge 4 handwheel, without pressure gauge 5 toggle, without pressure gauge


Order No.Size BG 30 BG 40Mounting set for fixing at the bottom of the lid 323-68 280-132Mounting panel with thread: M14 × 1 (BG 30), M22 × 1 (BG 40)

323-69 280-133

Pressure gauge horizontally, quality class 1.6** Ø 50 Ø 50Display range 0 – 4 bar (for p₂ up to 3 bar) 501Display range 0 – 6 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 502Display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 503Sealing cone complete 323-119 280-220Diaphragm complete 595-7 595-8** pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 30 BG 40Thread G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ½Nominal flow rate*** 1,000 Nl/min 2,670 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 25 bar (PN 25)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) 6 bar (optionally 3 bar, 10 bar)Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position / flow direction any / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6 DN 15Pre-pressure dependence < 3 % < 2 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 620 g 1.35 kgMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing, spring cover zinc die-cast*** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

595.223

595.253

280-132

323-119

280-220

595-7 595-8


Precision pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ½

Pressure regulator with high precision regulation for highest requirements. It is suitable for all applications that require precise air pressure regulation. Pressure regulators regulate the line pressure (p₁) of a pressure system to the set operating pressure / secondary pressure (p₂) and keep it constant, independent of pressure fluctuations and air consumption. Diaphragm type pressure regulator with the lowest air consumption of 1.5 l/min – this is unique on the market. Secondary venting (reverse control) practically without hysteresis. Control ranges for p₂ from 0.2 – 3, 0.2 – 6 bar and 0.5 – 10 bar. Pressure gauge can be mounted on the front and rear side. Adjustment wheel can be locked with lock nut. A microfilter should be installed in front of the pressure gauge to avoid contamination or failure. Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases. Connection thread from G ⅛ to G ½. Pressure gauge is enclosed.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

37ewo.de

Standard version: control range 0.5 – 10 bar

Size Order No.BG 30 (I) 367.333


367.33X 1 0.5 – 3 bar 2 0.5 – 6 bar



Order No.Size BG 30Panel mounting with thread: M48 × 1.5 367-33Pressure gauge horizontally (M8 × 1)* Ø 40Display range 0 – 6 bar (for p₂ up to 3 bar) 673Display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 674Display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 and 16 bar) 675Sealing cone complete 323-119Diaphragm complete 367-88* pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 30Thread G ⅜Nominal flow rate** 1,000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 25 bar (PN 25)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) 0.5 – 3, 6, 10 and 16 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position/ flow direction any / in arrow directionNominal width DN 10Pre-pressure dependence < 3 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 985 gMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-cast and aluminium** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 30G ⅜

A 54B 60C 115D 145E 48F 56

367.333

323-119 367-88


Pressure regulator with internal gauge in setting knob G ⅜

Pressure regulators regulate the line pressure (p₁) of a pressure system to the set operating pressure / secondary pressure (p₂) and keep it constant, independent of pressure fluctuations and air consumption. Pressure regulator with internal gauge in setting knob (diaphragm type) is ideal for panel mounting. Secondary venting (reverse control) and extensive inlet pressure independence are given. Control ranges 0.5 – 3, 6, 10 and 16 bar. Fixed pressure gauge in the adjustment wheel. Panel mounting available as accessory. Connection thread G ⅜. Notice: To avoid failures, a compressed air filter should be installed in front of the unit.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Standard version: control ranges for secondary pressure 0.5 – 25 bar

SizeSecondary pressure p₂ (control range)

Order No.BG 20 (small) BG 40 (medium) BG 60 (large) BG 80 (max)G ¼ G ½ G 1 G 1 ½

With pressure gauge0.5 – 6 bar 286.599 274.599 280.599 280.15990.5 – 10 bar 286.600 274.600 280.600 280.16000.5 – 16 bar 286.601 274.601 280.601 280.16010.5 – 25 bar 286.602 274.602 280.602 280.1602*

Without pressure gauge0.5 – 6 bar 286.399 274.399 280.399 280.13990.5 – 10 bar 286.400 274.400 280.400 280.14000.5 – 16 bar 286.401 274.401 280.401 280.14010.5 – 25 bar 286.402 274.402 280.402 280.1402*

* with adjusting screw


Order No.Size BG 20 BG 40 BG 60 BG 80Mounting set for fastening to the lid-fixing screws

286-88 274-48 280-239 280-239

Control panel mounting with thread: M20 × 1.5 (BG 20), M28 × 1.5 (BG 40)

286-89 274-49 – –

Pressure gauge horizontally** Ø 40 Ø 63 Ø 63 Ø 63Display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 723 214 214 214Display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 734 215 215 215Display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 745 216 216 216Display range 0 – 25 bar (BG 20) / 40 bar (for p₂ up to 25 bar)

745 217 217 217

Sealing cone complete 286-124 274-82 280-171 280-172Diaphragm complete 286-45 274-81 280-173 280-173Double diaphragm complete (for 0.5 to 25 bar) – – 280-286OR 280-286OR** pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 40 BG 60 BG 80Thread G ¼ G ½ G 1 G 1 ½Nominal flow rate*** 2.5 l/min 15 l/min 24 l/min 56 l/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 40 bar (40 PN)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) 0.5 – 6, 10, 16 und 25 barOperating temperature +5 °C up to +90 °CMounting position / flow direction any / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6 DN 12 DN 20 DN 25

Regulation handwheel handwheel toggletoggle or adjusting screw

Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 390 g 1 kg 3.48 kg 5.26 kgMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing brass*** measured at p₁ = 7 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 40 BG 60 BG 80G ¼ G ½ G 1 G 1 ½

A 45 72 116 116B 45 72 83 114C 23 30 41 50D 81 115 175 190E 56 76 125 140F 50 55 80 80G 18 36 58 58

280.600

280-239

280-171280-173


Water pressure regulators G ¼ – G 1 ½

Water pressure regulators protect water installations from excessive line pressure. They can also be used for industrial and commercial applications in compliance with specifications. When used, pressure fluctuations are avoided and water consumption is reduced. The set working pressure / secondary pressure (p₂) is kept constant at different upstream pressures. At the same time, disturbing flow noises are reduced. Control ranges for p₂ from 0.5 – 6, 10, 16 and 25 bar. Pressure gauge can be mounted on the front and rear. Handwheel, toggle and adjusting screw can be locked with lock nut. Panel mounting and mounting kit available as accessories. Connection thread from G ¼ to G 1 ½. The pressure gauge is enclosed.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

39ewo.de

Standard version: with plastic bowl






Order No.Size BG 30 BG 40Mounting set for mounting at the top of the housing

322-24 322-25

Protective metal cage for plastic bowl, with mounting ring

322-130 322-131

Metal bowl with seal 327-92 327-96Plastic bowl with seal 327-106 327-108Mounting ring for plastic and metal bowl 287-25 297-2Sealing ring for all bowls 287-6 297-10Lubricator attachment complete, plastic 330-92** 330-92**Lubricator attachment complete, metal 327-67 327-67** mounted

Technical data

Size BG 30 BG 40Thread G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ½Nominal flow rate*** 1,160 Nl/min 4,330 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 47 Nl/min 117 Nl/min

Max. operating pressure (p₁)plastic bowl 16 barmetal bowl 25 bar

Operating temperatureplastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °Cmetal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C

Usable bowl capacity 40 cm³ 135 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6 DN 15Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 400 g 890 gMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar **** oil supply 10 drops / min at 6 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 30 BG 40G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ½

A 56 56 87 87B 57 50 88 80C 51 51 55 55D 119 119 156 156

327.023M327.023 327.036S

322-24330-92 327-67

Oil containers made of plastic (polycar-bonate and acetate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost or synthetic oils. Therefore we recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 up to 32 cSt (Order No.: 583 und 583.1) at 40 °C (in case of percussive tools - such as impact wrenches - up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

Oil recommendation

fastening and connecting elements starting from page 48, pressure gauges starting from page 154

Compressed air lubricators G ⅛ – G ½

Compressed air lubricators are used for the metered enrichment of compressed air with finely atomized oil mist. A control valve ensures theadmixture of the oil quantity proportional to the flow rate. Compressed air lubricator in passage form. Multi-grade lubricator with proportional characteristic. Oil refilling under pressure possible. Needle valve for oil dosing with high drop constancy over long periods of time. Bowl made of plastic (polycarbonate). Available as additional option with protective metal cage or metal bowl. Metal oiler attachment available as accessory. Connection thread from G ⅛ to G ½.

standard series


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Oil recommendation





407/ 300/ 327.XXXX M metal bowl S protective metal cage


Order No.Size BG 55 BG 60 BG 80 Mounting set for fastening at the top of the housing

405-4 281-26 281-26

Protective metal cage for plastic bowl, (BG 55 with mounting ring)

322-131 281-24 281-24

Mounting ring for protective metal cage – 300-31 300-31Metal bowl with seal 327-96 327-112 327-112Plastic bowl with seal 327-108 327-111 327-111Mounting ring for plastic and metal bowl 297-2 279-2 279-2Sealing ring for all bowls 297-10 279-9 279-9Lubricator attachment complete, plastic – 330-92** 330-92**Lubricator attachment complete, metal 327-67** 327-67 327-67** mounted

Technical data

Size BG 55 BG 60 BG 80Thread G ¾ G 1 G ¾ G 1 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½Nominal flow rate*** 6,330 Nl/min 7,330 Nl/min 7,830 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 117 Nl/min 167 Nl/min 167 Nl/min



Usable bowl capacity 135 cm³ 360 cm³ 360 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 20 DN 20 DN 25Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 1.27 kg 1.7 kg 1.97 kgMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-cast aluminium aluminiumMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar **** oil supply 10 drops / min at 6 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 55 BG 60 BG 80G ¾ G 1 G ¾ G 1 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½

A 87 87 133 133 133 133B 102 90 134 120 134 120C 69 69 58 58 65 65D 166 166 190 190 200 200

407.039 300.090

405-4 281-26

330-92327-67

fastening and connecting elements starting from page 48, oils see page 157

Compressed air lubricators G ¾ – G 1 ½

Compressed air lubricators are used for the metered enrichment of compressed air with finely atomized oil mist. A control valve ensures theadmixture of the oil quantity proportional to the flow rate. Compressed air lubricator in a straight through form. Multi-purpose lubricator with proportional characteristic. Housing made of zinc die-cast or aluminium. Available as additional option with protective metal cage or metal container. Oil refilling under pressure possible. Needle valve for oil dosing with high drop constancy over long periods of time. Metal lubricator attachment available as accessory. Connection thread from G ¾ to G 1 ½.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

41ewo.de







Order No.Size BG 90Mounting set for mounting at the top of the housing 457-12Protective metal cage for plastic bowl 281-24Fastening ring for protective metal cage 300-31Metal bowl with seal 327-112Plastic bowl with seal 327-111Fastening ring for plastic and metal bowl 279-2Sealing ring for all bowls 279-9Lubricator attachment complete, plastic 423-179Lubricator attachment complete, metal 423-65**** mounted

Technical data

Size BG 90Thread G 1 ½ G 2Nominal flow rate*** 14,000 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 170 Nl/min



Usable bowl capacity 600 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 50Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 5.29 kgMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing aluminiumMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar **** oil supply 10 drops / min at 6 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 90G 1 ½ G 2

A 133 133B 160 140C 80 80D 270 270

457.012

457-12

423-179423-65


Oil recommendationOil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate and acetate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost or synthetic oils. Therefore we recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 up to 32 cSt (Order No.: 583 und 583.1) at 40 °C (in case of percussive tools - such as impact wrenches - up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

Compressed air lubricators G 1 ½ – G 2

Compressed air lubricators are used for the controlled enrichment of compressed air with finely atomised oil mist. A control valve ensures theadmixture of the oil quantity proportional to the flow rate. Compressed air lubricator in continuous form. Multi-purpose lubricator with proportional characteristic. Oil refilling under pressure possible. Needle valve for oil dosing with high drop constancy over long periods of time. As additional option with protective metal cage or metal container. Metal lubricator attachment available as accessory. Connection thread from G 1 ½ to G 2.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Thread Order No.G ¼* 317.12G ⅜ 317.14* inlet and outlet reduced

Spare part Order No.Closing screw with seal 317-56

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 bar (PN 10)Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CMounting position / flow direction intake nozzle must always be submerged in oil / anyFlow rate approx. 750 l/min at ∆p = 1 barUsable bowl capacity 12 mlNominal width DN 8Dimensions 38.5 × 67/ 60 mmWeight 87 gMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing anodised aluminiumMaterial oil inspection glass polycarbonate

Dimensions (mm)W G ¼ G ⅜A 33 33B 67 60C 22 22

Small lubricator G ¼

Oil mist at flowing air stream.Compressed air lubricator for direct connection to compressed air tools such as wrenches, grinders etc. The oil mist is created by a flowing stream of air. Oil dosage is preset. Easy to fill due to oil filler screw. Oil suction: The suction nozzle must be at the lowest point. Connection thread G ¼ female – G ¼ male . Oil dosage: The factory-set dosage is approx. 50 mm³ per 1 m³ flow rate. One dosage is sufficient for approx. 10 hours at 100 Nl/min operation.

Thread Order No.G ¼ 317.10

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 8 barRecommended operating pressure (p₁) 6.2 barOperating temperature -5 °C up to +60 °CMounting position / flow direction intake nozzle must always be submerged in oil / anyFlow rate approx. 2,000 l/min at 6 barUsable bowl capacity approx. 5 mlNominal width DN 6Dimensions 38.5 × 63 mmWeight approx. 54 gMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing aluminiumMaterial oil inspection glass acetate

Dimensions (mm)

W G ¼A 36B 63C 20.5W G ¼i1 13i2 10.5SW (AF) 25

317.12

317.14

Oil recommendationOil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate and acetate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost or synthetic oils. Therefore we recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 up to 32 cSt (Or-der No.: 583 und 583.1) at 40 °C (in case of percussive tools - such as impact wrenches - up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

317.10


Small lubricators G ¼ and G ⅜

Oil mist due to pulsed air flow.Compressed air lubricator for attachment to pneumatic tools with intermittent working rhythm, e.g. impact wrenches etc. The oil mist is created by a cyclic air flow. Adjustable oil dosage. Mount the oil suction at the lowest point on the opposite side of the filler plug. With plastic bowl. Connection thread G ¼ and G ⅜. Oil dosage: The factory-set dosage is approx. 0.4 cm³ per 100 working cycles. One filling is enough for approx. 3,000 cycles. The regulating screw under the filler plug seals with an O-ring and can be adjusted.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

43ewo.de

Standard version: control range 0.5 – 10 bar, with plastic bowl, with toggle, with pressure gauge, filter porosity 40 µm



Order key for all variants324.XXXX plastic bowl (standard, without addition)

M metal bowl additional options S protective metal cage

1 0.5 – 3 bar 2 0.5 – 6 bar


1 G ⅛ 2 G ¼ BG 30 3 G ⅜ thread 5 G ⅜ BG 40 6 G ½

2 handwheel, with pressure gauge, with manual drain valve 3 toggle, with pressure gauge, with manual drain valve 4 handwheel, without pressure gauge, with manual drain valve 5 toggle, without pressure gauge, with manual drain valve


Order No.Size BG 30 BG 40Mounting set for fastening to the lid 323-68 280-132Protective metal cage for plastic bowl with mounting ring

322-130 322-131

Metal bowl with seal and manual drain valve 324-101 324-109Pressure gauge horizontally Ø 50 Ø 63Display range 0 – 6 bar (for p₂ up to 3 bar) 42 213Display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 55 214Display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 85 215Display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 96 216Plastic bowl with sealing and manual drain valve 322-112 322-118Fastening ring for plastic and metal bowl 287-25 297-2Sealing ring for all bowls 287-6 297-10Sealing cone complete 323-119 280-220Diaphragm complete 323-152 280-221Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (mounted) 287-10 267-37Filter element filter porosity 5 µm 287-13 298-9

Technical dataBG 30 BG 40

Thread G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ½Nominal flow rate** 910 Nl/min 2,660 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) plastic bowl/metal bowl

16 bar / 25 bar

Operating temperature plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C / 0 °C up to +90 °CUsable bowl capacity 25 cm³ 80 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically, filter downwards / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6 DN 15Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Pre-pressure dependence < 3 % < 2 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 840 g 2.29 kgMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing/spring cover zinc die-castMaterial plastic bowl / filter element polycarbonate / sintered bronze** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

324.333S324.363

324.362M

323-68

323-119

280-221

267-37

fastening and connecting elements starting from page 48, condensate drain valves starting from page 94 pressure gauges starting from page 154

Dimensions (mm)

BG 30 BG 40G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ½

A 56 56 56 87 87B 61 61 54 90 82C 99 99 99 134 134D 131 131 131 172 172E 67 67 67 87 87

Filter pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ½

Compressed air filter and pressure regulator combined in one space-saving device! Descriptions see individual units (page 20 and page 30). Condensate drain is manual, also in semi-automatic version or available with attached automatic drain. Diaphragm-type pressure regulator with secondary venting (reverse control) and largely independent of upstream pressure. Control ranges for p₂ from 0.5 – 3, 6, 10 and 16 bar. Pressure gauge can be mounted at the front or rear. Mounting with bracket set possible. Actuation by toggle or handwheel. Special versions (e.g. without reverse control) available on request. Connection thread from G ⅛ to G ½. The pressure gauge is enclosed.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Standard version: control range 0.5 – 10 bar, with plastic bowl and manual drain valve




331.XXX

M metal bowl S protective metal cage


Order No.Size BG 30 BG 40Mounting set for fixing to the lid (pressure regulator)

323-68 280-132

Connecting parts (double nipple) of the base units (without reduction) for G ⅜

185.55 ** 185.55 **

Connecting parts (double nipple) of the base units (without reduction) for G ½

– 185.77 **

** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 30 BG 40Thread G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ½Nominal flow rate*** 580 Nl/min 1,830 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 47 Nl/min 117 Nl/minMax. operating pres-sure (p₁)

plastic bowl 16 barmetal bowl 25 bar


Usable bowl capacity filter bowl 25 cm³ 80 cm³oil bowl 40 cm³ 135 cm³

Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6 DN 15Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Pre-pressure dependence < 3 % < 2 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 1.4 kg 3.67 kgMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing/spring cover zinc die-castMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonateMaterial filter element sintered bronze*** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar **** oil supply: 10 drops / min at 6 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 30 BG 40G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ½

A 124 124 124 182 182B 130 130 122 184 176C 99 99 99 134 134D 131 131 131 172 172E 67 67 67 87 87

331.23

331.36M

323-68

fastening and connecting elements starting from page 48, oils see page 157 condensate drain valves starting from page 94

Two-piece maintenance unit G ⅛ – G ½

Maintenance unit consisting of filter pressure regulator and compressed air lubricator – connected via double nipple. Variations of the individual units are available for purpose-built items. Mounting set is available as accessory. Connection thread from G ⅛ to G ½. The pressure gauge is enclosed.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

45ewo.de





333/334.XXX M metal bowl S protective metal cage


Order No.Size BG 30 BG 40Mounting set for fixing to the lid (pressure regulator)

323-68 280-132

Connecting parts (double nipple) of the base units (without reduction) for G ⅜

185.55 ** 185.55 **

Connecting parts (double nipple) of the base units (without reduction) for G ½

– 185.77 **

** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 30 BG 40Thread G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ½Nominal flow rate*** 500 Nl/min 1,830 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 47 Nl/min 117 Nl/min



Usable bowl capacity filter bowl 25 cm³ 80 cm³oil bowl 40 cm³ 135 cm³

Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6 DN 15Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Pre-pressure dependence < 3 % < 2 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 1.78 kg 3.22 kgMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing/spring cover zinc die-castMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonateMaterial filter element sintered bronze

*** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar **** oil supply 10 drops / min at 6 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 30 BG 40G ⅛ G ¼ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ½

A 196 196 196 281 281B 205 205 197 282 274C 51 51 51 55 55D 135 135 135 172 172E 67 67 67 85 85

333.23


Oil recommendation


Three-piece maintenance unit G ⅛ – G ½

Maintenance unit consisting of compressed air filter, pressure regulator and compressed air lubricator - connected via double nipple. Variations of the individual units are available for purpose-built items. Mounting set available as accessory. Connection thread G ⅛ to G ½. The pressure gauge is enclosed.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion






415/334.XX(X)X M metal bowl S protective metal cage


Order No.Size BG 55 BG 60 BG 80 Mounting set for mounting at the top of the housing ( required twice)

406-17 281-26 281-26

Connecting parts (double nipple) of the base units (without reduction) for G 1

415-12 415-14 –

Connecting parts (double nipple) of the base units (without reduction) for G 1 ½

– – 280-228

Technical data

Size BG 55 BG 60 BG 80 Thread G ¾ G 1 G ¾ G 1 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½Nominal flow rate*** 5,330 Nl/min 6,000 Nl/min 6,670 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 117 Nl/min 167 Nl/min 167 Nl/min



Usable bowl capacity filter bowl 80 cm³ 260 cm³ 260 cm³oil bowl 135 cm³ 360 cm³ 360 cm³

Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 20 DN 20 DN 25Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Pre-pressure dependence < 3 % < 1.5 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 5.25 kg 7.27 kg 9.95 kgMaterial diaphragm/seals NBR NBR NBRMaterial housing: filter/compressed air lubricators zinc die-cast aluminium aluminiumMaterial housing: pressure regulators zinc die-cast brass brassMaterial filter element sintered bronze sintered bronze sintered bronzeMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate polycarbonate polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar **** oil supply 10 drops / min at 6 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 55 BG 60 BG 80G ¾ G 1 G ¾ G 1 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½

A 290 290 426 426 426 426B 315 290 382 370 382 370C 69 69 58 58 58 58D 176 176 206 206 206 206E 90 90 130 130 130 130

334.49

406-17

281-26


Oil recommendation


Three-piece maintenance unit G ¾ – G 1 ½

Maintenance units consisting of compressed air filter, pressure regulator and compressed air lubricator – connected via double nipple. Variations of the individual units are available for purpose-built items. Mounting set available as accessory. Connection thread G ¾ to G 1 ½. The pressure gauge is enclosed.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

47ewo.de





458.21XX M metal bowl S protective metal cage


Order No.Size BG 90Mounting set for attachment to housing (at filter and lubricator) complete with 2 brackets

458-1

Connecting parts (double nipples) of the base units (without reduction) for G 1 ½

454-9

Technical data

Size BG 90Thread G 1 ½ G 2Nominal flow rate*** 11,660 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 167 Nl/min



Usable bowl capacity filter bowl 500 cm³oil bowl 600 cm³

Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 50Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Pre-pressure dependence < 1 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 17.53 kgMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing: filters and compressed air lubricators / pressure regulators

aluminium / aluminium die-cast

Material plastic bowl polycarbonateMaterial filter element sintered bronze*** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar **** oil supply 10 drops / min at 6 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 90G 1 ½ G 2

A 490 470B 462 462C 90 90D 270 270

458.212

458-1


Oil recommendation

condensate drain valves starting from page 94, oils see page 157 fastening and connecting elements starting from page 48

Three-piece maintenance unit G 1 ½ – G 2

Maintenance unit consisting of compressed air filter, pressure regulator and compressed air lubricator – connected via double nipple. Variations of the individual units are available for purpose-built items. Mounting set available as accessory. Connection thread from G 1 ½ to G 2.

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Mounting sets for attachment at the top of the housingContents: bracket and two (four) cap screws.

Suitable for Size Order No.Compressed air filters, microfilters, compressed air lubricators BG 30 (small) 322-24Compressed air filters, microfilters, compressed air lubricators BG 40 (medium) 322-25Compressed air filters, microfilters, compressed air lubricators BG 55 (compact) 405-4Compressed air filters, microfilters, compressed air lubricators, three-piece* maintenance unit

BG 60 (large) BG 80 (max)

281-26

Compressed air filters, microfilters, compressed air lubricators BG 90 (super) 457-1240/60 bar compressed air filter, 40/60 bar microfilters BG 40 (I) 445-3940/60 bar compressed air filter, 40/60 bar microfilters BG 60 (II) 445-2840 bar compressed air filter, 40 bar microfilters BG 90 (super) 429-27Three-piece maintenance unit (Contents: 2 brackets and 4 screws)

BG 90 (super) 458-1

Large pressure regulator (must be fastened with 4 screws) BG 90 (super) 417-4760 bar high-pressure regulator (must be fastened with 4 screws) BG 60 (III) 302-19

* Set is required twice

Mounting sets for fixing to the lidContents: Mounting bracket, nut and spacer.

Suitable for Size Order No.Pressure regulators, precision pressure regulators, filter pres-sure regulators, two-piece / three-piece* maintenance unit

BG 30 (small) 323-68

Pressure regulatorBG 35 (intermediate)

280-134

Pressure regulators, precision pressure regulators, filter pres-sure regulators, two-piece / three-piece* maintenance unit

BG 40 (medium) 280-132

Pressure regulator, three-piece* maintenance unit BG 55 (compact) 406-1740 bar pressure regulator, water pressure regulator (contents: elbow shape bracket with 2 screws, 2 nuts)

BG 30 (small) 286-88

40 bar pressure regulator, water pressure regulator (contents: elbow shape bracket with 2 screws, 2 nuts) 60 bar High pressure regulator (contents: elbow shape bracket with 2 screws, 2 nuts)

BG 40 (medium)

BG 30 (I) + 40 (II)274-48

* Set is required twice

Mounting sets for fastening to the lid fastening screwsTwo fastening screws have to be loosened and the bracket has to be mounted between them. Contents: Mounting bracket and two cylindrical screws.

Suitable for Size Order No.Pressure regulators, filter pressure regulators, water pressure regulators

BG 60 (large) BG 80 (max)

280-239

405-4

281-26457-12

445-28

429-27417-47

323-68

280-239

Mounting and connecting elements

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

49ewo.de

Panel mountingsContents: one or two nuts and spacers.

Suitable for Size Thread (nut) Order No.Pressure regulators, precision pressure regulators

BG 30 (small) M14 × 1 323-69

Pressure regulator BG 35 (intermediate) M20 × 1.5 323-66Pressure regulator, Precision pressure regulators

BG 40 (medium) M22 × 1 280-133

Pressure regulator BG 55 (compact) M28 × 1.5 406-1840 bar Pressure regulator, Water pressure regulator

BG 30 (small) M20 × 1.5 286-89

40 bar Pressure regulator, Water pressure regulator

BG 40 (medium) M28 × 1.5 274-49

Pressure regulator with internal gauge BG 30 (I) M48 × 1.5 367-33

reductions see page 119

323-69

Panel mounting

standard series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Safety acc. to EN 983 (machines, plants and components)

Modern industrial design

Durable metal housing (zinc die-cast)

with dual-surface protection

Connection thread acc. to DIN with flat sealing surface

Plastic or metal bowls with bayonet lock

Retrofittable protective metal cage for plastic bowl

Optional semi- and fully automatic drain valves

Two combinable connection systems (comfort / compact)

Comfort connection module with self-adhesive O-rings

Integrated T-bracket as connection module

Direct wall mounting

High torsional stiffness / stability of the connection

Optimum control characteristics due to rolling diaphragm

Lubricator with improved flow performance and atomization

Verwendete Werkstoffe:

Housing, mounting elements zinc die-cast (Z 410)Lid, bottom (regulator) PA 6 – GF 30Handwheel POMCover ABSSeal, diaphragm NBRFilter element PE, sinteredImpact insert, cutting wheel POMBowl polycarbonateLatch POM

Pressure spring zinc-plated steelCounter pressure spring stainless steelCone, diaphragm plate brassLubricator attachment spec. PAOil regulation PUMetal bowl, bezel zinc die-cast (Z 410)Inspection tube (at metal bowl) spec. PAProtective basket 1.0338 DC 04

moulded parts have a material indicator, which makes them easy to be disposable or well recyclable.

When handling compressed air, efficient filtration, low pres-sure drop, high flow and constant operating pressure as well as maximum safety are essential criteria for the productive and economical use of processing equipment. The innovative variobloc module series fulfils these require-ments for modern, high-performance systems with optimum handling properties at a high level.

The complete modular system provides a variety of design op-tions and makes it easy to adapt the components individually and quickly to different conditions.

The differences are in the details: Easy handling, high per-formance or long service life – these qualities also provide advantages for you.

variobloc series – combinations for highest demands and top performance!

variobloc series

Compressed air filters type 482 G ¼ – G 1

Compressed air filters clean the compressed air of solid and liquid components (dirt particles, oxidation products, condensation water) and therefore they protect the other components against dirt and wear. Filtration takes place in a two-stage process by cyclone separation (condensation water) and PE filter element (particles). Size: BG 20, BG 30 with connection threads G ¼ and G ⅜ as well as size: BG 40, BG 50 with connection threads G ½, G ¾ and G 1 available. There are three types of condensate drains available: manually operated, semi-automatic or fully automatic (float-controlled).

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

51ewo.de

Standard version: with plastic bowl and manual drain valve, filter porosity 40 µm

Order No.Size BG 20 (I) BG 30 (I) BG 40 (II) BG 50 (II)Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1*

482.221 482.231 – – –– – 482.261 482.281 482.291

* inlet and outlet with threaded connection plate-set G 1 inclusive, see page 67


482.XXXX plastic bowl (standard, without addition) M metal bowl

bowl variant (optional) S protective metal cage

1 40 µm filter porosity

2 5 µm

2 G ¼ BG 20 3 G ⅜ BG 30 6 G ½ BG 40 thread 8 G ¾

BG 50 9 G 1

2 manual drain valve (p₁ 0 – 20 bar) 3 automatic integrated drain valve (p₁ 1.5 – 12 bar) 5 semi-automatic drain valve (p₁ 0.5 – 20 bar) 6 automatic attachable drain valve A (p₁ 4 – 16 bar)


Order No.Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Metal bowl with manual drain valve 480-28 480-213Plastic bowl with protective metal cage with manual drain valve

480-90 480-226

Protective metal cage 480-25 480-216Plastic bowl with manual drain valve 480-18 480-210Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (mounted) 480-7 480-219Filter element filter porosity 5 µm 480-45 480-220

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)** 1,800 2,000 3,200 3,500 3,500Filter porosity 40 µm (optionally: 5 µm)

Max. operating pressure (p₁)16 bar (20 bar with metal bowl /

12 bar with automatic integrated drain valve)Max. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowlCondensate volume 25 cm³ 25 cm³ 85 cm³ 85 cm³ 85 cm³Condensate drain manual (optionally: semi-automatic, automatic)Material housing zinc die-castMaterial bowl plastic (polycarbonate) (optionally: metal)Weight 310 g 310 g 840 g 840 g 1.3 kg** measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar; with filter insert 5 µm flow rate approx. 20 % reduced

Cover available in individual colour on request (standard: grey).

Notice

482.221 482.231M482.231S

480-7

condensate drain valves starting from page 94, fastening and connecting elements starting from page 67

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

A 48 70 125B 158 202 202C 48 70 70E 22 26 26F 24 35 35H 32 44 44J 43 62 62K 14.5 18 18L (Ø) 4.4 5.4 5.4

variobloc series

Microfilters type 491 G ¼ – G 1

Microfilters with borosilicate micro-fibre fleece fulfil special requirements for the purity of compressed air. As high-performance filters, they protect valves, cylinders or other actuators. In a second stage behind the standard filter, they remove 99.999 % of the smallest remaining particles of water, oil and dirt (at 0.01 µm), removing almost all residues. Prefilter 5 µm recommended. Size: BG 20 or BG 30, with connection threads G ¼ and G ⅜, size: BG 40 or BG 50, available with connection threads G ½, G ¾ and G 1.

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

A 48 70 70 125B 158 202 202 202C 48 70 70 70E 22 26 26 26F 24 35 35 35H 32 44 44 44J 43 62 62 62K 14.5 18 18 18L (Ø) 4.4 5.4 5.4 5.4

Standard version: with plastic bowl and manual drain valve, without contamination indicator


491.220 491.230 – – –– – 491.260 491.280 491.290




bowl variant (optional) S protective metal cage

0 without 1 mechanical contamination indicator 2 electrical


BG 50 9 G 1

2 manual drain valve (p₁ 0 – 20 bar) 5 semi-automatic drain valve (p₁ 0.5 – 20 bar) 6 automatic attachable drain valve A (p₁ 4 – 16 bar)


Order No.Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Metal bowl with manual drain valve 480-28 480-213Protective metal cage 480-25 480-216Pressure switch for electrical output signal, differential pressure 0.7 bar

491-5 491-5

Plastic bowl with manual drain valve 491-13 491-108Microfilter element with seal 491-4 491-103

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1**Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)** 370 420 1,000 1,100 1,100

Particle separation99.999 %, referred to 0.01 µm

(prefiltration to 5 µm necessary)Residual oil content 0.01 mg/m³Air quality acc. to ISO 8573.1 class 1 dirt, class 1 oilMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowlMax. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowlCondensate volume 10 cm³ 10 cm³ 30 cm³ 30 cm³ 30 cm³Condensate drain manual (optionally: semi-automatic, automatic)Material housing zinc die-castMaterial bowl plastic (polycarbonate) (optionally: metal)Weight 310 g 310 g 870 g 870 g 1.33 kg** measured at 7 bar pre-pressure (p₁), and pressure drop ∆p = 0.1 bar


Notice

491.230 491.230S 491.230M

491-5 491-4


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


variobloc series

Membrane air dryer type 494 G ¼ – G 1

A membrane air dryer is used for the efficient removal of water vapour from the compressed air and makes a significant contribution to increasing process reliability. The membrane dryer fulfils the high demands on compressed air quality with the highest reliability (guaranteed drying). Low pressure loss. Maintenance-free as there are no wearing parts. No electrical energy and no environmentally harmful drying materials necessary. No condensate accumulation, as this is "flushed" into the atmosphere with the drying stream. Simple combination with variobloc filters. Pre-filtered compressed air is essential for the function and service life of the membrane dryers. We recommend the model 482 and the model 491 microfilter as pre-filters. Available in two sizes for different degrees of drying: performance ranges with nominal flow rates of 50 Nl/min – 200 Nl/min (BG 20, 30) and 300 Nl/min – 734 Nl/min (BG 40, 50). With pressure dew point suppression of 20 K. Areas of application: automotive, metal and wood industry as well as other industries (e.g. paint shops, industrial drying, instrument air, pneumatic controls, medical air, analysis equipment, compressed air control cabinets, etc.).

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20, BG 30Size 1 2 3 4A 96B 298 396 498 578C 48E 22

BG 40, BG 50Size 1 2 3 4A 140B 406 470 559 686C 70E 26

Standard version: output 200 Nl/min (BG 20, 30) or 734 Nl/min (BG 40, 50), with T-bracket


494.241 494.341 – – –– – 494.641 494.841 494.941



494.XXX 0 without mounting

combination possible 1 with T-bracket

BG 20, 30 BG 40, 50 1 50 300 2 100 400

size (=Nominal flow rate [Nl/min]**) 3 150 534 4 200 734


BG 50 9 G 1

** at 7 bar, inlet pressure dew point +35 °C, outlet pressure dew point +15 °C

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Operating pressure range (p₁) 0 – 12 barOperating temperature 1.5 – 60 °CDifferential pressure 200 mbarAir quality acc. to ISO 8573.1 class 1 dirt, class 1 oilMaterial membrane fiber PESMaterial membrane cover aluminiumMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial seals NBRWeight for size 1-4 (kg) 4.2 / 4.4 / 4.6 / 4.8 5.2 / 5.4 / 5.6 / 5.8

SizeNominal flow rate [Nl/min]** at output pressure dewpoint (°C)15 °C 3 °C -20 °C -40 °C

BG 20, BG 301 50 37 23 172 100 72 47 333 150 107 72 524 200 142 95 68BG 40, BG 501 300 213 142 1032 400 283 188 1373 534 427 283 2074 734 568 378 273Purging air requirement (%) 10 14 21 29Drainage (%) 69.70 86.53 98.20 99.77

Adjusted performance = Nominal flow rate × COP

Calculation of the correct capacity of the membrane dryer (Nominal flow rate × Correction factor)bar 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12COP (Correction factor) 0.41 0.56 0.76 1 1.22 1.48 1.76 1.86 2.22

494.241


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

53ewo.de

variobloc series

Activated carbon filter type 493 G ¼ – G 1

Activated carbon filters are used to remove oil vapours and other organic pollutants from compressed air. The activated carbon fibres are located between two stainless steel nets (cleaning is not possible, replacement recommended after approx. 1,000 operating hours). The compressed air which is to be cleaned should be dry and free of impurities. The use of a microfilter is strongly recommended. Notice: some hazardous substances are either not or only slightly absorbable with activated carbon (e.g. carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, ammonia).

Standard version: with plastic bowl, without drain valve


493.02 493.03 – – – – – 493.06 493.08 493.09



493.0XX M metal bowl

additional option S protective metal cage


BG 50 9 G 1


Order No.Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Metal bowl 483-10 483-113Protective metal cage 480-25 480-216Plastic bowl 483-7 483-110Activated carbon filter element with seal 493-2 493-102

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)** 800 1,000 1,200 1,300 1,300Residual oil content 0.003 mg/m³Air quality acc. to ISO 8573.1 class 1 dirt, class 1 oilMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowlMax. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowlMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial bowl polycarbonate / (optionally: metal)Weight 320 g 320 g 900 g 900 g 1.4 kg** measured at 7 bar pre-pressure (p₁), and pressure drop ∆p = 0.2 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

A 48 70 70 125B 142 193 193 193C 48 70 70 70E 22 26 26 26F 24 35 35 35H 32 44 44 44J 43 62 62 62K 14.5 18 18 18L (Ø) 4.4 5.4 5.4 5.4


Notice

493.03 493.03S 493.03M

493-2


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


variobloc series

Pressure regulator type 481 G ¼ – G 1

Pressure regulators with a diaphragm design regulate the line pressure within the interconnected system to the set working pressure/ secondary pressure (p2) and keep it at a largely constant level, independent of pressure fluctuations and air consumption. This guarantees an optimal and economical effectiveness of the systems. The integrated overpressure protection (secondary venting) allows a reduction of the secondary pressure (reverse control) without air extraction. At the same time, compressed air vents into the atmosphere as soon as the pressure on the secondary side exceeds the set value. Notice: to avoid contamination or failure, a 482 filter should be installed in front.

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

A 48 70 70 125B 98 134 134 134C 48 70 70 70D (Ø) 28 39 39 39E 68 98 98 98F 24 35 35 35H 26 33 33 33I M30 × 1.5 M42 × 1.5 M42 × 1.5J 43 62 62 62K 14,5 18 18 18L (Ø) 4.4 5.4 5.4 5.4M 84 106 106 106N (Ø) 40 50 50 50V G ¼ G ¼ G ¼ G ¼



481.223 481.233 – – –– – 481.263 481.283 481.293



481.XXXX A lockable, with padlock additional options D gauge with color code 0 – 16 bar (combination possible)

2 0.5 – 6 bar 3 0.5 – 10 bar control range

4 0.5 – 16 bar secondary pressure (p₂)


BG 50 9 G 1


Cover available in individual colour on request (standard: grey). Gauge (self-sealing) is enclosed.

Notice


Order No.Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Diaphragm complete with sliding ring 480-92 480-263Sealing cone complete 481-17 480-218Pressure gauge horizontally** Ø 40 Ø 50Display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 723 55Display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 734 85Display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 745 96** pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)*** 2,000 3,200 7,000 8,000 8,000Max. operating pressure (p₁) 25 barMax. secondary pressure (p₂) 10 bar (optionally 6 bar, 16 bar)Max. operating temperature 80 °CMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial seals NBRWeight (without pressure gauge) 390 g 390 g 950 g 950 g 1.41 kg*** measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p₁), 6 bar secondary pressure (p₂) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar acc. to DIN ISO 6953

481.233 481.233 D481.233 A

480-92 481-17


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

55ewo.de

variobloc series

Precision pressure regulator type 495 G ¼ – G 1

Pressure regulator with precision regulation for highest requirements. It is suitable for all processes that require precise air pressure regulation. Pressure regulators regulate the line pressure of a pressure system to the set operating pressure/ secondary pressure (p2) and keep it at a largely constant level, independent of pressure fluctuations and air consumption. Diaphragm-type pressure regulator with a very low air consumption of 1.5 l/min. Secondary venting (reverse control) practically without hysteresis. Control ranges for p₂ from 0.1 to 3 bar, 0.2 to 6 bar and 0.5 to 10 bar. Pressure gauge can be mounted on both sides. To avoid contamination or failure, a type 491 microfilter should be installed upstream.

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

A 48 70 70 125B 98 134 134 134C 48 70 70 70D (Ø) 28 39 39 39E 68 98 98 98F 24 35 35 35H 26 33 33 33I M30 × 1.5 M42 × 1.5 M42 × 1.5J 43 62 62 62K 14.5 18 18 18L (Ø) 4.4 5.4 5.4 5.4M 84 106 106 106N (Ø) 40 50 50 50V G ¼ G ¼ G ¼ G ¼



495.224 495.234 – – –– – 495.264 495.284 495.294



495.XXXX A lockable, with padlock additional options

2 0.1 – 3 bar 3 0.2 – 6 bar control range secondary pressure (p₂) 4 0.5 – 10 bar


BG 50 9 G 1



Notice


Order No.Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Diaphragm complete with sliding ring 495-101 495-201Sealing cone complete 481-17 480-218Pressure gauge horizontally, quality class 1.6 Ø 40 Ø 50Display range 0 – 4 bar (for p₂ up to 3 bar) 401 501Display range 0 – 6 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 402 502Display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 403 503* pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)** 2,000 3,200 7,000 8,000 8,000Max. operating pressure (p₁) 25 barMax. secondary pressure (p₂) 10 bar (optionally 3 bar, 6 bar)Operating temperature -10 up to + 60 °CFlow direction in arrow directionPre-pressure dependence < 3 %Reverse control hysteresis < 0.1 barAir consumption (at 10 bar inlet pressure [p₁]) < 1.5 l/minMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial seals NBRWeight (without pressure gauge) 390 g 390 g 950 g 950 g 1.41 kg** measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p₁), 6 bar secondary pressure (p₂) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar acc. to DIN ISO 6953

495.224

495-101 481-17


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


variobloc series

Battery pressure regulator type 490 G ¼ – G 1

The pressure regulators arranged in line allow an independent outlet pressure at a common inlet pressure. The inlet of the pressure supply can be either left or right. The regulated operating pressure (secondary pressure), which almost completely is kept constant regardless of the fluctuating supply pressure (inlet pressure) and air consumption, is available at the rear connection (connection 2). Notice: to avoid contamination or failure, a 482 series filter should be installed in front. For a higher flow rate with several units, we recommend the following connection threads G ⅜ or G ¾.

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

A 48 70 70 125B 98 134 134 134C 48 70 70 70D (Ø) 28 39 39 39E 68 98 98 98F 24 35 35 35I M 30 × 1.5 M 42 × 1.5 M 42 × 1.5M 84 106 106 106N (Ø) 40 50 50 50V G ¼ G ¼ G ¼ G ¼

function2

1 1

2 2



490.223 490.233 – – –– – 490.263 490.283 490.293



490.XXXX A lockable, with padlock additional options D gauge with color code 0 – 16 bar (combination possible)

2 0.5 – 6 bar 3 0.5 – 10 bar control range



BG 50 9 G 1



Notice


Order No.Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Diaphragm complete with sliding ring 480-92 480-263Sealing cone complete 481-17 480-218Pressure gauge horizontally*** Ø 40 Ø 50Display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 723 55Display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 734 85Display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 745 96Screw plug with hexagon socket, connection G ¼ 280-127 ** 280-127 **Screw plug with hexagon socket, connection G ⅜ 447-28 ** –Screw plug with hexagon socket, connection G ½ – 424-67** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each *** pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread 1 G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Thread 2 G ¼ G ½Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)**** 1,800 1,800 5,800 6,800 6,800Max. operating pressure (p₁) 25 barMax. secondary pressure (p₂) 10 bar (optionally 6 bar, 16 bar)Max. operating temperature 80 °CMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial seals NBRWeight (without pressure gauge) 390 g 390 g 950 g 950 g 1.41 kg**** measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p₁), 6 bar secondary pressure (p₂) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar acc. to DIN ISO 6953

490.223 490.223D

480-92 481-17


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

57ewo.de

variobloc series

Compressed air lubricators type 483 G ¼ – G 1

Compressed air lubricators are used for the dosed enrichment of compressed air with finely atomized oil mist. A control valve ensures that the oil quantity is mixed in proportion to the flow rate. The droplet quantity is regulated by the adjusting screw of the lubricator attachment. The oil can be refilled during operation.

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

A 48 70 70 125B 171 224 224 224C 48 70 70 70D (Ø) 22 22 22 22E 52 57 57 57F 24 35 35 35H 32 44 44 44J 43 62 62 62K 14.5 18 18 18L (Ø) 4.4 5.4 5.4 5.4

Standard version: with plastic bowl, without drain valve


483.022 483.023 – – –– – 483.026 483.028 483.029




additional option S protective metal cage


BG 50 9 G 1

2 model: lubricator

0 without drain valve 1 with manual drain valve

Spare parts and accessories Order No.Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Metal bowl without drain valve 483-10 483-113Metal bowl with drain valve 480-28 480-213Protective metal cage 480-25 480-216Plastic bowl with protective basket, without drain valve 483-24 483-126Lubricator attachment metal (only BG 40/50 with O-rings) 483-21 423-65Plastic bowl without drain valve 483-7 483-110Lubricator attachment made of plastic 483-6 423-179Regulator insert 483-3 –

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)** 3,400 4,400 4,600 7,500 7,500Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowlMax. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowl and metal lubricator attachmentUsable bowl capacity 50 cm³ 50 cm³ 125 cm³ 125 cm³ 125 cm³Lubricator function onwards 50 l/min onwards 150 l/minOil type according to DIN 51524 – ISO VG 32Material housing zinc die-castMaterial bowl polycarbonateMaterial seals NBRWeight 300 g 300 g 800 g 800 g 1.26 kg** measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

483.023M 483.023S483.023


Notice

423-65 483-3



01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


variobloc series

Filter pressure regulators type 480 G ¼ – G 1

Filter pressure regulators combine the functions of a filter and a pressure regulator in a space-saving design in one device. (details see individual descriptions on page 51 and page 55).

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1


Standard version: control range (p₂) 0.5 – 10 bar, plastic bowl with manual drain valve, with pressure gauge, filter porosity 40 µm


480.223 480.233 – – –– – 480.263 480.283 480.293


Order key for all variants480.XXXXX

V filter element 5 µm (standard: 40 µm, without addition) plastic bowl (standard, without addition) M metal bowl

additional options S protective metal cage (combination possible A lockable, with padlock except M with S) D gauge with color code 0 – 16 bar

2 0.5-6 bar 3 0.5-10 bar control range

4 0.5-16 bar secondary pressure (p₂)


BG 50 9 G 1

2 manually operated drain valve, pressure gauge (p₁ 0 – 20 bar) 3 internal automatic drain valve, pressure gauge (p₁ 1.5 – 12 bar) 4 manually operated drain valve, without pressure gauge (p₁ 0 – 20 bar) 5 semi-automatic drain valve, pressure gauge (p₁ 0.5 – 20 bar) 6 external automatic drain valve A, pressure gauge (p₁ 4 – 16 bar) 7 internal automatic drain valve, without pressure gauge (p₁ 1.5 – 12 bar) 8 external automatic drain valve A, without pressure gauge (p₁ 4 – 16 bar) 9 semi-automatic drain valve, without pressure gauge (p₁ 0.5 – 20 bar)

Spare parts and accessories Order No.Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (mounted) 480-7 480-219Filter element filter porosity 5 µm (reduced flow rate) 480-45 480-220 Plastic bowl with protective metal cage and manual drain valve 480-90 480-226Metal bowl with manual drain valvel 480-28 480-213Protective metal cage 480-25 480-216Pressure gauge horizontally** Ø 40 Ø 50Display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 723 55Display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 734 85Display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 745 96Plastic bowl with manual drain valve 480-18 480-210Diaphragm complete with sliding ring 480-92 480-263Sealing cone complete 480-48 480-218** pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)*** 2,000 3,000 5,500 6,500 6,500Filter porosity 40 µm (optionally: 5 µm)Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 bar (20 bar with metal bowl/ 12 bar with autom. integr. drain valve)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) 10 bar (optionally: 6, 16 bar)Max. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowlCondensate volume 25 cm³ 85 cm³Condensate drain manual (optionally: semi-automatic, automatic)Material housing/bowl zinc die-cast / polycarbonateMaterial seals NBRWeight 460 g 460 g 1.15 kg 1.15 kg 1.61 kg*** measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p₁), 6 bar secondary pressure (p₂) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar acc. to DIN ISO 6953

Notice


480.233 480.233 SD480.333 MD

480-92 480-48

condensate drain valves starting from page 94, oils see page 157fastening and connecting elements starting from page 67

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

59ewo.de

variobloc series

Two-piece maintenance unit type 488 G ¼ – G 1

Numerous variants of maintenance units are possible by simply mounting the individual modules in blocks. The following are the most common versions of a two-piece maintenance unit, consisting of a filter pressure regulator and a compressed air lubricator. For options, see individual units. Pressure range of the filter pressure regulator 0 – 10 bar (standard).

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1


Standard version: control range (p₂) 0.5 – 10 bar, plastic bowl with manual drain valve, with pressure gauge, filter porosity 40 µm, monobloc mounting with compact connection set with integrated T-bracket for wall mounting


488.221 488.231 – – –– – 488.261 488.281 488.291


Order key for all variants488.XXXXX

V filter element 5 µm (standard: 40 µm, without addition) plastic bowl (standard, without addition) M metal bowl

additional options S protective metal cage (combination possible A lockable, with padlock except M with S) D gauge with color code 0 – 16 bar

0 compact connection set 1 compact connection set with T-bracket block mounting 2 comfort connection set (only BG 20, BG 30)


BG 50 9 G 1


Spare parts and accessories Order No.Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Diaphragm complete with sliding ring 480-92 480-263Sealing cone complete 480-48 480-218Regulation insert 483-3 –additional spare parts and accessories see page 58 and page 59

Technical data



12 bar with automatic integrated drain valve)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) 10 bar (optionally: 6, 16 bar)Max. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowl and metal lubricator attachmentCondensate volume 25 cm³ 85 cm³Condensate drain manual (optionally: semi-automatic, automatic)Usable bowl capacity 50 cm³ 125 cm³Lubricator function onwards 50 l/min onwards 150 l/minMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial bowl polycarbonateMaterial seals NBRWeight (without pressure gauge) 720 g 720 g 2.07 kg 2.07 kg 2.53 kg** measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p₁), 6 bar secondary pressure (p₂) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar acc. to DIN ISO 6953

Notice


488.230 488.230SD

480-92 480-48

483-3

condensate drain valves starting from page 94, oils see page 157fastening and connecting elements starting from page 67

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


variobloc series

Three-piece maintenance unit type 489 G ¼ – G 1

Numerous variants of maintenance units are possible by simply mounting the individual modules in blocks. Below are some of the versions of a three-piece maintenance unit consisting of compressed air filter, pressure regulator and compressed air lubricator. For more options, see individual units. Pressure range of the pressure regulator: 10 bar (standard).

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1


Standard version: control range (p₂) 0.5 – 10 bar, plastic bowl with manual drain valve, with pressure gauge, filter porosity 40 µm, monoblock mounting with compact connection set with integrated T-bracket for wall mounting


489.221 489.231 – – –– – 489.261 489.281 489.291



489.XXXXX V filter element 5 µm (standard: 40 µm, without addition) plastic bowl (standard, without addition) M metal bowl

additional options S protective metal cage

(combination possible A lockable, with padlock

except M with S) D gauge with color code 0 – 16 bar

0 compact connection set 1 compact connection set with T-bracket block mounting 2 comfort connection set (only BG 20, BG 30)


BG 50 9 G 1


Spare parts and accessories Order No.Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Diaphragm complete with sliding ring 480-92 480-263Sealing cone complete 481-17 480-218Regulation insert 483-3 –additional spare parts and accessories see single units

Technical data



12 bar with automatic integrated drain valve)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) 10 bar (optionally: 6, 16 bar)Max. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowl and and metal lubricator attachmentCondensate volume 25 cm³ 85 cm³Condensate drain manual (optionally: semi-automatic, automatic)Usable bowl capacity 50 cm³ 125 cm³Lubricator function onwards 50 l/min onwards 150 l/minMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial bowl polycarbonateMaterial seals NBRWeight (without pressure gauge) 1.22 kg 1.22 kg 2.8 kg 2.8 kg 3.26 kg** measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p₁), 6 bar secondary pressure (p₂) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar acc. to ISO 6953

Notice


489.230

489.230SD

condensate drain valves starting from page 94, oils see page 157 fastening and connecting elements starting from page 48

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

61ewo.de

variobloc series

Mobile maintenance unit type 489 G ½ – G 1

The mobile maintenance unit was designed with variobloc components (only size BG 40, 50) in order to ensure optimum preconditions with reference to cleaning and lubrication of the pneumatic tools directly on site. It consists of a compressed air filter, pressure regulator and compressed air lubricators, which are mounted in a metal frame with carrying handle. Other combinations of maintenance units are possible on request. The mobile maintenance unit is recommended wherever distances of more than 5 metres have to be covered between air distribution and the place of operation.

Application areas: Truck workshops Mechanical and industrial engineering Shipbuilding/Shipyards

Version

Order No.Size BG 40 (II) BG 50 (II)Thread G ½ G ¾ G 1Control range (p₂) 0.5 – 10 bar, plastic bowl with protective metal cage and manual drain valve, with pressure gauge, filter porosity 40 µm, monobloc mounting with compact connection, connection plates set*

489.200 489.100 489.000



Order No.Size BG 40 BG 50Diaphragm complete with sliding ring 480-263Sealing cone complete 480-218additional spare parts and accessories see single units

Technical data

Size BG 40 BG 50Thread G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)** 3,400 5,000 5,000Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barControl range (p₂) 0.5 – 10 barMax. operating temperature 50 °CFilter porosity 40 µmCondensate drain manual (optionally: semi-automatic, automatic)Condensate volume 85 cm³Usable bowl capacity 125 cm³Lubricator function onwards 150 l/minMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial bowl / protective basket polycarbonate / steelMaterial seals NBRMaterial side panels sheet steel paintedMaterial feet rubberWeight 8.5 kg** measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p₁), 6 bar secondary pressure (p₂) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar acc. to ISO 6953

Dimensions (mm)

BG 40 BG 50W G ½ G ¾ G 1A 269 269 264B 491 491 491C 300 300 300D 307 307 307E 261 261 261F 431 431 431H 85.5 85.5 85.5I 55.5 55.5 55.5


Notice

489.200


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


variobloc series

Ball valve with vent type 487 G ¼ – G 1

Ball valve with venting (3/2 way valve). For flanging onto maintenance units. Serves as main shut-off valve at the inlet of the maintenance unit. Actuation by 90° rotation of the lever. Switch-on position clearly marked: turning knob in lateral direction – valve closed, air discharged. Rotary knob in longitudinal direction – valve open, drain closed. Can be locked in either end positions with a standard padlock Ø 4.5 mm (or as an additional option with padlock in two versions, available). With silencer to reduce the ventilation noise. Connection thread from G ¼ to G 1. Wall mounting possible by direct mounting or bracket mounting on the housing. In correspondence with EN 983. The version with pneumatic actuator (BG 40, 50) allows the operation as remote control in hazardous areas. The stroke construction guarantees a high initial torque and therefore a high releasing torque (required after long idle).

Standard version: lockable (without padlock Ø 4.5 mm)


487.2 487.3 – – –– – 487.6 487.8 487.9



487.XX A with padlock Ø 4.5 mm D with padlock Ø 8 mm P with pneumatic actuator (only for BG 40, 50)

2 G ¼ BG 20 3 G ⅜ BG 30 6 G ½ BG 40 threads 8 G ¾

BG 50 9 G 1


Order No.Padlock Ø 4.5 mm 487-17Padlock Ø 8 mm 487-26

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)** 4,300 4,400 9,000 11,000 11,000Max. operating pressure (p₁) 25 barMax. operating temperature 80 °CMaterial housing zinc die-castWeight 295 g 295 g 840 g 840 g 1.3 kgWeight (with pneumatic actuator)

– – 1.1 kg 1.1 kg 1.56 kg

Pressure range (with pneumatic actuator)

– – 5.6 – 7.4 bar 5.6 – 7.4 bar 5.6 – 7.4 bar

** measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1 G ½ G ¾ G 1

with pneumatic actuatorA 48 70 70 125 70 70 125B 80 92 92 92 120 120 120C 48 70 70 70 70 70 70D 30 30 30 30 – – –E 58 64 64 64 92 92 92F 24 35 35 35 35 35 35H 22 28 28 28 28 28 28J 43 62 62 62 62 62 62K 14.5 18 18 18 18 18 18L (Ø) 4.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4M 45 45 45 45 – – –


Notice

487.3 487.3Dincl. padlock

487.8Pversion with

pneumatic actuator

487.17

fastening and connecting elements starting from page 67fastening and connecting elements starting from page 67

with pneumatic actuator

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

63ewo.de

variobloc series

3/2-way electrical switching valve type 485 G ¼ – G 1

3/2-way electrical switching valves in monobloc design are suitable for flange-mounting to variobloc maintenance units. The magnetic valve at the inlet or outlet of the maintenance unit serves as a master shut-off valve with rapid venting. If the valve is without current, it is closed. Electric switching valves have manual override. The combination with a start-up valve is recommended. Possible connection threads from G ¼ up to G 1. Corresponds to EN 983.

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1**

A 48 70 70 125B 46 157 157 157C 48 70 70 70D (Ø) 30 30 30 30 E 108 113 113 113F 24 35 35 35H 26 33 33 33 J 43 62 62 62K 14.5 18 18 18L (Ø) 4.4 5.4 5.4 5.4M 22 22 22 22N 72 82 82 82

Standard version: rated voltage 24 V ⎓Order No.

Size BG 20 (I) BG 30 (I) BG 40 (II) BG 50 (II)Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1*

485.24 485.34 – – –– – 485.64 485.84 485.94



485.XX 1 24 V ~/50 Hz 2 220 V ~/50 Hz

manual override bistable, DIN 43650 3 110 V ~/50 Hz 4 24 V ⎓ 5 24 V ⎓ manual override monostable, M12


BG 50 9 G 1


Order No.Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Magnetic coil 24 V ⎓ 447-76Magnetic coil 24 V ~/50 Hz 447-130Magnetic coil 220 V ~/50 Hz 447-74Magnetic coil 110 V ~/50 Hz 447-75Magnetic coil 24 V ⎓ (M12) 447-133Magnetic valve as shut-off valve with rapid venting 24 V ⎓ 485-16

Magnetic valve as shut-off valve with rapid venting 24 V ~/50 Hz

485-17


485-18


485-19

Magnetic valve as shut-off valve with rapid venting 24 V ⎓ (monostable)

485-20

Socket DIN 43650 447-120

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)** 2,200 2,600 3,300 3,800 3,800Operating pressure range (p₁) 3 – 10 bar (higher pressures available on request)Max. operating temperature 50 °CProtection class IP 65 acc. to DIN 40050

Rated voltage24 V ⎓

optionally 24 V/50 Hz, 110 V/50 Hz, 220 V/50 Hz

Power supplysocket according to DIN 43650,

Form B Ind. PG 9Material housing zinc die-castWeight 445 g 445 g 980 g 980 g 1.44 kgDisposal of waste equipment WEEE Reg. No.: DE51604370** measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

485.34 485.35

447-76 485-18 447-120


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


variobloc series

Distributors type 486 G ¼ – G 1

Compressed air distributor with four outlets. Can be used at any extraction point or as a carrier for additional modules (e.g. pressure switches). The version with non-return valve is ideal for extracting unlubricated air if it is connected in front of the mist lubricator. The non-return valve prevents oil from being suctioned out of the oiler or the pipes. However, the system cannot be easily vented after the non-return valve. Available in two sizes. Outlets closed on delivery. Connection thread from G ¼ to G 1.

Standard version: without non-return valve


486.20 486.30 – – –– – 486.60 486.80 486.90



486.XX 0 without non-return valve 1 with non-return valve


BG 50 9 G 1

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Outlets top and bottom G ⅜ G ⅜ and G ½Outlets front and rear G ¼Nominal flow rate without NV (Nl/min)** 4,200 5,000 9,000 11,000 11,000Nominal flow rate with NV (Nl/min)** 900 900 4,000 5,000 5,000Max. operating pressure (p₁) 25 barMax. operating temperature 80 °CMaterial housing zinc die-castWeight 290 g 290 g 780 g 780 g 1.24 kg** measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

A 48 70 70 125B 46 56 56 56C 48 70 70 70F 24 35 35 35J 43 62 62 62K 14.5 18 18 18L (Ø) 4.4 5.4 5.4 5.4U G ⅜ G ⅜ G ⅜ G ⅜W G ⅜ G ½ G ½ G ½


Notice

486.30


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

65ewo.de

variobloc series

Pneumatic starting valve type 484 G ¼ – G 1

Starting and filling valve in monobloc design for flange-mounting to variobloc maintenance units. Used for increasing pressure gradually in pneumatic systems, e.g. when restarting after an emergency stop. When turned on, only a small cross-section is initially pressurized via an adjustable regulator. Only when the pressure has reached about half of the operating pressure the full cross-section is released. In conjunction with a 3/2-way valve, a ball valve or a magnetic valve, a complete on/off unit can be set up. Connection thread from G ¼ to G 1. Corresponds to EN 983. Only suitable for closed systems.

Version: regulator adjustable


484.20 484.30 – – –– – 484.60 484.80 484.90


Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)** 1,200 1,400 3,800 4,200 4,200Point of dispatch (full cross-section open) approx. 0.6 × operating pressureOperating pressure range (p₁) 2 – 25 barMax. operating temperature 50 °CMaterial housing zinc die-castWeight 295 g 295 g 730 g 730 g 1.19 kg** measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

A 48 70 70 125B 54 72 72 72C 48 70 70 70E 24 36 36 36F 24 35 35 35H 30 36 36 36 J 43 62 62 62K 14.5 18 18 18L (Ø) 4.4 5.4 5.4 5.4M 53 75 75 75


Notice

484.30


01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


variobloc series

Intermediate modules for block mounting, pipe connection

"Plug and Work" – according to this motto you can choose your desired combination for block mounting from the following variety, select the pipe connection (inlet and outlet) and the wall mounting.

Threaded connection plate setFor pipe connection at inlet and outlet. Self-adhesive sealing rings. With or without T-Bracket for wall mounting.

Size Thread Order No.Version without T-BracketBG 20 (I) G ¼ 480-75BG 30 (I) G ⅜ 480-37BG 40 (II) G ½ 480-283BG 50 (II) G ¾ 480-282BG 60 (II) G 1 480-271Version with T-BracketBG 20 (I) G ¼ 480-120BG 30 (I) G ⅜ 480-121BG 40 (II) G ½ 480-287BG 50 (II) G ¾ 480-288BG 60 (II) G 1 480-289

Comfort connection set (intermediate module)For block mounting. Single modules can be easily removed without disassembling the whole unit. Self-adhesive sealing rings. With or without T-Bracket for wall mounting.

Size Thread Order No.Version without T-BracketBG 20 G ¼

480-38BG 30 G ⅜Version with T-BracketBG 20 G ¼

480-122BG 30 G ⅜

Compact connection set (intermediate module)For block mounting. Incl. sealing kit. With or without T-Bracket for wall mounting.

Size Thread Order No.Version without T-BracketBG 20 G ¼ 480-570BG 30 G ⅜ 480-360BG 40 G ½ 480-238BG 50 G ¾ 480-237Version with T-BracketBG 20 G ¼ 480-560BG 30 G ⅜ 480-350BG 40 G ½ 480-264BG 50 G ¾ 480-265

Sealing set for compact connection setConsisting of sleeve and O-ring.

Size Thread Order No.BG 20 G ¼ 480-85BG 30 G ⅜ 480-11BG 40 G ½ 480-267BG 50 G ¾ 480-268

T-Bracket single for wall mounting

Suitable for inter-mediate module Size Order No.

Comfort connection BG 20, 30 480-84Compact connection BG 20, 30 480-640Compact connection BG 40, 50 480-270

BG 40, 50, 60

BG 20, 30

BG 20, BG 30BG 40, BG 50, BG 60

BG 20, BG 30BG 40, BG 50, BG 60

BG 20, 30

480-38480-122

version with T-Bracket

BG 40, 50

BG 20, 30

version with T-Bracket

480-237480-265

480-85

480-84 480-640 480-270 480-84

ComfortBG 20, 30

CompactBG 20, 30

480-640

CompactBG 40, 50

480-270

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

67ewo.de

variobloc series

Bracket set for mounting on cap (handwheel thread)Contents: mounting bracket and nut.

Suitable for Order No.BG 20 (I), BG 30 (I) 443-36BG 40 (II), BG 50 (II) 443-104

Dimensions (mm)

Size A B C D E F HBG 20 BG 30 40 26.5 30 30 5.5 16 30.5BG 40 BG 50 55 35 42.5 40 7 20 43

Single nutFor control panel mounting.

Suitable for Dimensions Material Order No.BG 20 BG 30 M 30 × 1.5 PA6 381-32BG 40 BG 50 M 42 × 1.5 Ms 443-106

Bracket set for mounting on the housingOnly for mounting a single device. Contents: mounting bracket and two mounting screws.

Suitable for Order No.BG 20, BG 30 480-67BG 40, BG 50 480-252

Dimensions (mm)

Size A B C D E F GBG 20 BG 30 50 34 15 71 5.5 16 25BG 40 BG 50 74 50 20 88 7 19 28

Mounting screws (set of 2)For direct mounting of individual devices.

Suitable for Dimensions Order No.BG 20 BG 30 M 4 × 40 480-83BG 40 BG 50 M 5 × 60 480-266

443-36

381-32

480-252

480-83

Wall mounting elements

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


variobloc series


Overview of advantages

Module mounting on the wall with bracket (for regulator) or direct mounting (two screws) for all devices.

Compact connection with optional integrated T-holder

Threaded connection plates for pipe connection with self-adhesive sealing rings (also available with bracket) for easy installation in pipe and hose systems.

Comfort blocking – fast component or combination change with connection module (self-adhesive sealing rings) shortens assembly times (only for size BG 20, 30).

Lockable handwheel for pressure regulator, battery pressure regulator, filter pressure regulator and maintenance units available.

Filter inserts

Model Size Order No.PE filter insert 40 µm

BG 20, BG 30 (I)

480-7PE filter insert 5 µm 480-45Microfilter insert complete 491-4Activated carbon filter insert complete 493-2PE filter insert 40 µm

BG 40, BG 50 (II)

480-219PE filter insert 5 µm 480-220Microfilter insert complete 491-103Activated carbon filter insert complete 493-102

Behältervarianten

Model VersionOrder No.BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50

Plastic bowl

with manual drain valve 480-18 480-210with semi-automatic drain valve 480-78 480-255with automatic integrated drain valve 480-79 480-256with automatic attachable drain valve A 480-95 480-257without drain valve, for lubricators 483-7 483-110

Metal bowl

with manual drain valve (bis 20 bar) 480-28 480-213with semi-automatic drain valve (up to 20 bar)

480-80 480-258

with automatic integrated drain valve (up to 12 bar)

480-81 480-259

with automatic attachable drain valve A (up to 16 bar)

480-96 480-260

without drain valve, for lubricators (up to 20 bar) 483-10 483-113Protective metal cage

for attaching to plastic bowls 480-25 480-216

Padlocks

Suitable for Shackle-Ø (mm) Order No.

Pressure regulators and filter pressure regulators BG 20, 30 and BG 40, 50

3 480-430

Ball valve for model 487.xA 4.5 487-17Ball valve for model 487.xD 8 487-26

480-7 491-4 493-2

480-18 480-28 480-25

487-17

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

69ewo.de

variobloc series

Combined maintenance unit G ¼ – G 1

The combined maintenance unit combines filter, pressure regulator and lubricator in an extremely space-saving design in one unit. Components: double bowl for filter condensate and oil reservoir made of plastic (polycarbonate), optionally with bowl protection or as metal bowl. Drain valves for condensate as manual drain valve, semi-automatic drain valve, automatic integrated drain valve or automatic attachable drain valve. Filter inserts made of sintered bronze available with two different pore diameters. Pressure regulator part with three different control ranges for p₂. Adjustment lock by pressing the handwheel in. A version with lockable handwheel in fixed position is also available. Wall mounting with bracket set possible. Pressure gauge can be mounted on the front or rear side. Oil filling under pressure possible (use spray oil can). Available in two sizes with connection threads from G ¼ up to G 1.

Standard version: with plastic bowl and manual drain valve, with pressure gauge

Control range p₂ Order No.Size BG 40 (I) BG 60 (II)Thread G ¼* G ⅜* G ½ G ½* G ¾* G 10.5 – 6 bar 423.222 423.232 423.242 423.262 423.282 423.2920.5 – 10 bar 423.223 423.233 423.243 423.263 423.283 423.2930.5 – 16 bar 423.224 423.234 423.244 423.264 423.284 423.294* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions enclosed) see page 119



additional options S protective metal cage

combination possible A lockable, with padlock

(except M with S) D gauge with color code 0 – 16 bar

2 0.5 – 6 bar 3 0.5 – 10 bar

control range


2 G ¼ 3 G ⅜ BG 40 4 G ½ 6 G ½ thread 8 G ¾ BG 60 9 G 1

2 manually operated drain valve, pressure gauge (p₁ 0 – 20 bar) 3 internal automatic drain valve, pressure gauge (p₁ 1.5 – 12 bar) 5 semi-automatic drain valve, pressure gauge (p₁ 0.5 – 20 bar) 6 external automatic drain valve A, pressure gauge (p₁ 4 – 16 bar)

Accessories

Order No.Size BG 40 BG 60Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ½ G ¾ G 1Mounting set for attaching to housing 423-60 423-102Protective metal cage 423-107 423-108Metal bowl with seal and manual drain valve 423-296 423-297Metal bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 423-298 423-299Metal bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 423-300 423-301Lubricator attachment made of plastic 423-179 423-179Lubricator attachment metal 423-65 423-65Reduction G ½ × G ⅜** 423-57 *** –Reduction G ½ × G ¼** 423-58 *** –Reduction G 1 × G ¾** – 423-99 ***Reduction G 1 × G ½** – 423-100 ***** also available with NPTF thread on request *** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

423.243

condensate drain valves starting from page 94, pressure gauges starting from page 154, oils see page 157

423-60423-108

423-296

423-300

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


combibloc series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

71ewo.de


Order No.Size BG 40 BG 60Plastic bowl with seal and manual drain valve 423-282 423-283Plastic bowl with seal and automatic integrated drain valve 423-288 423-289Plastic bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 423-284 423-285Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 423-290 423-291Pressure gauge horizontally* Ø 50 Ø 63Display range 0 – 10 bar 55 214Display range 0 – 16 bar 85 215Display range 0 – 25 bar 96 216Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (integrated) 394-6 394-16Filter element filter porosity 5 µm (reduced flow rate) 394-40 394-37Sealing cone complete 423-342 423-79Diaphragm complete 480-92 423-77* pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 40 BG 60Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)** 1,400 Nl/min 3,400 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) plastic bowl 16 bar (PN 16)Max. operating pressure (p₁) metal bowl 25 bar (PN 25)Max. secondary pressure (p₂) 6, 10 or 16 barOperating temperature plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °COperating temperature metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °CUsable bowl capacity filters 25 cm³ 75 cm³Usable bowl capacity lubricators 75 cm³ 150 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 8 DN 15Pre-pressure dependence < 3 % < 2 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 1.255 kg 2.69 kgMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial filter element sintered bronzeMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate** measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p₁), 6 bar secondary pressure (p₂) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar acc. to ISO 6953

Dimensions (mm)

BG 40 BG 60W G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ½ G ¾ G 1A 66 93B *** 200 295C 69 96E 65 105F 34.5 48G *** 220 325J 82 112K 43 61L 6.5 9M 105 135*** with automatic integrated drain valve: +10 mm, with automatic attachable drain valve A: +90 mm

423-282 85

condensate drain valves starting from page 94, oils see page 157


combibloc series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion



Thread Order No.G ⅛* 445.21G ¼ 445.22* inlet and outlet reduced (reduction with O-ring added)


445.XX 1 G ⅛

thread 2 G ¼

2 manual drain valve (p₁ 0 – 16 bar) 3 automatic integrated drain valve (p₁ 1.5 – 12 bar) 5 semi-automatic drain valve (p₁ 0.5 – 16 bar) 6 automatic attachable drain valve A (p₁ 4 – 16 bar) 7 automatic attachable drain valve B (p₁ 1.5 – 12 bar)


Order No.Mounting set for attaching to housing 444-5Plastic bowl with seal and manual drain valve 443-12Plastic bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 443-42Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A (max. 16 bar) 443-43Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve B (max. 12 bar) 443-111Plastic bowl (long bowl) with seal and integrated drain valve (max. 12 bar) 419-78Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (mounted) 443-32Filter element filter porosity 5 µm (reduced flow rate) 443-167Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 **** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate*** 1,170 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CUsable bowl capacity 10 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionFilter porosity 40 µm (optionally 5 µm)Nominal width DN 6Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 230 gMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial filter element polyethyleneMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

W G ⅛ G ¼A 40 40B**** 122 122C 40 40D 46 40E 25 25F 20 20G**** 160 160**** with automatic integrated drain valve: +10 mm, with semi-automatic drain valve: +10 mm,

with automatic attachable drain valve A: +95 mm, with automatic attachable drain valve B: +95 mm

445.22

444-5

443-32443-86

Compressed air filters G ⅛ – G ¼

Compressed air filter in monobloc design. Can be flanged on both sides with additional units. Condensate drain, manually operated, semi-automatic, with automatic integrated drain valve or automatic attachable drain valves A and B. Connection thread G ⅛ and G ¼.

airvision series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

73ewo.de

Microfilters G ⅛ – G ¼

Fine filters with borosilicate microfibre fleece remove almost 99.999 % (based on 0.01 µm) of the smallest remaining particles (water, oil or dirt) without leaving any residue. It is absolutely necessary to install a normal filter in front of the filter. Connection thread G ⅛ and G ¼.

Standard version: with plastic bowl and manual drain valve, filter porosity 0.01 µm



Order No.Mounting set for attaching to housing 444-5Plastic bowl long with seal and manual drain valve 419-64Filter element (microfilter) with seal, filter porosity 0.01µm 448-5Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 **** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate*** 570 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CUsable bowl capacity 10 cm³Filter porosity 0.01 µmResidual oil content 0.01 ppmMounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 230 gMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial filter element borosilicate / microfibre fleeceMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

W G ⅛ G ¼A 40 40B 155 155C 40 40D 46 40E 25 25F 20 20G 220 220

453.22

444-5 443-86


airvision series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ¼

Pressure regulators in diaphragm construction (rolling diaphragm) and monoblock construction. Both sides can be flanged with additional devices. Panel or bracket set possible. Secondary ventilation (back control) and independence of pre-pressure are given. Control range 0.5 up to 6, 10 and 16 bar. Adjustment lock by pressing in the handwheel. Pressure gauge can be mounted on the front and rear. Connection thread G ⅛ and G ¼.





1 G ⅛ thread

2 G ¼



Order No.Mounting set for attaching to housing 444-5Mounting set on lid (bracket and nut) 443-36Panel mounting (nut) 381-32Pressure gauge horizontally**, Ø 40, (G ⅛), display range: 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 670Pressure gauge horizontally**, Ø 40, (G ⅛), display range: 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 680Pressure gauge horizontally**, Ø 40, (G ⅛), display range: 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 690Rolling diaphragm complete with sliding ring 480-92Sealing cone complete 443-142Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 ***** pressure gauges starting from page 154 *** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate**** 670 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 25 barMax. secondary pressure (p₂) (control range) 0.5 up to 10 bar (optionally: up to 6 or 16 bar)Max. operating temperature +50 °CMounting position / flow direction any / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6Pre-pressure dependence < 4 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 300 gMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-cast**** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

W G ⅛ G ¼A 40 40B 90 90C 40 40D 46 40E 25 25F 20 20H 105 105K 22 22L M30 × 1.5 M30 × 1.5M 75 75

444.223

To avoid failures, a compressed air filter should be installed in front of the unit.

Notice

444-5

443-36

443-86

airvision series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

75ewo.de

Compressed air lubricators G ⅛ – G ¼

Standard compressed air lubricator in monobloc design. Multi-purpose lubricator with proportional characteristic. Double-sided flange option for additional units. Oil refilling is possible under pressure. Needle valve for oil dosing with high drop constancy over long periods of time. Connection thread G ⅛ and G ¼.




Order No.Mounting set for attaching to housing 444-5Plastic bowl with seal 446-6Lubricator attachment metal 423-65Lubricator attachment made of plastic 423-179Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 **** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate*** 1,670 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 30 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CUsable bowl capacity 25 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Weight 270 gMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar **** oil supply 10 drops / min at 6 bar

Dimensions (mm)

W G ⅛ G ¼A 40 40B 140 140C 40 40D 46 40E 50 50F 20 20G 210 210

446.02

444-5443-86

oils see page 157


airvision series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Filter pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ¼

Filter and pressure regulator in a space-saving unit in a monoblock design. Both sides can be flange-mounted for additional units. Condensate drain manually operated, semi-automatic or with automatic attachable drain valve. Pressure regulator unit (diaphragm design – rolling diaphragm) with secondary ventilation (reverse control) and largely independent of pre-pressure. Control range 0.5 to 6, 10 or 16 bar. Adjustment lock by pressing in the handwheel. Pressure gauge can be mounted on the front and rear. Bracket set possible. Bowl made of plastic (polycarbonate). Connection thread G ⅛ and G ¼.

Dimensions (mm)

W G ⅛ G ¼A 40 40B***** 160 160C 40 40D 46 40E 65 65F 20 20H***** 200 200K 22 22L M30 × 1.5 M30 × 1.5M 78 78***** with automatic integrated drain valve: +10 mm,

with automatic attachable drain valve A: +95 mm, with automatic attachable drain valve B: +95 mm

Standard version: control range 0.5 – 10 bar, with plastic bowl and manual drain valve, with pressure gauge




1 G ⅛ thread

2 G ¼



Order No.Mounting set for attaching to housing 444-5Mounting set on lid (bracket and nut) 443-36Panel mounting (nut) 381-32Plastic bowl with seal and manual drain valve 443-12Plastic bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 443-42Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 443-43Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve B 443-111Plastic bowl long with seal and automatic integrated drain valve (max.12 bar) 419-78Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (mounted) 443-32Filter element filter porosity 5 µm 443-167Pressure gauge horizontally**, Ø 40, display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 670Pressure gauge horizontally**, Ø 40, display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 680Pressure gauge horizontally**, Ø 40, display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 690Sealing cone complete 443-142Rolling diaphragm complete with sliding ring 480-92Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 ***** pressure gauges starting from page 154 *** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate**** 833 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barMax. secondary pressure (p₂) (control range) 0.5 up to 10 bar (optionally: up to 6 bar or 16 bar)Max. operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CMounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25Pre-pressure dependence < 4 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 350 gMaterial diaphragm / seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial filter element polyethyleneMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate**** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

443.223

444-5

443-36

443-32443-86


airvision series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

77ewo.de

Two-piece maintenance unit G ⅛ – G ¼

Maintenance unit in monobloc design, consisting of filter pressure regulator and lubricator. Minimum space requirement. Additional variations are possible by combining modified individual units. Connection thread G ⅛ and G ¼.




449.XX 1 G ⅛

thread 2 G ¼

2 manual drain valve (p₁ 0 – 16 bar) 5 semi-automatic drain valve (p₁ 0.5 – 16 bar) 6 automatic attachable drain valve A (p₁ 4 – 16 bar) 7 automatic attachable drain valve B (p₁ 1.5 – 12 bar)


Order No.Connection parts with seal 447-1Mounting set for attaching to housing 444-5Mounting set on lid (bracket and nut) 443-36Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 **** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate*** 570 Nl/minMin. flow rate (oil supply 10 drops / min at 6 bar) 30 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barMax. secondary pressure (p₂) (control range) 0.5 up to 10 barMax. operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CUsable bowl capacity filter bowl / lubricator bowl 10 cm³ / 25 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6Pre-pressure dependence < 4 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 650 gMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial filter element polyethyleneMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

W G ⅛* G ¼A 80 80B**** 160 160C 44 44D 86 80E 65 65G**** 200 200M 78 78**** with automatic integrated drain valve: +10 mm, with automatic attachable drain valve A: +95 mm,

with automatic attachable drain valve B: +95 mm

449.22

444-5

443-36

443-86

condensate drain valves starting from page 94, oils see page 157additional accessories for filter pressure regulators see page 76, compressed air lubricators see page 75


airvision series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Three-piece maintenance unit G ⅛ – G ¼

Maintenance unit in monobloc design, consisting of three individual units: filter, pressure regulator and lubricator. Various combination options possible by combining modified individual units. Connection thread G ⅛ and G ¼.




450.XX 1 G ⅛*

thread 2 G ¼

2 manual drain valve (p₁ 0 – 16 bar) 5 semi-automatic drain valve (p₁ 0.5 – 16 bar) 6 automatic attachable drain valve A (p₁ 4 – 16 bar) 7 automatic attachable drain valve B (p₁ 1.5 – 12 bar)


Order No.Connection parts with seal 447-1Mounting set for attaching to housing 444-5Mounting set on lid (bracket and nut) 443-36Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 **** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate*** 570 Nl/minMin. flow rate (oil supply 10 drops / min at 6 bar) 30 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barMax. secondary pressure (p₂) (control range) 0.5 up to 10 barMax. operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CUsable bowl capacity filter bowl / lubricator bowl 10 cm³ / 25 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6Pre-pressure dependence < 4 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 1 barWeight 800 gMaterial diaphragm/seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial filter element polyethyleneMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

W G ⅛ G ¼A 120 120B**** 160 160C 44 44D 126 120E 65 65G**** 200 200M 78 78**** with automatic integrated drain valve: +10 mm, with automatic attachable drain valve A: +95 mm,

with automatic attachable drain valve B: +95 mm

450.22

444-5

443-36

443-86

Oil recommendationOil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate and acetate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost or synthetic oils. Therefore we recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 up to 32 cSt (Order No.: 583 und 583.1) at 40 °C (in case of percussive tools – such as impact wrenches – up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

airvision series

additional accessories for compressed air filters see page 72, pressure regulators see page 74, compressed air lubricators see page 75, condensate drain valves starting from page 94, oils see page 157

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

79ewo.de

Compressed air filters G ⅛ – G ¼

Compressed air filter in monobloc design. Both sides can be flange-mounted with additional units. Plastic bowl (polycarbonate) with manual drain valve for condensate. Two-stage separation (cyclone) and plastic filter element (polyethylene) with a porosity of 40 µm.




Order No.Plastic bowl with seal and manual drain valve 443-12Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (mounted) 443-32Filter element filter porosity 5 µm (reduced flow) (optional) 443-167Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 **** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate*** 800 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CUsable bowl capacity 12 cm³Mounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionFilter porosity 40 µm (optionally 5 µm)Nominal width DN 6Weight 200 gMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial filter element polyethyleneMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

G ⅛ G ¼A 46 40B 106 106C 40 40E 11 11F 20 20G 150 150

460.22

443-32443-86

airvision L series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ¼

Pressure regulator (diaphragm construction – rolling diaphragm) in monoblock design. Both sides can be flange-mounted to additional devices. Control range 0.5 to 6, 10 and 16 bar. Reversible secondary ventilation and independent inlet pressure are given. Pressure gauge can be mounted on both sides. Handwheel for pressure regulation can be locked by pressing in. Control panel or bracket set possible.




461.XXX 2 0.5 – 6 bar 3 0.5 – 10 bar control range secondary pressuressure (p₂) 4 0.5 – 16 bar

1 G ⅛ thread

2 G ¼



Order No.Mounting set on lid (bracket and nut) 443-36Panel mounting (nut) 381-32Pressure gauge horizontally**, Ø 40, display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 670Pressure gauge horizontally**, Ø 40, display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 680Pressure gauge horizontally**, Ø 40, display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 690Rolling diaphragm complete with sliding ring 480-92Sealing cone complete 443-142Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 ***** pressure gauges starting from page 154 *** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate**** 600 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barMax. secondary pressure (p₂) [control range] 0.5 – 10 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CMounting position / flow direction any / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6Pre-pressure dependence < 10 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 0.6 barWeight 230 gMaterial diaphragm / seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-cast**** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

G ⅛ G ¼A 46 40B 90 90C 40 40E 25 25F 20 20K 23 23L M30 × 1.5 M30 × 1.5M 75 75N Ø 40 Ø 40

To avoid failures, a compressed air filter should be installed in front of the unit.

Notice

461.223

443-36 443-86

airvision L series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

81ewo.de

Compressed air lubricators G ⅛ – G ¼

Standard lubricator in monoblock design. Both sides can be flange-mounted for additional devices. Closed bowl made of plastic (polycarbonate). Oil dosing through needle valve, oil refilling under pressure is possible. Flow regulator for minimum air consumption and proportional oil delivery.




Order No.Plastic bowl with seal 446-6Lubricator attachment made of plastic 423-179Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 **** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate*** 800 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 30 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CMounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionUsable bowl capacity 25 cm³Nominal width DN 6Weight 230 gMaterial seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar **** oil supply 10 drops / min at 6 bar

Dimensions (mm)

G ⅛ G ¼A 46 40B 138 138C 40 40E 50 50F 20 20G 170 170

462.02

443-86

oils see page 157


airvision L series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Filter pressure regulators G ⅛ – G ¼

Filter and pressure regulator in a space-saving combination in a single unit in block design. Connection thread G ⅛ and G ¼. Filter parts with plastic bowl (polycarbonate) and manual drain valve, filter insert made of plastic with 40 µm filter porosity. Pressure regulator (diaphragm design – rolling dia-phragm) with secondary ventilation (reversing control) and low dependence on primary pressure. Control range 0.5 to 6, 10 and 16 bar. Pressure gauge can be mounted on both sides. Handwheel can be locked for pressure adjustment by pressing in. Control panel or bracket set on lid possible.

Dimensions (mm)

G ⅛ G ¼A 46 40B 162 162C 40 40E 65 65F 20 20G 190 190K 23 23L M30 × 1.5 M30 × 1.5M 75 75N Ø 40 Ø 40

Standard version: control range 0.5 – 10 bar, with plastic bowl and manual drain valve, filter porosity 40 µm




1 G ⅛ thread

2 G ¼



Order No.Mounting set on lid (bracket and nut) 443-36Panel mounting (nut) 381-32Plastic bowl with seal and manual drain valve 443-12Plastic bowl with seal and semi-automatic drain valve 443-42Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve A 443-43Plastic bowl with seal and automatic attachable drain valve B 443-111Plastic bowl long with seal and automatic integrated drain valve (max.12 bar) 419-78Filter element filter porosity 40 µm (mounted) 443-32Filter element filter porosity 5 µm 443-167Pressure gauge horizontally**, Ø 40, display range 0 – 10 bar (for p₂ up to 6 bar) 670Pressure gauge horizontally**, Ø 40, display range 0 – 16 bar (for p₂ up to 10 bar) 680Pressure gauge horizontally**, Ø 40, display range 0 – 25 bar (for p₂ up to 16 bar) 690Sealing cone complete 443-142Rolling diaphragm complete with sliding ring 480-92Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 ***** pressure gauges starting from page 154 *** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate**** 750 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barMax. secondary pressure (p₂) [control range] 0.5 – 10 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CMounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionFilter porosity 40 µm (optionally 5 µm)Nominal width DN 6Usable bowl capacity 12 cm³Pre-pressure independence < 10 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 0.6 barWeight 350 gMaterial diaphragm / seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial filter element polyethyleneMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate**** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

463.223

443-36 443-32443-86

airvision L series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

83ewo.de

Two-piece maintenance unit G ⅛ – G ¼

Maintenance unit in block configuration, consisting of filter pressure regulator and lubricator in smallest design. Connection thread G ⅛ and G ¼.

Standard version: control range 0.5 – 10 bar, with plastic bowls and manual drain valve, filter porosity 40 µm



Order No.Connection parts with seal 464-1Mounting set ( bracket and nut) for mounting to the lid 443-36Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 **** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate*** 470 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 30 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barMax. secondary pressure (p₂) [control range] 0.5 – 10 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to + 50 °CMounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6Filter porosity 40 µm (optionally 5 µm)Usable bowl capacity filter bowl 10 cm³Usable bowl capacity oiler bowl 25 cm³Pre-pressure dependence < 10 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 0.6 barWeight 600 gMaterial diaphragm / seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial filter element polyethyleneMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar **** oil supply 10 drops / min at 6 bar

Dimensions (mm)

G ⅛ G ¼A 86 80B 162 162C 40 40E 65 65G 190 190M 75 75 N Ø 40 Ø 40

464.22

443-36

443-86

additional accessories for filter pressure regulators see page 82, compressed air lubricators see page 81, oils see page 157


airvision L series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Three-piece maintenance unit G ⅛ – G ¼

Maintenance unit in block configuration, consisting of a filter, pressure regulator and compressed air lubricator in the smallest design. Connection thread G ⅛ and G ¼.

Standard version: control range 0.5 – 10 bar, with plastic bowl and manual drain valve, filter porosity 40 µm



Order No.Connection parts with seal 464-1Mounting set ( bracket and nut) for mounting to the lid 443-36Reduction with O-ring G ¼ × G ⅛ 443-86 **** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces each

Technical data

Size BG 20Thread G ⅛* G ¼Nominal flow rate*** 470 Nl/minMin. flow rate**** 30 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barMax. secondary pressure (p₂) [control range] 0.5 – 10 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to + 50 °CMounting position / flow direction vertically / in arrow directionNominal width DN 6Filter porosity 40 µm (optionally 5 µm)Usable bowl capacity filter bowl 10 cm³Usable bowl capacity oiler bowl 25 cm³Pre-pressure dependence < 5 %Reverse control hysteresis ~ 0.1 barWeight 700 gMaterial diaphragm / seals NBRMaterial housing zinc die-castMaterial filter element polyethyleneMaterial plastic bowl polycarbonate*** measured at p₁ = 8 bar, p₂ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar **** oil supply 10 drops / min at 6 bar

Dimensions (mm)

G ⅛ G ¼A 126 120B 162 162C 40 40E 65 65G 190 190M 75 75 N Ø 40 Ø 40

465.22

443-36

443-86

additional accessories for compressed air filters see page 79, pressure regulators see page 80, compressed air lubricators see page 81, oils see page 157


airvision L series

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

85ewo.de

Compressed air filter type 692 G ¼ – G 1

Filters clean the compressed air from solid and liquid components (dirt particles, oxidation products, condensation water) and therefore protect the other components from contamination and wear. This stainless steel filter was specially developed for applications with increased demands. Filter with bowl without sight glass are completely made of stainless steel and are therefore extremely robust. Suitable for compressed air, non-toxic gases and liquids. Areas of application: pneumatics, pharmaceutical industry, medical technology, chemical industry, oil and gas industry, mining, off-shore use (near the coast), apparatus and special machine construction, food industry (membrane + O-rings with FDA approval on request).

Standard version: with manual drain valve, filter porosity 50 µm

Order No.Size BG 20 (I) BG 30 (I) BG 40 (II) BG 50 (III) BG 60 (III)Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

692.221 692.231 – – –– – 692.261 – –– – – 692.281 692.291


692.XXX 1 50 µm 2 25 µm filter porosity 3 5 µm

2 G ¼ BG 20 3 G ⅜ BG 30 6 G ½ BG 40 8 G ¾ BG 50 9 G 1 BG 60

0 without drain valve 2 with manual drain valve


Order No.Mounting bracket suitable for BG 20, BG 30 690-30Mounting bracket suitable for BG 40 690-35Mounting bracket suitable for BG 50, BG 60 690-39

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50 BG 60Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)* 2,500 2,500 4,000 10,000 10,000Max. operating pressure (p₁) 60 barTemperature range NBR seals -20 °C up to +80 °CTemperature range EPDM seals (optionally) -45 °C up to +80 °CTemperature range silicone seals (optionally) -60 °C up to +200 °CUsable bowl capacity 0.11 lMedia compressed air, non-toxic gases, liquidsCondensate drain manual drain valve G ⅛Filter porosity 5, 25 or 50 µm Weight 1.6 kg 1.6 kg 2.3 kg 3.3 kg 3.3 kgMaterial housing/bowls/inner parts stainless steel Material No. 1.4404 (AISI 316L)

Material sealsNBR

(EPDM and silicone please indicate when ordering)* measured at 10 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50 BG 60D G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1A 112 128 145B 62 68 114E 62 68 88F 20 22 36 H 28 32 34

692.061

A

B

F

HE

OUTLET

Connection "D"(on both sides)

M5 mounting holes

A

B

F

HE

OUTLET

Anschluss „D“(beidseitig)

M5 Befestigungslöcher

mounting bracket dimensions (mm)suitable for BG 20, 30

suitable for BG 40

suitable for BG 50, 60

stainless steel series

Filter pressure regulator type 690 G ¼ – G 1

Filter pressure regulators combine the functions of a filter and a pressure regulator in one device in a space-saving design. This filter pressure regulator was specially developed for applications with high demands. The filter pressure regulator with bowl without sight glass is completely made of stainless steel and therefore extremely robust. Suitable for compressed air, non-toxic gases and liquids. Operating pressure (p₂) between 0.2 – 15 bar. The manometer can be mounted on the front and rear side. Areas of application: pneumatics, pharmaceutical industry, medical technology, chemical industry, oil and gas industry, mining, Off-shore use (near the coast), apparatus and special machine construction, food industry (membrane + O-rings with FDA approval on request)

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50 BG 60G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

A 223 242 263B 62 68 114C 95 113 123E 62 68 88F 95 113 123G 20 22 57H 28 32 33I 87 103 96

A

C

B

I

G

F

E

H

OUTLET

A

C

B

I

G

F

E

H

OUTLET

Standard version: manual drain valve, control range 0.5 – 8 bar


690.423 690.433 – – –– – 690.463 – –– – – 690.483 690.493


690.XXX 1 0.2 – 3 bar 3 0.5 – 8 bar control range secondary pressure (p₂) 4 1 – 15 bar

2 G ¼ BG 20 3 G ⅜ BG 30 6 G ½ BG 40 optional NPT 8 G ¾ BG 50 9 G 1 BG 60

2 manual drain valve on the bowl, with pressure gauge 4 manual drain valve on the bowl, without pressure gauge


Order No.Pressure gauge*, Ø 63, G ¼, display range 0 – 6 bar 141Pressure gauge*, Ø 63, G ¼, display range 0 – 16 bar 143Pressure gauge*, Ø 63, G ¼, display range 0 – 25 bar 144Mounting bracket, suitable for BG 20, 30, dimensions see page 85 690-30Mounting bracket, suitable for BG 40, dimensions see page 85 690-35Mounting bracket, suitable for BG 50, 60, dimensions see page 85 690-39 * pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50 BG 60Thread (optionally NPT) G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)** 3,000 3,000 5,500 8,400 8,400Max. operating pressure (p₁) 60 barTemperature range NBR seals -20 °C up to +80 °CTemperature range EPDM seals (optionally) -45 °C up to +80 °CTemperature range silicone seals (optionally) -60 °C up to +200 °CBowl capacity 0.11 lMedia compressed air, non-toxic gases, liquidsCondensate drain manual drain valve G ⅛Regulating system diaphragm

Adjustmentwith adjusting screw

hexagon head screw and lock nut

Reverse controlreversible (secondary venting)

optionally: not reversible without secondaryventilation, please specify when ordering

Filter porosity 50 µm (optionally 5 or 25 µm)Pressure gauge connection G ¼ female threadWeight 1.6 kg 1.6 kg 2.3 kg 4.2 kg 4.2 kgMaterial housing/bowls/inner parts/filter element stainless steel Material No. 1.4404 (AISI 316L)

Material seals/diaphragmNBR

EPDM / please indicate silicone when ordering** measured at 10 bar inlet pressure (p₁) 6.3 bar operating pressure (p₂) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

690.463

143

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion



Pressure regulators type 691 G ¼ – G 1

The line pressure of a compressed air system varies according to the compressor size. Pressure regulators are used to reduce this fluctuating line pressure (p₁) to the desired operating pressure / secondary pressure (p₂) and maintain it largely constant. This pressure regulator was specially developed for applications with high demands. Operating pressure between 0.1 – 15 bar. The pressure gauge can be mounted at the front and rear. Areas of application: pneumatics, pharmaceutical industry, medical technology, chemical industry, oil and gas industry, mining, off-shore use (use near the coast), apparatus and special machine construction, food industry (diaphragm + O-rings with FDA approval on request).

Dimensions (mm)

BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50 BG 60G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1

A 168 171 204B 62 68 114C 41 43 59E 62 68 88F 42 43 59G 20 22 57H 28 32 33I 32 32 32

Standard version: without pressure gauge, control range 0.5 – 8 bar


691.423 691.433 – – –– – 691.463 – –– – – 691.483 691.493


691.XXX 0 0.1 – 1.5 bar 1 0.2 – 3 bar

control range secondary pressure (p₂) 3 0.5 – 8 bar 4 1 – 15 bar

2 G ¼ BG 20 3 G ⅜ BG 30 6 G ½ BG 40 optional NPT 8 G ¾ BG 50 9 G 1 BG 60



Order No.Pressure gauge*, Ø 63, G ¼, display range 0 – 6 bar 141Pressure gauge*, Ø 63, G ¼, display range 0 – 16 bar 143Pressure gauge*, Ø 63, G ¼, display range 0 – 25 bar 144Mounting bracket, suitable for BG 20, 30, dimensions see page 85 690-30Mounting bracket, suitable for BG 40, dimensions see page 85 690-35Mounting bracket, suitable for BG 50, 60, dimensions see page 85 690-39 * pressure gauges starting from page 154

Technical data

Size BG 20 BG 30 BG 40 BG 50 BG 60Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½ G ¾ G 1Nominal flow rate (Nl/min)** 3,000 3,000 6,200 9,000 9,000Max. operating pressure (p₁) 60 barTemperature range NBR seals -20 °C up to +80 °CTemperature range EPDM seals (optionally) -45 °C up to +80 °CTemperature range silicone seals (optionally) -60 °C up to +200 °CRegulating system diaphragm

Adjustmentwith adjusting screw

hexagon head screw and lock nutMedia compressed air, non-toxic gases, liquids

Reverse controlreversible (secondary venting)

optionally: not reversible without secondary ventilation, please specify when ordering

Pressure gauge connection G ¼ female threadWeight 1.6 kg 1.6 kg 2.3 kg 3.5 kg 3.5 kgMaterial housing/ bowls/ inner parts/ filter element stainless steel Material No. 1.4404 (AISI 316L)

Material seals/diaphragmNBR

EPDM / please indicate silicone when ordering** measured at 10 bar inlet pressure (p₁) 6.3 bar operating pressure (p₂) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

To avoid contamination or failure, a filter should be installed in front of the unit.

Notice

691.463

143

A

C

B

I

G

F

EH

OUTLET

A

C

B

I

G

F

EH

OUTLET

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

87ewo.de


DN 7.4 Safety coupling with push-button, connection rotatable

The safety coupling (silicone-free) according to ISO 4414, DIN EN 983 with push-button actuation prevents the so-called whiplash effect when uncoupling. Due to the materials used, this high-quality coupling is particularly characterised by its stability and compatibility. Threads and hose connections can be rotated under pressure. If the coupling is mounted firmly, the push button can be brought into the most ergonomically favourable position using the swivel joint. Rotatable by 360°.

Handling

Step 1: by pressing the push button the first time, the coupling is vented and the plug is still secured in the sleeve.

Step 2: if the push button is pressed a second time, the plug is unlocked and can be removed safely.

Coupling – stainless steel V4A

Thread Dimensions (mm)Order No.

W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 70.5 6.5 21 413.201G ⅜ 70 7 21 413.221G ½ 72.5 8.5 25 413.241Female threadG ¼ 71.5 9 21 413.202G ⅜ 75.5 10 21 413.222G ½ 77.5 11 24 413.242Hose connectionDN 6 88.5 25 21 413.223DN 9 88.5 25 21 413.224DN 10 88.5 25 21 413.227DN 13 88.5 25 21 413.225

Plug – stainless steel V2A


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 33 9 17 413-053G ⅜ 33 9 19 413-054Female threadG ¼ 33 10 17 413-055G ⅜ 33 10 19 413-056

Technical data

Nominal flow rate* 1,800 (Nl/min)Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 barOperating temperature -20 °C up to +150 °CMounting position / flow direction preferably coupling before plug in flow direction / anyMaterial housing inlet stainless steelMaterial button and valve stainless steelMaterial internal parts stainless steelMaterial thread stainless steelMaterial seals FKM* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

1 2

413.221

413.222

413.224

413-054

413-056

All DN 7.4 plugs are compatible with all DN 7.2 as well as DN 7.4 and DN 7.8 couplings.

Notice

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion



Threaded fittings

Material: stainless steel, material class V4AFemale thread: cylindrical acc. to DIN ISO 228Male thread: conical acc. to ISO 7/1

Threaded hose connection, male thread

ThreadDimensions (mm)

Order No.D L

R ⅛ 7 36 650.00R ¼ 6.5 39.4 654.53R ¼ 9 41 650.01R ⅜ 9 41.4 654.55R ⅜ 11 42.5 650.02R ⅜ 13 46.5 654.57R ½ 9 51.5 654.59R ½ 12.7 51.1 650.03R ½ 19 54.6 654.60R ¾ 19 57.3 650.04R 1 19 69.3 654.62R 1 25.4 63.5 650.05R 1 ¼ 33 64 650.06R 1 ½ 38.1 78 650.07R 2 50.8 87 650.08

Double nipple with hexagonal head, male thread


Order No.DN L SW (AF)

R ⅛ 6 29 12 650.09R ¼ 8 32 17 650.10R ⅜ 10 36 12 650.11R ½ 15 42 26 650.12R ¾ 20 46 32 650.13R 1 25 52 38 650.14R 1 ¼ 32 56 46 650.15

Reduction with hexagonal head, male / female thread


Order No.L SW (AF)

R ¼ × G ⅛ 15 16 650.36R ⅜ × G ⅛ 17 18 650.37R ⅜ × G ¼ 17 18 650.38R ½ × G ⅛ 21 26 650.39R ½ × G ¼ 21 26 650.40R ½ × G ⅜ 21 26 650.41R ¾ × G ¼ 24 30 650.42R ¾ × G ⅜ 24 30 650.43R ¾ × G ½ 24 30 650.44R 1 × G ¼ 27 35 650.45R 1 × G ⅜ 27 35 650.46R 1 × G ½ 27 35 650.47R 1 × G ¾ 27 35 650.48R 1 ¼ × G ⅜ 30 45 650.49R 1 ¼ × G ½ 30 45 650.50R 1 ¼ × G ¾ 30 45 650.51R 1 ¼ × G 1 28.5 43 650.52R 1 ½ × G ½ 38 52 650.53R 1 ½ × G ¾ 38 52 650.54R 1 ½ × G 1 38 52 650.55R 1 ½ × G 1 ¼ 38 52 650.56R 2 × G ½ 36 63 650.59R 2 × G ¾ 36 63 650.57R 2 × G 1 36 63 650.58R 2 × G 1 ¼ 36 63 650.60R 2 × G 1 ½ 36 63 650.61

650.00

650.09

650.36

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

89ewo.de


Reducing double nipple with external hex, male thread


Order No.DN 1 × DN 2 L SW (AF)

R ¼ × R ⅛ 8 × 6 34 18 650.20R ⅜ × R ⅛ 10 × 6 36 21 650.21R ⅜ × R ¼ 10 × 8 34 21 650.22R ½ × R ⅛ 15 × 6 34 25 650.23R ½ × R ¼ 15 × 8 34 25 650.24R ½ × R ⅜ 15 × 10 41 25 650.25R ¾ × R ¼ 22 × 9.4 31 28 650.26R ¾ × R ⅜ 20 × 10 38 31 650.27R ¾ × R ½ 20 × 15 45 31 650.28R 1 × R ¼ 25 × 8 39 35 650.29R 1 × R ⅜ 25 × 10 44 35 650.30R 1 × R ½ 25 × 15 44 35 650.31R 1 × R ¾ 25 × 20 50 35 650.32R 1 ¼ × R ½ 32 × 15 48 46 650.33R 1 ¼ × R ¾ 32 × 20 52 46 650.34R 1 ¼ × R 1 32 × 25 54 46 650.35R 1 ½ × R ½ 40 × 15 49 50 654.10R 1 ½ × R ¾ 40 × 20 53 50 654.11R 1 ½ × R 1 40 × 25 53 50 654.12R 1 ½ × R 1 ¼ 40 × 32 59 50 654.13R 2 × R ½ 50 × 15 57 63 654.14R 2 × R ¾ 50 × 20 57 63 654.15R 2 × R 1 50 × 25 57 63 654.16R 2 × R 1 ¼ 50 × 32 57 63 654.17R 2 × R 1 ½ 50 × 40 64 63 654.18

Sealing cap with hexagon head, female thread


Order No.L SW (AF)

G ⅛ 13 15 650.69G ¼ 17 18 650.70G ⅜ 19 21 650.71G ½ 20 27 650.72G ¾ 24 30 650.73G 1 25 38 650.74

Hexagonal plugs, male thread


Order No.L SW (AF)

R ⅛ 21 12 650.80R ¼ 21 16 650.81R ⅜ 22 20 650.82R ½ 28 24 650.83R ¾ 30 30 650.84R 1 32 38 650.85

Hexagonal nut, female thread


Order No.L SW (AF)

G ⅛ 6 23 651.11G ¼ 8 23 651.12G ⅜ 7 27 651.13G ½ 8 32 651.14G ¾ 10 35 651.15G 1 10 46 651.16G 1 ¼ 11 55 651.17

L

DN 2 SWDN 1

650.20

650.69

650.80

651.11

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion



Reducing socket, female thread


Order No.DN 1 × DN 2 L

G ¼ × G ⅛ 8 × 6 26 651.22G ⅜ × G ⅛ 10 × 6 26 651.23G ⅜ × G ¼ 10 × 8 30 651.24G ½ × G ⅛ 15 × 6 29 651.25G ½ × G ¼ 15 × 8 34 651.26G ½ × G ⅜ 15 × 10 34 651.27G ¾ × G ¼ 20 × 8 31.5 651.28G ¾ × G ⅜ 20 × 10 37 651.29G ¾ × G ½ 20 × 15 37 651.30G 1 × G ¼ 25 × 8 43 651.31G 1 × G ⅜ 25 × 10 43 651.32G 1 × G ½ 25 × 15 43 651.33G 1 × G ¾ 25 × 20 43 651.34G 1 ¼ × G ½ 32 × 15 48 651.35G 1 ¼ × G ¾ 32 × 20 48 651.36G 1 ¼ × G 1 32 × 25 53 651.37G 1 ½ × G ½ 40 × 15 53 651.38G 1 ½ × G ¾ 40 × 20 53 651.39G 1 ½ × G 1 40 × 25 53 651.40G 1 ½ × G 1 ¼ 40 × 32 53 651.41

Elbow 90°, female thread


Order No.DN L D

G ⅛ 6 8 15 651.55G ¼ 8 14 18 651.56G ⅜ 10 20 22 651.57G ½ 15 26 27 651.58G ¾ 20 32 35 651.59G 1 25 38 42 651.60

Threaded crosspiece, female thread


Order No.DN L D

G ¼ 8 38 18 651.66G ⅜ 10 46 21 651.67G ½ 15 54 27 651.68G ¾ 20 64 33 651.69G 1 25 76 42 651.70



Order No.DN L D

G ⅛ 6 23 13 651.76G ¼ 8 32 21 651.77G ⅜ 10 39 22 651.78G ½ 15 45 28 651.79G ¾ 20 46 34 651.80G 1 25 57 41 651.81

Elbow 90°, female/male thread


Order No.DN L

G ⅛ × R ⅛ 6 18 651.87G ¼ × R ¼ 8 27 651.88G ⅜ × R ⅜ 10 27 651.89G ½ × R ½ 15 28 651.90G ¾ × R ¾ 20 33 651.91G 1 × R 1 25 37 651.92

651.22

651.55

651.66

651.76

651.87

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

91ewo.de


T-piece, female thread


Order No.DN L D

G ⅛ 6 14 14 651.98G ¼ 8 19 19 651.99G ⅜ 10 22 22 652.00G ½ 15 28 28 652.01G ¾ 20 35 35 652.02G 1 25 42 42 652.03

Welding plug made of tube, male thread


Order No.DN L D

R ⅛ 6 30 10 652.18R ¼ 8 30 13 652.19R ⅜ 10 30 17 652.20R ½ 15 35 21 652.21R ¾ 20 40 27 652.22R 1 25 40 34 652.23R 1 ¼ 32 50 42 652.24R 1 ½ 40 50 48 652.25R 2 50 50 60 652.26

Double pipe nipple, male thread


Order No.DN L D

R ⅛ 6 40 10 652.40R ¼ 8 40 13 652.41R ⅜ 10 40 17 652.42R ½ 15 60 21 652.43R ¾ 20 60 27 652.44R 1 25 60 34 652.45R 1 ¼ 32 80 42 652.46R 1 ½ 40 80 48 652.47R 2 50 100 60 652.48

Pipe sleeve, female thread


Order No.DN L D

G ⅛ 6 17 14 652.62G ¼ 8 25 17 652.63G ⅜ 10 26 21 652.64G ½ 15 34 26 652.65G ¾ 20 36 32 652.66G 1 25 43 39 652.67G 1 ¼ 32 48 48 652.68G 1 ½ 40 48 54 652.69G 2 50 56 66 652.70

651.98

652.18

652.40

other brass fittings starting from page 117

652.62

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion



Ball valves

Stainless steel ball valves are used when a pipe or hose system requires the disconnection of the line due to aggressive liquid or gaseous media. They have a high general resistance to water, slightly contaminated waste water, foodstuffs and organic acids.

One-piece ball valveReduced passage. Max. operating pressure (p₁): 55 bar at medium temperature approx. room temperature.

Thread Dimensions (mm)Weight (g) Order No.

F C D E AG ¼ 39 35 66 5 70 660.14G ⅜ 44 36 74 7 102 660.15G ½ 57 41 89 9 166 660.16G ¾ 59 44 89 13 247 660.17G 1 71 51 105 16 412 660.18G 1 ¼ 78 56 105 20 627 660.19G 1 ½ 83 64 130 24 838 660.20G 2 100 71 130 32 1,384 660.21

Two-piece ball valveFull passage. Max. operating pressure (p₁): 63 bar at medium temperature approx. room temperature.


F C D E AG ¼ 49 51 95 12 250 660.22G ⅜ 49 51 95 13 260 660.23G ½ 57 53 95 15 450 660.24G ¾ 65 59 110 20 580 660.25G 1 78 73 135 25 1,000 660.26G 1 ¼ 91 78 135 32 1,450 660.27G 1 ½ 105 91 165 38 2,150 660.28G 2 127 99 165 51 3,000 660.29

Three-piece ball valveFull passage. Max. operating pressure (p₁): 63 bar at medium temperature approx. room temperature.


F C D E AG ¼ 59 51 95 12 326 660.43G ⅜ 59 51 95 13 306 660.44G ½ 64 55 95 15 450 660.45G ¾ 75 59 110 20 646 660.46G 1 86 73 135 25 948 660.47G 1 ¼ 100 80 140 32 1,530 660.48

Technical data

Thread acc. to DIN ISO 228

Permissible mediacompressed air, liquids (observe material resistance)

Operating temperature-20 °C up to +160 °C (depending on pressure)

Mounting position / flow direction any / anyMaterial ball stainless steel 1.4408Material ball seat PTFEMaterial spindle seal PTFEMaterial lever protection PVC

660.14

660.22

660.43

other ball valves see page 140

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

93ewo.de


Manual drain valve

Manually operated drain valves are integrated as standard equipment in all filter bowls or filter pressure regulator bowls. For plastic and metal bowls with sight glass, the plastic drain screw with bowl insert is used. The metal valve insert with blades is used for metal bowls without sight glass, but can also be screwed into any other G ⅛-socket thread instead of the drain screw on request.

Version Suitable for Thread Order No.

Drain screw (plastic) with bowl insert plastic and metal bowls with sight glass

Ø 14 423-207

Valve insert (metal) without bowl insertmetal bowls without sight glass

G ⅛ 275-41


Thread Order No.Plastic drain screw G ⅛ 423-110

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 25 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °CMounting position at the lowest point of the bowlCondensate drain DN 3Manual override by rotation: right – closed / left – openTightening torque of nut max. 1.3 Nm

Semi-automatic drain valve

Semi-automatic drain valves are open when pressureless (up to approx. 0.5 bar) and are opened manually at higher pressures. They are used wherever the compressed air supply is switched off at least overnight. Manual operation is achieved by pressing up the sleeve. A drain hose for condensate can be installed if required.

Version Thread Order No.Suitable for plastic and metal bowls Ø 14 495-100

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 25 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °CMin. operating pressure (open at lower pressures)

~ 0.5 bar

Closing pressure flow (air) (= flow rate required to build up the closing pressure)

6 m³/h (100 l/min)

Mounting position at the lowest point of the bowlCondensate outlet DN 3.5Condensate drain G ⅛ female thread

Manual overridepush the sleeve (knurl) upwards (difficult to operate above 10 bar)

Drain hose flexibleTightening torque of nut max. 1.3 Nm

423-207 275-41 423-110

To change the drain screw (423-110), unscrew it and pull it downwards with a strong thrust.

Notice

495-100

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Condensate drain valves

Automatic integrated drain valve

Automatic integrated drain valves in small design (Ø 24) are suitable for installation in all filter plastic bowls and metal bowls with bore hole-Ø 14 mm and hexagonal guide AF 19 (except for standard series!). The functional range is between 1.5 – 2 bar. At pressures below 1.5 bar, the valve is open, i.e. behaves like a semi-automatic drain valve. Between 1 and 12 bar, when the float reaches a certain condensate level, a pneumatic servo valve is actuated and the drain valve is opened.

Thread Order No.Ø 14 441.1


Order No.Spacer disc for airvision bowl BG 20, 30 419-80Spacer disc for airvision and variobloc bowl BG 40, 50 419-81

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 12 barCritical range 10 up to 12 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CMin. operating pressure ~ 1.5 bar (open at lower pressures)Closing pressure flow (air) (= flow rate required to build up the closing pressure)

7.5 m³/h (125 l/min)

Mounting position vertically downwardsCondensate drain DN 4Manual override push red disc upwardsDrain hose DN 5 flexibleTightening torque of nut max. 1.3 Nm

Automatic attachable drain valve B

The attachable drain valve can be connected to all filter or filter pressure reducers of the ewo range instead of a manual drain valve or semi-automatic drain valve, because the insert is suitable for Ø 14 for mounting. The valve can be mounted at any time on bowls with G ⅛ female thread. When a certain condensate level is reached, a pneumatic servo valve is actuated by the float and the drain valve is opened. The valve closes again after a short blow-out. Manual override is actuated by pressing the red disc upwards.

Version Thread Order No.Float is visible G ⅛ 441.11

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 12 barCritical range 10 up to 12 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CMin. operating pressure ~ 1.5 bar (open at lower pressures)Closing pressure flow (air) (= flow rate required to build up the closing pressure)

7.5 m³/h (125 l/min)

Mounting position vertically downwardsCondensate drain DN 4Manual override push red disc upwardsDrain hose DN 5 flexibleCondensate outlet DN 5 hose connection

441.1419-80

Attachment to pressure tanks or water bags without significant pressure fluctuations is not recommended as the function is not always given (water does not run into the valve).

Notice

Attachment to pressure tanks or water bags without significant pressure fluctuations is not recommended as the function is not always given (water does not run into the valve).

Notice 441.11

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

95ewo.de


Automatic attachable drain valve A

The attachable drain valve A can be connected to all filter or filter pressure reducers of the ewo range instead of a manual drain valve or semi-automatic manual drain valve, because the insert for Ø 14 is suitable for attachment. The attachment is possible at any time on bowls with G ⅛ female thread. When a certain condensate level is reached, a pneumatic servo valve is actuated by the float and the drain valve is opened. The valve closes again after a short blow-out. Manual override is effected by pushing in the horizontally protruding pin.

Version Thread Order No.Housing and cover brass

G ⅛5370.3

Housing PA, cover brass 5370.4

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 12 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °CMin. operating pressure ~ 4 bar (closed at lower pressures)Mounting position vertically downwardsCondensate passage DN 4

Manual overridepush the pin inwards (at pressure higher than 6 bar difficult to operate)

Condensate outlet G ¼ female thread

Time-controlled attachable drain valve

Automatic drain valve ( magnetic valve ) which allows individual and easy adjustment of the drain interval and the opening time of the condensate drain. No moving parts. Reliable operation and insensitive to external conditions. Test button, LED warning light for malfunction.

Thread Order No.230 V AC 5370.100

Technical data

Min./max. operating pressure (p₁) 0 – 16 barMin./max. Operating temperature 1.5 °C up to 65 °CMale thread inlet G ½Female thread outlet G ¼Cable diameter 6 – 8 mmCondensate drain capacity at 10 bar 0.2 – 114 l/hOpening time 0.5 – 6 sec.Interval time 0.5 – 30 min.Electrical connection voltage AC 230 V + / -10 %Electrical connection frequency 50 – 60 HzElectrical connection power 18 WElectrical connection protection class IP 54Electrical connection cable 3 × 0.75 mm²Weight 560 g

5370.4

5370.100

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion



Electronic attachable drain valve

For automatic discharge of condensate from the compressed air line. The basic principle is a contactless measurement of the accumulated con-densate, which is safely discharged without pressure loss. During the discharge process, the condensate flow constantly flushes small particles (dirt) out of the valve, ensuring uninterrupted operation. With integrated filter. Directly working self-cleaning valve (patented), automatic correction in case of blocked piston. Benefits: Safety and reliable operation, no maintenance personnel required. Compact design. Two connection options, operation monitoring with condensate drain and alarm warning LED plus test button.

Thread Order No.230 V AC 5370.200

Technical data

Operating pressure (p₁) 0 – 16 barOperating temperature 1.5 °C up to 65 °CInlet, female thread G ½ (at the top)Alternative inlet, female thread G ½ (rear bottom with ventilation upwards)Outlet hose 8 × 6 (G ⅛)Condensate drain capacity at 7 bar 15 l/hVolume 0.15 lElectrical connection voltage AC 230 V + / -10 %Electrical connection frequency 50 – 60 HzElectrical connection power 24 VAElectrical connection protection class IP 54Electrical connection cable 3 × 0.75 mm² (without plug)Material housing anodised aluminiumMaterial cover plasticWeight 900 g

Automatic attachable drain valve up to 20 bar

This automatic attachable drain valve is used when larger amounts of condensate (up to 300 l/h) needs to be drained in compressed air filters, pressure vessels and cyclone separators. Safe drainage up to an operating pressure of 20 bar is ensured. If the maximum condensate level inside the drain valve is exceeded, the valve opens and the condensate is drained. No power connection required. A manual drain plug is provided. To optimize the function, we recommend the installation of the inlet plug (see below), especially for larger condensate volumes.

Version Order No.Up to 20 bar operating pressure 5370.300


Order No.Inlet plug 5370-301

Technical data

Operating pressure (p₁) 0 – 20 barOperating temperature 1.5 °C up to 65 °CInlet, female thread G ½Outlet, female thread G ½Condensate drain capacity up to 300 l/hMaterial housing aluminium alloyMaterial O-ring (seal) resistant to common compressor oilsWeight 680 g

5370.200

5370.300

5370-301

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

97ewo.de


Flow meter model 850

The flow meter model 850 works according to the proven calorimetric measuring principle: a heated sensor is cooled by the gas circulating around it. This flow-dependent cooling is used as a measuring effect, whereby the degree of cooling is directly dependent on the air or gas mass flowing past. Additional pressure and temperature compensation is therefore not necessary. The newly developed evaluation electronics, unlike the bridge circuits normally used, digitally records all measured values. This allows very precise and fast measurements. The flow meter has a standard pulse output with optional Modbus output. This allows all measured variables to be transmitted via Modbus. Thanks to its compact design, the model 850 flow meter can be used to measure all compressed air lines, from the generator to the smallest consumption unit (R ¼ up to R 2). The device is designed for compressed air and nitrogen. For other media, e.g. oxygen, CO₂, argon or nitrous oxide other models are available on request. Installation is quick and easy. A particular advantage is the detachable measuring unit: This allows the measuring unit to be quickly and easily removed for calibration or cleaning purposes without having to remove the complete measuring section. A sealing cap ensures that the line can continue to be used during cleaning. A bypass line is not necessary.

Application areas: Compressed air balancing, compressed air consumption measurement Determine leakage air / leakage rate Mobile compressed air consumption measurement in front of separate machines / systems Flow measurement of process gases such as nitrogen, CO₂, oxygen, argon, nitrous oxide Flow measurement at nitrogen generators


850.X XX measuring range (compressed air) 20 R ¼ 0.8 – 90 l/min 21 R ½ 0.2 – 90 m³/h 22 R ¾ 0.3 – 170 m³/h 23 R 1 0.5 – 290 m³/h 26 R 1 ¼ 0.7 – 480 m³/h 28 R 1 ½ 1 – 550 m³/h 29 R 2 2 – 900 m³/h

1 up to 16 bar 4 up to 40 bar


Order No.Closing cap for measuring section, aluminium 840-210Power supply unit 100 – 240 VAC / 24 VDC, 0.35 A, pipe 2 m 840-212

Technical data

Connection measuring distance* R ¼, R ½, R ¾, R 1, R 1 ¼, R 1 ½, R 2Measured values for compressed air m³/h, l/min (DIN 1945, ISO 1217 – 1000 mbar, 20 °C)Measured values for gases Nm³/h, Nl/min (DIN 1343 – 1013 mbar, 0 °C)Adjustable via buttons m³/h, m³/min, l/min, l/s, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s, ft/min, cfm, m/sMeasuring principle calorimetric measurementSensor 2 × silicon chipMeasuring medium air, gasesGas types available on request nitrogen, argon, CO₂, oxygen, nitrous oxideMeasuring range see table

Accuracy± 1.5 % of measured value, ± 0.05 % of final value on request: special adjustment with 5-point ISO calibration certificate

Flow meter resettable up to 1.999.999.999 m³ to "0" via keyboardOperating temperature -30 up to +80 °CMax. operating pressure p₁ up to 16 bar (optionally up to 40 bar)Analog output 4 – 20 mA for m³/h or l/min

Impulse output1 pulse per m³ respectively per litre, galvanically isolated pulse value adjustable on the display

Digital output RS 485 interface, modbus RTUSupply 24 V DC levelled ± 15 %Burden <500 OhmMaterial housing polycarbonateMaterial measuring section stainless steel 1.4301 (16 bar) / stainless steel 1.4404 (40 bar)Disposal of waste equipment WEEE-Reg.-No. DE51604370* DIN EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)

Reset counter status Selectable units

(m³/h, m³/min, l/min, l/s, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s, ft/min, cfm, m/s)

Gas types selectable (nitrogen, oxy-gen, CO₂, nitrous oxide, argon)

Zero point adjustment, leakage quantity suppression

By Keypress:

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion


Flow meter

Display unit 180° turnable

Two values can be displayed on the dual display

Indication values rotatable by 180°

4 – 20 mA analogue output for actual consumption

Pulse output for total consumption (counter), galvanically isolated

Digital output

With optional Modbus RTU for remote controled diagnostic function

Simple and cost-effective installation

Measuring unit removable

High measuring accuracy due to defined measuring section

Calorimetric measuring method

Extensive diagnostic functions

Dimensions (mm)

Thread Pipe size OD Pipe ID Pipe L L1 H H1 AR ¼ DN 8 Ø 13.7 Ø 8.9 194 137 174.7 165.7 15R ½ DN 15 Ø 21.3 Ø 16.1 300 210 176.4 165.7 20R ¾ DN 20 Ø 26.9 Ø 21.7 475 275 179.2 165.7 20R 1 DN 25 Ø 33.7 Ø 27.3 475 275 182.6 165.7 25R 1 ¼ DN 32 Ø 42.4 Ø 36 475 275 186.9 165.7 25R 1 ½ DN 40 Ø 48.3 Ø 41.9 475* 275 189.9 165.7 25R 2 DN 50 Ø 60.3 Ø 53.1 475* 275 195.9 165.7 30* attention: shortened inlet section. Observe recommended minimum inlet distance (length = 10 × inner diameter) on site

Your advantages at a glance

01 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir p

rep

arat

ion

99ewo.de

Flow meter


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

101ewo.de

Couplings 102 – 116

DN 2.7 Micro coupling and plug 102DN 5 Mini coupling and plug 103DN 5.5 Safety coupling ARO profile, with push button, connection rotatable 104DN 7.2 Standard coupling and plug 105DN 7.2 Standard coupling and plug – with shut-off on both sides 106DN 7.2 Standard coupling and plug – steel 107DN 7.2 Backflow damper 108DN 7.2 Swivel joint connector 108X- and Y-Distributor with DN 7.2 quick-action coupling 108DN 7.4 Safety coupling with push-button, rotatable 109DN 7.4 Safety coupling with push-button, rotatable – stainless steel 110DN 7.8 Safety coupling 111DN 7.8 High flow multi coupling 112DN 10 Coupling and plug 113DN 10 Super Flow coupling and plug 114DN 12 Garage coupling and plug 115Claw couplings suitable for GEKA coupling system 116

Threaded connections 117 – 129

Threaded fittings – ceiling elbows, distributors, air distributors 117Threaded fittings – double nipple 118Threaded fittings – blind plugs, reduction etc. 119Threaded fittings – elbow 90°, T-pieces 120Hose connections 121Hose connections, detachable 122Push-in fittings, push-in connectors 123 – 127Plastic hose for push-in connectors 127Quick screw fittings for plastic hoses 128 – 129

Hoses 130 – 136

FLEXTREM premium full rubber hose 130Spiral hoses, polyamide 131Spiral hoses, polyurethane 132PVC fabric hose 133PVC compressed air hose SOFT 134Hose buffer 134Special compressed air hose 134Paint and compressed air hose 135PVC compressed air hose 135PU Compressed air hose 135Pneumatic hose, polyethylene/polyamide 136

Hose accessories 136 – 139

Hose clamps 136Strainers 137Hose break protection – Hose Guard 137Hose reel with plastic housing, closed 138Hose reel with metal housing, closed 138Hose reel BluBird with metal housing, open 138Compressed air hose reel 139Suspended power distributor for electricity/compressed air 139Wall-mounted hose holder 139

Valves 140 – 145

Mini ball valves 140Ball valves 141Compact ball valves 142Compact ball valve with DVGW approval 142Shut-off and regulating valves 143Drain valves 144Manual slide valve (3/2-way valve) 144Non-return valves 145

Blow-off valves 146

Non-component tested blow-off valves DN 3, DN 6 146

Safety valves 147 – 151

Component-tested safety valves DN 6 147Component-tested safety valves DN 8 148Component-tested safety valves DN 10 149Component-tested high-performance safety valves G 1 – G 2 150 – 151

Silencers 152 – 153

Silencer from sintered bronze 152Plastic silencers 153High-performance multi-chamber silencer (steel) 153Safety silencer (steel) 153

Pressure gauge 154 – 156

Pressure gauges Ø 40 and Ø 50 154Pressure gauges Ø 63 155Pressure gauges Ø 63, Industrial pressure gauges Ø 100 156Pressure gauges for bottled gases Ø 63, Accessories 156

Accessories 157

Sealing material and oils 157


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

102 02 | Compressed air accessories

DN 2.7 Micro coupling and plug

One-way shut-off quick-release coupling with ball locking. Extremely small dimensions and large passage with low pressure drop. Sliding sleeve easily operated with one hand up to 8 bar. Nickel-plated brass.

Coupling


W L i SW (AF)Male threadM5 26 5 9 310.001G ⅛ 28 7 11 310.101Female threadM5 25 5 9 310.002G ⅛ 28 7 12 310.102Hose connectionDN 3 35 13 - 310.105DN 4 35 13 - 310.103Quick-action fitting4 × 3 34 7 9 310.0845 × 3 34 7 9 310.0946 × 4 34 7 9 310.104

Plug


W L i SW (AF)Male threadM5 18 5 7 310-010G ⅛ 20 7 11 310-020Female threadM5 17 5 7 310-021G ⅛ 18 7 12 310-030Hose connectionDN 3 24 13 – 310-048DN 4 24 13 – 310-049Quick-action fitting4 × 3 7 25 7 310.1845 × 3 7 25 7 310.1946 × 4 5.8 24 – 310.204

Technical data

Nominal flow rate* acc. to ISO 6358 210 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barMin. operating pressure (p₁) 1 barOperating temperature -20 °C up to +100 °C

Mounting position / flow directionpreferably coupling before plug in flow direction / any

Material housing / cover nickel-plated brassMaterial seals NBRMaterial spring V2A* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

310.101

310.102

310.105

310.084

310-020

310-030

310-048

310.184

captive sealing rings see page 129 all couplings and plugs on this page are only delivered in packaging units (PU) of 5 pieces.

Notice

Plugs are compatible with all DN 2.7 couplings and with Rectus 20KA.

Couplings

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

103ewo.de

Coupling


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ⅛ 37 7 14 320.101G ¼ 39 9 17 320.111Female threadG ⅛ 36.5 6 14 320.102G ¼ 38.5 8 17 320.112Hose connectionDN 4 47 17 14 320.103DN 6 47 17 14 320.113Quick-action fitting6 × 4 M10 × 1 43 7 14 320.1048 × 6 M12 × 1 43 7 14 320.114

Plug


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ⅛ 28 6 14 320-020G ¼ 28 8 17 320-021Female threadG ⅛ 25 6 14 320-030G ¼ 26 8 17 320-031Hose connectionDN 4 33 18 – 320-049DN 6 33 18 – 320-050Quick-action fitting6 × 4 M10 × 1 33 7 14 320.2048 × 6 M12 × 1 33 7 14 320.214

Technical data

Nominal flow rate* acc. to ISO 6358 500 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barMin. operating pressure (p₁) 1 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C


Material housing / cover nickel-plated brassMaterial seals NBRMaterial spring V2A* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

320.111

320.102

320.103

320.104

320-021

320-031

320-050

320.214Notice

Plugs are compatible with all DN 5 couplings and with Rectus 21KA.

captive sealing rings see page 129all couplings and plugs on this page are only delivered in packaging units (PU) of 5 pieces.

DN 5 Mini coupling and plug

One-way shut-off quick-release coupling with ball locking. Sliding sleeve easily operated with one hand up to 8 bar. Nickel-plated brass.

Couplings

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Handling



Coupling


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 76 6 20 414.201G ⅜ 76 6.4 20 414.221G ½ 81 7.8 20 414.241Female threadG ¼ 75 11.8 20 414.202G ⅜ 77 12.6 20 414.222G ½ 79 14.2 20 414.242Hose connectionDN 6 88.5 25 21 414.223DN 9 88.5 25 21 414.224DN 13 88.5 25 21 414.225

Plug


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 38 8 17 312-053G ⅜ 38 9.1 19 312-054G ½ 40 10 24 312-057Female threadG ¼ 38 10.1 17 312-055G ⅜ 38 9.8 19 312-056G ½ 40 10.5 24 312-058Hose connectionDN 6 51 21 – 312-050DN 8 51 21 – 312-075DN 10 51 23 – 312-076DN 13 51 27.8 – 312-052

Technical data

Nominal flow rate* acc. to ISO 6358 1,000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 10 bar / 145 psiOperating temperature -20 °C up to +150 °C


Material housing inlet nickel-plated brassMaterial housing middle part anodised aluminiumMaterial housing outlet zinc-plated steelMaterial seals NBRMaterial spring stainless steel 1.4310Material balls stainless steel 1.4034Material plug nickel-plated brass* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

1 2

414.201

414.202

414.223

312-054

312-056

312-050

captive sealing rings see page 129all plugs on this page are only delivered in packaging units (PU) of 5 pieces.

Notice

Series 312 plugs are compatible with all DN 5.5 couplings.

DN 5.5 Safety coupling ARO profile, with push-button, connection rotatable

Safety coupling according to ISO 4414 with push-button actuation prevents the so-called whiplash effect when uncoupling. Due to the materials used, this high-quality coupling is particularly characterized by stability and compatibility. If the coupling is permanently mounted, the push button can be brought into the ergonomically most favourable position using the swivel joint. Sliding sleeve easily operated with one hand up to 8 bar. Silicone-free!

Couplings

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

105ewo.de

Coupling


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ⅛ 41 9 21 308.028*G ¼ 41 9 21 308.001*G ⅜ 41 9 21 308.021*G ½ 42.5 10.5 21 308.041*G ½ 45 10.5 24 308.081*M14 × 1.5 41 9 21 308.814M16 × 1.5 41 9 21 308.816M18 × 1.5 41 9 21 308.818Female threadG ⅛ 41 8 21 308.029G ¼ 41 8 21 308.002G ⅜ 41 9 21 308.022G ½ 43 10 24 308.042M14 × 1.5 43 9 21 308.824M16 × 1.5 43 9 21 308.826M18 × 1.5 43 9 21 308.828Hose connectionDN 6 57 25 21 308.023DN 8 57 25 21 308.026DN 9 57 25 21 308.024DN 10 57 25 21 308.027DN 13 57 25 21 308.025

Plug with Europrofile


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ⅛ 31 7 14 308-061*G ¼ 33 9 17 308-053*G ⅜ 33 9 19 308-054*G ½ 35 10 24 308-057*Female threadG ⅛ 30 6 14 308-062G ¼ 33 9 17 308-055G ⅜ 33 9 19 308-056G ½ 33 9 24 308-058Hose connectionDN 4 45 25 – 308-074DN 6 45 25 – 308-050DN 8 45 25 – 308-075DN 9 45 25 – 308-051DN 10 45 25 – 308-076DN 13 45 25 – 308-052Quick-action fitting (only available nickel-plated)6 × 4 mm 38 6 14 308.70068 × 6 mm 38 6 14 308.720610 × 8 mm 38 6 17 308.7406* as an additional option for coupling or plug also available in self-sealing model (with sealing ring or with coating) order no. with additional D, e.g. 308.028D

Technical data

Nominal flow rate** acc. to ISO 6358 1,500 Nl/min

Flow mediumcompressed air, pre-filtered with 40 µm

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 bar / 232 psiOperating temperature -20 °C up to +100 °C


Material coupling / plug brassMaterial seals NBRMaterial spring spring steelMaterial pins stainless steel** measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

308.021

308.022

308.023

308-053

308-055

308-050

308.7006

Notice

Series 308 plugs are compatible with all DN 7.2 and DN 7.8 couplings.

PRIVATE LABEL

all 308 couplings can be

customized with engraving

DN 7.2 Standard coupling and plug

Quick coupling with pin locking. Sliding sleeve up to 8 bar easy to use with one hand. Brass, optionally also available in nickel-plated brass.

Couplings

captive sealing rings see page 129all couplings and plugs on this page are only delivered in packaging units (PU) of 5 pieces.

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Coupling


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ⅛ 41 9 21 308.211G ¼ 41 9 21 308.212G ⅜ 41 9 21 308.213G ½ 42.5 10.5 21 308.214M14 × 1.5 41 9 21 308.215M16 × 1.5 41 9 21 308.216M18 × 1.5 41 9 21 308.217Female threadG ⅛ 41 8 21 308.301G ¼ 41 8 21 308.302G ⅜ 41 8 21 308.303G ½ 43 10 24 308.304M14 × 1.5 43 9 21 308.305M16 × 1.5 43 9 21 308.306M18 × 1.5 43 9 21 308.307Hose connectionDN 6 57 25 21 308.401DN 8 57 25 21 308.402DN 9 57 25 21 308.403DN 10 57 25 21 308.404DN 13 57 25 21 308.405

Plug with europrofile


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ⅛ 43 9 21 308.501G ¼ 43 9 21 308.502G ⅜ 43 9 21 308.503G ½ 44.5 10.5 21 308.504M14 × 1.5 43 9 21 308.505M16 × 1.5 43 9 21 308.506M18 × 1.5 43 9 21 308.507Female threadG ⅛ 43 8 21 308.601G ¼ 43 8 21 308.602G ⅜ 44 8 21 308.603G ½ 45 10 24 308.604M14 × 1.5 45 9 21 308.605M16 × 1.5 45 9 21 308.606M18 × 1.5 45 9 21 308.607Hose connectionDN 6 59 25 21 308.701DN 8 59 25 21 308.702DN 9 59 25 21 308.703DN 10 59 25 21 308.704DN 13 59 25 21 308.705

Technical data

Nominal flow rate* acc. to ISO 6358 675 Nl/min


Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barOperating temperature -20 °C up to +100 °C


Material coupling / plug brassMaterial seals NBRMaterial spring spring steelMaterial pins stainless steel* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

308.212

308.302

308.402

308.502

308.602

308.701

all couplings and plugs on this page are only delivered in packaging units (PU) of 5 pieces.

Notice

Plugs are compatible with all DN 7.2 and DN 7.8 couplings.

DN 7.2 Standard coupling and plug – with shut-off on both sides

Double shut-off quick coupling with pin locking. After disconnecting the connection, the flow stops in both the coupling and the plug. The medium remains in the system in both connection lines, the pressure is not reduced and remains constant. Sliding sleeve up to 8 bar easy to operate with one hand. Brass.

Couplings

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

107ewo.de

Coupling


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ⅛ 41 9 21 308.128G ¼ 41 9 21 308.101G ⅜ 41 9 21 308.121G ½ 41 10 21 308.141Female threadG ⅛ 41 8 21 308.129G ¼ 41 8 21 308.102G ⅜ 41 8 21 308.122G ½ 43 10 24 308.142Hose connectionDN 6 57 25 21 308.123DN 8 57 25 21 308.126DN 9 57 25 21 308.124DN 10 57 25 21 308.127DN 13 57 25 21 308.125

Plug with europrofile


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 33 9 17 308-153G ⅜ 33 9 19 308-154G ½ 35 10 24 308-157Female threadG ¼ 33 9 17 308-155G ⅜ 33 9 19 308-156G ½ 33 9 24 308-158Hose connectionDN 4 45 25 – 308-174DN 6 45 25 – 308-150DN 8 45 25 – 308-175DN 9 45 25 – 308-151DN 10 45 25 – 308-176DN 13 45 25 – 308-152

Technical data

Nominal flow rate* acc. to ISO 6358 1,500 Nl/min


Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C


Material coupling / plug steel / zinc-plated steelMaterial seals NBRMaterial spring spring steelMaterial pins stainless steel* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

308.121

308.122

308.123

308-154

308-156

308-150

Notice

Plugs are compatible with all DN 7.2 / DN 7.4 and DN 7.8 couplings.

all couplings and plugs on this page are only delivered in packaging units (PU) of 5 pieces.

PRIVATE LABEL

all 308 couplings can be

customized with engraving

DN 7.2 Standard coupling and plug – steel

Quick-action coupling made of steel with pin locking for heavy-duty use. Sliding sleeve up to 8 bar easy to use with one hand. Steel plugs are characterised by a longer service life than brass plugs. Recommended for use with standard 308.XXX steel couplings, safety couplings and high flow couplings model 411/ 455/ 478 (see pages 109/ 111/ 112).

Couplings

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


DN 7.2 Backflow damper

Backflow dampers prevent the so-called whiplash effect by gentle venting when uncoupling. Made of brass. Easy to operate.

ThreadOrder No.

WDN 6 308.810*DN 8 308.820*DN 9 308.830*DN 10 308.840*DN 13 308.850** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces

DN 7.2 Swivel joint connector

Reliably avoids kinking, crushing and rotating loads. With a rotation axis of 360° and a swivel connection of 30°, they increase the efficiency and flexibility of installation, especially on pneumatic tools. These swivel connectors are also suitable for percussive tools such as pneumatic screwdrivers or pneumatic nailers.


W L L1 i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 49.0 24.5 8 21 308-453*G ⅜ 50.0 24.5 8 21 308-454*G ½ 51.5 27 10 21 308-457*Female threadG ¼ 52.0 27 8 21 308-455*G ⅜ 52.0 27 8 21 308-456*G ½ 56.5 32 10 24 308-458** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces

Technical data

Nominal flow rate** acc. to ISO 6358 1,000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 25 barRecommended operating pressure 10 barOperating temperature -20 °C up to +80 °C


Material nickel-plated steel** measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

X- and Y-Distributor with DN 7.2 quick-action coupling

Quick coupling with pin locking. Available in brass, or brass distributor with steel couplings for heavy-duty use.

Y-distributor

Thread Order No.W Brass coupling Steel couplingMale threadG ¼ 128.006 –G ⅜ 128.007 –G ½ 128.008 –Female threadG ¼ 128.003 –G ⅜ 128.004 128.104G ½ 128.005 –

X-distributor

Thread Order No.W Brass coupling Steel couplingMale threadG ¼ 128.056 –G ⅜ 128.057 –G ½ 128.058 –Female threadG ¼ 128.053 –G ⅜ 128.054 128.154G ½ 128.055 128.155

308.830

308-453

308-455

Notice

Plugs are compatible with all DN 7.2 and DN 7.8 couplings.

128.007

128.004128.104

128.057

128.054128.154

Couplings

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

109ewo.de

DN 7.4 Safety coupling with push button, rotatable

The ewo safety coupling (silicone-free) according to ISO 4414, DIN EN 983 with push-button release prevents the so-called whiplash effect when uncoupling. The materials and wear parts used are completely galvanised steel, the housing is made of aluminium. This high-quality and corrosion-resistant coupling is particularly characterised by its robustness and durability. Threads and hose connections can be rotated under pressure. Due to the swivel joint, the push button can be moved into the most ergonomically favourable position when the coupling is permanently mounted. 360° rotation axis. High operating comfort due to integrated recessed grip. The coupling is available with various connections. Standard version: housing colour in blue with ewo logo. REACH and RoHS compliant.

Couplings

Handling



Coupling


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 70.5 8 21 411.401G ⅜ 70.5 8 21 411.421G ½ 74.5 10 24 411.441Female threadG ¼ 68 8 21 411.402G ⅜ 68 8 21 411.422G ½ 71 10 24 411.442Hose connectionDN 6 86.5 25 19 411.423DN 8 86.5 25 19 411.426DN 9 86.5 25 19 411.424DN 10 86.5 25 19 411.427DN 13 86.5 25 19 411.425


411.XXX 3 black 4 blue 5 red 6 aluminium coloured 7 yellow 8 green

PlugMatching plugs from page 112 (308-XXX). We recommend steel plugs.

Counter displayThe equipment of marked displays is predetermined, unmarked displays can be individually equipped.

Order No.Counter display marked 411.430Counter display unmarked 411.450

Technical data

Nominal flow rate* acc. to ISO 6358 1,800 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barMin. operating pressure (p₁) 1 barOperating temperature -20 °C up to +100 °C


Material thread zinc-plated steelMaterial housing anodised aluminiumMaterial end piece / push button / valve insert zinc-plated steelMaterial seals NBRMaterial spring / balls stainless steel* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

1 2

411.421

411.422

411.423

PRIVATE LABEL

• Logo printed or engraved by laser

• Housing in all RAL colours

411.430

Notice

Series 308 plugs are compatible with all DN 7.2 / DN 7.4 and DN 7.8 couplings.

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Handling



Coupling – Stainless steel V4A


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 70.5 6.5 21 413.201G ⅜ 70 7 21 413.221G ½ 72.5 8.5 25 413.241Female threadG ¼ 71.5 9 21 413.202G ⅜ 75.5 10 21 413.222G ½ 77.5 11 24 413.242Hose connectionDN 6 88.5 25 21 413.223DN 9 88.5 25 21 413.224DN 10 88.5 25 21 413.227DN 13 88.5 25 21 413.225

Plug – Stainless steel V2A


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 33 9 17 413-053G ⅜ 33 9 19 413-054Female threadG ¼ 33 10 17 413-055G ⅜ 33 10 19 413-056

Technical data

Nominal flow rate* 1,800 (Nl/min)Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 bar / 145 psiOperating temperature -20 °C up to +150 °CMounting position / flow direction preferably coupling before plug in flow direction / anyMaterial housing inlet stainless steelMaterial button and valve stainless steelMaterial internal parts stainless steelMaterial thread stainless steelMaterial seals FKM* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

1 2

413.221

413.222

413.224

413-054

413-056

All DN 7.4 plugs are compatible with all DN 7.2/ DN 7.4 and DN 7.8 couplings.

Notice

DN 7.4 Safety coupling with push-button, rotatable – stainless steel

This safety coupling (silicone-free) according to ISO 4414, DIN EN 983 with push-button actuation prevents the so-called whiplash effect when uncoupling. Due to the materials used, this high-quality coupling is particularly characterised by its stability and compatibility. Threads and hose connections can be rotated under pressure. If the coupling is permanently mounted, the push button can be turned into the most ergonomically favourable position by means of the swivel joint. Axis of rotation is 360°. Sliding sleeve is easy operable with one hand up to 8 bar / 116 psi.

Couplings

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

111ewo.de

Coupling

Thread Dimensions (mm)Order No .

W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 62 9 24 455.001G ⅜ 62 9 24 455.021G ½ 62 12 24 455.041Female threadG ¼ 58 9 24 455.002G ⅜ 58 9 24 455.022G ½ 58 12 24 455.042Hose connection and rubber protection sleeve against damageDN 6 77 25 24 455.023DN 8 77 25 24 455.026DN 9 77 25 24 455.024DN 10 77 25 24 455.027DN 13 77 25 24 455.025

PlugSuitable plugs see pagepage 112 (308-XXX).

Technical data

Nominal flow rate* 2,093 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 8 bar / 116 psiMin. operating pressure (p₁) 1 bar / 14.5 psiOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position / flow direction preferably coupling before plug in flow direction / anyMaterial housing/cover nickel-plated brassMaterial seals NBRMaterial spring / balls and pins stainless steel 1.4310 / stainless steel 1.4034Material plug zinc-plated steel* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

1. venting

2. uncoupling

455.041

455.042

455.023

Notice

Not recommended for direct connection to percussive tools like impact wrenches. Connectors of series 308 are compatible with all DN 7.2 / DN 7.4 and DN 7.8 couplings.

DN 7.8 Safety coupling

Safety coupling according to ISO 4414, DIN EN 983 for compressed air with two-stage venting process. The first locking is released by slightly pushing back the sleeve. The coupling shuts off, simultaneously pushes the plug into the second position and the remaining pressure in the plug escapes. If the sleeve is pushed back further, the plug is released and can be safely uncoupled. Sliding sleeve easily operated with one hand up to 8 bar / 116 psi. Nickel-plated brass. For safety and wear reasons, we recommend only steel plugs and not brass plugs.

Couplings

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Coupling


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 56 9 19 478.001G ⅜ 56 9 19 478.021G ½ 50 12 22 478.041Female threadG ¼ 54 10 19 478.002G ⅜ 54 10 19 478.022G ½ 56 13 24 478.042Hose connectionDN 6 70 23 19 478.023DN 8 70 23 19 478.026DN 9 70 23 19 478.024DN 10 70 23 19 478.027DN 13 70 23 19 478.025

Plug

Thread Europrofile DN 7,2 ARO-Profile DN 5,5W brass steel nickel-plated brassMale threadG ¼ 308-053 308-153 312-053G ⅜ 308-054 308-154 312-054G ½ 308-057 308-157 312-057Female threadG ¼ 308-055 308-155 312-055G ⅜ 308-056 308-156 312-056G ½ 308-058 308-158 312-058Hose connectionDN 6 308-050 308-150 312-050DN 8 308-075 308-175 312-075DN 9 308-051 308-151 –DN 10 308-076 308-176 312-076DN 13 308-052 308-152 312-052

see page 105 see page 107 see page 104

Technical data

Nominal flow rate acc. to ISO 6358 *

with plug type 308: 2,500 Nl/minwith plug type 312: 1,200 Nl/min

Max. operating pressure (p₁) **with plug type 308: 35 bar / 508 psiwith plug type 312: 16 bar / 232 psi

Min. operating pressure (p₁) 1 bar / 14.5 psiOperating temperature -20 °C up to +100 °CMounting position / flow direction preferably coupling before plug in flow direction / anyMaterial housing / thread nickel-plated brassMaterial sleeve nickel-plated steelMaterial sealing cone brassMaterial seals NBRMaterial spring / balls stainless steel 1.4310 / stainless steel 1.4034

* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar** at higher pressures (up to PN 35), coupling / uncoupling under pressure is no longer possible.

478.001

478.002

478.023

312-054

308-153

308-155

312-056

308-150

312-050

Notice

Series 308 connectors are compatible with all DN 7.2 / DN 7.4 and DN 7.8 couplings. Series 312 connectors are compatible with the ARO profile. (Compatible couplings: ARO 210, CEJN 300, ewo 308, JWL 522 and JWL 532, ORION 44510, PARKER 50, RECTUS 14, 22 + 26).

all plugs on this page are only delivered in packaging units (PU) of 5 pieces.

Europrofile

ARO-Profile

DN 7.8 High flow multi coupling

Robust coupling for industrial use and for use in workshop. High flow capacity provided by optimised high flow sealing cone. Sliding sleeve can be easily operated with one hand up to 8 bar / 116 psi. Coupling shut-off on one side. Nickel-plated brass.

Couplings

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

113ewo.de

Coupling


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ½ 65 12 30 354.061Female threadG ½ 65 12 30 354.071

Hose connectionBy assembling a coupling with female thread G ½ with a threaded nozzle with male thread G ½

ThreadOrder No.

WDN 13 354.071 + 160-3DN 16 354.071 + 160-3cDN 19 354.071 + 160-3a

Plug


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ½ 42 12 27 354-059Female threadG ½ 42 12 27 354-060Hose connectionDN 13 55 33 – 354-053

Two-way distributor

ThreadOrder No.

WG ½ 128.04

Threaded nozzles with male thread G ½With this nozzle the coupling Order No. 354.071 can be converted to a coupling with hose connection (see above).


W L i D SW (AF)DN 13 ( ½”) 58 10 Ø 10 20 160-3DN 16 ( ⅝”) 58 10 Ø 11 20 160-3cDN 19 ( ¾”) 58 10 Ø 12 20 160-3a

Technical data

Nominal flow rate* acc. to ISO 6358 3,200 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 bar / 232 psiMin. operating pressure (p₁) 1 bar / 14.5 psiOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C


Material housing / cover nickel-plated brass

Material sealsNBR (optionally also available in Viton, please specify when ordering!)

Material spring V2A* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

354.061

354.071

354-059

354-060

354-053

128.04

160-3

Notice

All DN 10 Plugs are compatible with all DN 10 Couplings.

DN 10 Coupling and plug

Quick coupling with pin locking for higher flow rate. Sliding sleeve up to 8 bar easy to operate with one hand. Brass.

Couplings

354.071 + 160-3

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Notice

Compatible with Rectus 27 and Cejn 410.

Coupling


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 65 11.5 24 353.001G ⅜ 65 11.5 24 353.021G ½ 66.5 15.5 24 353.041G ¾ 68.5 17.5 30 353.061Female threadG ¼ 58.5 10 24 353.002G ⅜ 58.5 10 24 353.022G ½ 61.5 13 24 353.042Hose connectionDN 6 74.5 23 24 353.023DN 8 74.5 23 24 353.026DN 9 74.5 23 24 353.024DN 10 74.5 23 24 353.027DN 13 74.5 23 24 353.025

Plug


W L i SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 38.5 9 17 353-153G ⅜ 38.5 9 17 353-154G ½ 43 12 22 353-157Female threadG ¼ 40 10 17 353-155G ⅜ 40 11 19 353-156G ½ 46 16 24 353-158Hose connectionDN 6 48 23 – 353-150DN 8 48 23 – 353-175DN 9 48 23 – 353-151DN 10 48 23 – 353-176DN 13 48 23 – 353-152

Technical data

Nominal flow rate* according to ISO 6358 3,500 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 35 bar / 508 psiMin. operating pressure (p₁) 1 bar / 14.5 psiOperating temperature -20 °C up to +100 °C


Material housing (coupling) nickel-plated brassMaterial sleeve (plug) nickel-plated steelMaterial seals NBR, nitrileMaterial spring / balls stainless steel / stainless steelMaterial plug nickel-plated steel* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

353.021

353.022

353.024

353-154

353-156

353-151

DN 10 Super flow coupling and plug

Coupling with especially high flow rate. Sliding sleeve up to 8 bar / 116 psi easy to operate with one hand. Couplings made of nickel-plated brass, plug made of nickel-plated steel.

Couplings

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

115ewo.de

Coupling


W L i D SW (AF)Male threadG ½ 82 12 – 30 254.01G ¾ 82 12 – 30 254.03Female threadG ½ 82 12 – 30 254.11G ¾ 82 12 – 30 254.13

Hose connectionBy assembling a coupling with female thread G ½ with a threaded nozzle with male thread G ½

ThreadOrder No.

WDN 13 254.11 + 160-3DN 16 254.11 + 160-3cDN 19 254.11 + 160-3a

Plug


W L i D SW (AF)Male threadG ¼ 54 9 Ø 6 17 254-27G ½ 63 10 Ø 10 20 160-20Hose connectionDN 13 87 45 Ø 10 – 254-30DN 16 87 45 Ø 12.5 – 254-31DN 19 87 45 Ø 12.5 – 254-32

Two-way distributor

ThreadOrder No.

WG ½ 128.03

Threaded nozzles with male thread G ½With this nozzle the coupling 254.11 can be converted to a coupling with hose connection (see above).


W L i D SW (AF)DN 13 ( ½”) 58 10 Ø 10 20 160-3DN 16 ( ⅝”) 58 10 Ø 11 20 160-3cDN 19 ( ¾”) 58 10 Ø 12 20 160-3a

Technical data

Nominal flow rate according to ISO 6358 * 4,000 Nl/minMax. operating pressure (p₁) 16 bar / 232 psiMin. operating pressure (p₁) 1 bar / 14.5 psi

Operating temperature-10 °C up to +50 °C (air) / +5 °C up to +50 °C (water)


Material housing brassMaterial seals NBRMaterial spring V2A* measured at 6 bar inlet pressure (p₁) and pressure drop ∆p = 1 bar

254.01

254.11

254.11 + 160-3

160-20

254-31

128.03

160-3

Notice

All DN 12 Plugs are compatible with all DN 12 Couplings.

DN 12 Garage coupling and plug

Coupling with ball lock for high flow capacity. With lip seal and non return valve in the coupling, therefore also suitable for water or neutral fluids. Rubber ring as wear protection. Sliding sleeve up to 8 bar / 116 psi easy to operate with one hand. Brass.

Couplings

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Hose pieceNozzle with distinctive ribbed profile that protects the hose from damage and guarantees tight hose fit. For clamp and ferrule integration.


SLW/G DN L LT/T10 ( ⅜”) 7.5 40 28 516.15013 ( ½”) 10 40 28 516.15116 ( ⅝”) 13.5 44 32 516.15219 ( ¾”) 17 44 32 516.15325 (1”) 21.5 50 37 516.15432 (1 ¼”) 28 60 48 516.15538 (1 ½”) 34 63 48 516.156

SH-Hose pieceFor suction and high pressure. With screw ring (unscrew the screw ring, couple, tighten the screw ring). Incl. moulded sealing ring SH made of NBR.

13 ( ½”) 10 67 31 516.36119 ( ¾”) 15 71 35 516.36225 (1”) 20 76 42 516.36332 (1 ¼”) 28 82 46 516.364Spare partsMolded sealing ring SH, material: NBR, black temperature range from -30 °C up to +100 °C

516-9

Threaded part

Male threadG ¼ 8 22 8 516.210G ⅜ 11.5 22 8 516.211G ½ 15 22 8 516.212G ¾ 20 22 8 516.213G 1 23 22 8 516.214G 1 ¼ 23 26 13 516.215G 1 ½ 23 26 13 516.216Female thread with flat sealing ring SBR (up to 100 °C) on the thread sideG ¼ 11 21 9.5 516.200G ⅜ 11 21 9.5 516.201G ½ 14 21 9.5 516.202G ¾ 19 22 10.5 516.203G 1 23 23 11 516.204G 1 ¼ 23 28 13.5 516.205G 1 ½ 23 29 14 516.206

Blind coupling

– – 27 15 516.174

High-performance moulded sealing rings

High-performance moulded sealing ring (built-in), material: NBR, black, temperature range from -30 °C up to +100 °C

516-6

High-performance moulded sealing ring, material: NBR – food-resis-tant, red, temperature range from -30 °C up to +100 °C (KTW approval)

516-7

High-performance moulded sealing ring, material: EPDM, black with yellow marking, temperature range from -50 °C up to +150 °C

516-8

Flat sealing rings SBRFor threaded pieces with internal thread. Temperature range up to approx. +100 °C.

Dimensions approx. 13 × 8 × 1.5 (G ¼) 516-1Dimensions approx. 17 × 11 × 1.5 (G ⅜) 516-2Dimensions approx. 20.5 × 14 × 1.5 (G ½) 516-3Dimensions approx. 26 × 18 × 2 (G ¾) 516-4Dimensions approx. 33 × 23 × 2 (G 1) 516-5

516.151

516.361

516-9

516.212

516.202

516.174

516-6 516-7 516-8

516-1

all Sealing rings on this page are only delivered in packaging units (PU) of 10 pieces.

Claw couplings suitable for GEKA coupling system

For safe, simple and quick coupling and uncoupling and for extending flexible hoses and hose systems and rigid pipelines or pipe systems. With moulded seal. Suitable for compressed air and water. The safety knobs guarantee the highest possible safety and prevent the coupling halves from loosening, even when the coupling is not under pressure. Claw spacing uniform 40 mm. Molded sealing ring made of NBR. Material: brass CW617N (Cu Zn 40 Pb2) acc. to DIN 50930/6. Operating pressure 8 bar / 116 psi (also available as 40 bar / 580 psi variant – Order No. with additional P). Vacuum resistance (with moulded sealing ring) up to 10 m water column, WC (all specifications static guide values).

Couplings

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

117ewo.de

Ceiling elbows 90° (for wall mounting) female threaded


W L M N K i D2 × G ⅜ 35 30 26 18.5 11 4.5 121-55 2 × G ½ 52 38 – 35 – 4.5 121-56 2 × G ¾ 51 45 39 28 13 4.5 121-57

Distributors with three and four connections and female thread


W L M N K i D3 × G ¼ nickel-plated

32 – – – 11 – 121-30

3 × G ⅜ 47 – – – 14 – 121-35 3 × G ½ 54 – – – 15 – 121-50 4 × G ⅜ 61 – – – 14 – 121-34 4 × G ½ 67 – – – 18 – 121-54

Distributors with five connections (G ½) and female thread


W L M N K i D5 × G ½ 74 43.5 59 57 15 5.5 121-58 5 × G ½ 74 43.5 59 57 15 5.5 121-59

Distributor block with female threadMaterial: glass-fibre reinforced plastic PA 6 with brass sleeves. Operating pressure up to 16 bar / 232 psi.


Input/ Outputs A B C D E FG ½ + 2 × G ½ 85 60 70 44 52 22 121-70 G ½ + 3 × G ½ 85 60 70 44 52 22 121-71

Distributor block with two or three brass couplings DN 7.2 and one coupling plugMaterial: glass-fibre reinforced plastic PA 6 with brass sleeves. Operating pressure up to 16 bar / 232 psi.

OutputsDimensions (mm)

Order No.A B C D E F

2 Couplings 85 60 70 44 52 22 121-72 3 Couplings 85 60 70 44 52 22 121-73

Air distributorAir distributors enable the installation of two different shut-off valves at one tapping point. Withdrawal options. They are made of hot-pressed brass with two outlets and two shut-off valves (see also X- and Y-Distributors, page 108). With metal handwheel and two angled outlets. Material: hot-pressed brass.

Thread W DNDimensions (mm)

Order No.L i d SW (AF)

With nozzleG ¼ 6 79 9 110 25 559.621G ⅜ 6 79 9 110 25 559.631Without nozzleG ¼ 6 79 9 65 25 559.121G ⅜ 6 79 9 65 25 559.131

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 40 bar (PN 40) / 580 psiOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position any

121-57/121-55 M L

G1/

2" IS

O 22

8

G1/2" ISO 228

35

32

A-A

4,5

2x45°

B-B

34791: blank 35791: verchromtinnen nicht beschichtet

Material: CW617N gemäß DIN 50930-6

puteus GmbHLenenweg 6

47918 TönisvorstTel. 02151 / 9952-0

Germany34(5)791-KD.SLDDRW technische Änderungen vorbehalten

WandscheibeG1/2"

01.01.2017Stand

© puteus 20173479135791

Art.-Nr.:

K

ØD

121-56

121-34

121-58

121-59

121-70

AC

BD

FE

AC

BD

FE

121-71

121-72121-73

Threaded fittings – ceiling elbows, distributors, air distributors

Brass fittings, PA plastic combined with brass distributor blocks.

Threaded connections

559.121

559.621

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Male thread, long – with cone 45° (EN 560)


W × V L i k d SW (AF)G ⅛ × G ⅛ 29 9.5 9.5 5 12 185.29G ¼ × G ⅛ 32 12 9.5 5 14 185.30G ¼ × G ¼ 34 12 12 7 14 185.33G ⅜ × G ¼ 36 13.5 12 7 17 185.53G ¼ × G ½ 38 12 15.5 7 22 185.54G ⅜ × G ⅜ 37 13.5 13.5 10 17 185.55G ½ × G ⅜ 40 15.5 13.5 10 22 185.75G ½ × G ½ 44 15.5 15.5 12 22 185.77G ½ × G ¾ 43 15.5 17 12 27 185.78G ¾ × G ¾* 42 15 15 19 30 415-13**G ¾ × G 1 50 15 16 19 36 415-15**G 1 × G 1* 55 16 16 22 36 415-14*** without cone ** order no. 415-13 (p₁ = 40 bar), 415-14 (p₁ = 50 bar), 415-15 (p₁ = 20 bar) [can also be ordered separately]

Male thread, short – with cone 45° (EN 560)


W × V L i k d SW (AF)G ⅛ × G ⅛ 19 7 7 5 12 185.029G ⅛ × G ¼ 20.5 7 8.5 5 14 185.030G ¼ × G ¼ 22 8.5 8.5 7 14 185.033G ¼ × G ⅜ 24 8.5 9.5 7 17 185.053G ¼ × G ½ 25.5 8.5 11 7 22 185.054G ⅜ × G ⅜ 25 9.5 9.5 10 17 185.055G ⅜ × G ½ 26.5 9.5 11 10 22 185.075G ½ × G ½ 28 11 11 12 22 185.077G ½ × G ¾ 33 11 14 12 30 185.078G ¾ × G ¾ 36 14 14 16 30 185.013G ¾ × G 1 40 14 16 16 36 185.015G 1 × G 1 42 16 16 22 36 185.014G 1 ½ × G 1 ½ 50 20 20 36 50 280-228G 2 × G 2 55 20 20 40 65 454-9****** can also be ordered separately

Female and male thread


W × V L i k d SW (AF)G ⅛ × G ⅛ 20 8 8 5 14 185.129G ¼ × G ¼ 24 10 10 8 17 185.133G ⅜ × G ⅜ 29 11 12 10 22 185.155G ½ × G ½ 30 12 12 15 26 185.177G ⅛ × G ¼ 22 8 10 8 14 185.130G ¼ × G ⅛ 22 10 8 5 17 185.131G ¼ × G ½ 27 10 12 10 22 185.132G ⅜ × G ¼ 27 11 10 8 22 185.153G ⅜ × G ½ 29 11 12 13 22 185.154G ½ × G ⅜ 30 12 12 10 26 185.175G ½ × G ¾ 34 12 16 17 32 185.176G ¾ × G ½ 37 15 16 15 32 185.178

Male thread, detachable (three-part), with conical thread


W × V L i k SWi (AF f) SW (AF)R ⅛ × R ⅛ 27 9 9 5 15 185.311R ⅛ × R ¼ 30 9 12 5 15 185.312R ¼ × R ¼ 34 12 12 6 19 185.322R ¼ × R ⅜ 35 12 13 6 19 185.324R ⅜ × R ⅜ 36 13 13 8 22 185.344R ½ × R ½ 44 16 16 12 27 185.366R ¾ × R ¾ 52 18 18 14 36 185.388R 1 × R 1 65 22 22 19 46 185.399maximum operating pressure: 16 bar / 232 psi

185.55

185.033

185.133

all fittings on this page are only delivered in packaging units (PU) of 5 pieces.

185.344

Threaded fittings – double nipple

For connecting devices in compressed air preparation and welding technology or similar. Some of the threaded fittings are provided with a cone (EN 560) for the connection of hose connectors with a ball nipple sealing.


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

119ewo.de

Sleeves (2-way) with female thread


W L SW (AF)G ⅛ 22 14 185.110 G ¼ 26 17 185.111 G ⅜ 26 22 185.112 G ½ 30 27 185.113 G ¾ 33 32 185.114 G 1 35 40 185.115

Screw plug with male thread


W L i D SW (AF)G ⅛ 8 5 8 5 323-14 G ¼ 11 7 11 6 280-127 G ⅜ 10 8 14 8 447-28 G ½ 12 8 18 10 424-67

Blind plugs with male thread, external and internal hexagonand with machined sealing surface for sealing ring DIN 7603.


G L B SW1 (AF1) SW2 (AF2)G ⅛ 10 6.5 5 14 185.160 G ¼ 13 8.5 8 17 185.161 G ⅜ 15 10.5 10 19 185.162 G ½ 19 13.5 12 24 185.163 G ¾ 20 14 14 32 185.164 G 1 22 16 17 36 185.165

Reduction with a female and male thread, external hexagonto reduce female threads or expand male threads.


W × V L i D SW (AF)G ¼ × G ⅛ 12 9 10 17 1117 G ⅜ × G ⅛ 12 8.5 10 19 322-18 *G ⅜ × G ¼ 12 8.5 13.5 19 1068 G ½ × G ¼ 15.5 11.5 13.5 22 1191 G ½ × G ⅜ 15.5 11.5 17 22 1018 G ¾ × G ½ 18 12 21 32 1292 G 1 × G ¾ 18 12 27 36 1193 G 1 ½ × G 1 ¼ 21 15 42.5 50 409-81 G 2 × G 1 ¼ 30 20 43 65 417-50 *G 2 × G 1 ½ 30 20 49 65 417-45 ** can also be ordered separately

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 bar (PN 16) / 232 psiOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position / flow direction any / anyMaterial brass

185.112

280-127

G

LSW 2B

SW 1

185.161

1068

all articles on this page are only delivered in packaging units (PU) of 5 pieces.

Threaded fittings – blind plugs, reductions etc.


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Elbow 90°


W d L M i SW (AF)Male threadR ⅛ 5 18 – 10 10 185.82R ¼ 7 22 – 11 13 185.83R ⅜ 10 27 – 12 17 185.85R ½ 12 26 – 13 21 185.87R ¾ 19 40 – 16 25 185.88R 1 25 45 – 18 30 185.89Female / male threadG / R ⅛ 6 21 – 8 10 185.42G / R ¼ 8 25.5 – 11 13 185.43G / R ⅜ 11 28 – 11.5 17 185.45G / R ½ 15 33.5 – 14 21 185.47G / R ¾ 19 36.5 – 16.5 – 185.48G / R 1 24 45 – 19 – 185.49

T-piece

Male threadR ⅛ 5 35 17 7 10 185.97R ¼ 8 47 24 12 13 185.96R ⅜ 9 52 26 12 17 185.95R ½ 12 54 27 13 21 185.94R ¾ 19 80 38 19 – 185.93R 1 25 90 42 20 – 185.92Female / male / female threadG ⅛ 6 42 18,5 8 10 185.62G ¼ 8 51 23.5 11 13 185.63G ⅜ 11 56 26 11.5 17 185.65G ½ 15 67 31 14 21 185.67G ¾ 19 73 33 16.5 25 185.68G 1 24 90 39 19 30 185.69Female / female / male threadG / R ⅛ 6 39.5 21 8 10 185.12G / R ¼ 8 49 23.5 11 13 185.13G / R ⅜ 11 54 28 11.5 17 185.15G / R ½ 15 64.5 33.5 14 21 185.17G / R ¾ 19 69.5 36.5 16.5 25 185.18G / R 1 24 84 45 19 33 185.19



W d L M i2× G ⅛ 6 – 17 8 185.1822× G ¼ 8 – 17 10 185.1832× G ⅜ 15 – 23 11 185.1852× G ½ 19 – 26 15 185.1872× G ¾ 25 – 33 16 185.1882× G 1 30 – 40.5 20 185.189

T-piece, female thread

3× G ⅛ 8 36 18 9 185.1973× G ¼ 11 36 19 10 185.1963× G ⅜ 15 44 23 12 185.1953× G ½ 19 59 29.5 17 185.1943× G ¾ 25 59 34 15 185.1933× G 1 30 78 39 20 185.192maximum operating pressure: 25 bar (PN 25) / 363 psi

Technical data


185.83

Datum Name

Winkel mit Außengewinden Seite 1 von 1

erstellt 19.08.2020 F.Fuchs Änderungsstand 00 geändert

Datenblatt 185.82-89

Benennung: Winkel mit Außengewinden Verwendung: Verbinden von Rohrleitungen Max. Betriebsdruck: 63 bar (Nenndruckstufe PN 63) Temperaturbereich: -10° C bis +90°C Werkstoff: Messing Abmessungen:

Die angegebenen Maße gelten als Richtwerte.

Artikel-nummer

W d i

L SW

185.82 R 1/8 5 10 18 10

185.83 R 1/4 7 11 22 13

185.85 R 3/8 10 12 27 17

185.87 R 1/2 12 13 26 21

185.88 R 3/4 19 16 40 25

185.89 R 1 25 18 45 30

185.43

Datum Name Winkel mit Innen- und

Außengewinde

Seite 1 von 1



Benennung: Winkel mit Innen- und Außengewinde Verwendung: Verbinden von Rohrleitungen Max. Betriebsdruck: 63 bar (Nenndruckstufe PN 63) Temperaturbereich: -10° C bis +90°C Werkstoff: Messing Abmessungen:


Artikel-nummer

W d i

L SW

185.42 G/R 1/8 6 8 21 10

185.43 G/R 1/4 8 11 25,5 13

185.45 G/R 3/8 11 11,5 28 17

185.47 G/R 1/2 15 14 33,5 21

185.48 G/R 3/4 19 16,5 36,5 n. v.

185.49 G/R 1 24 19 45 n. v.

185.96

Datum Name

T-Stück 3x Außengewinde Seite 1 von 1



Benennung: T-Stück 3x Außengewinde Verwendung: Verbinden von Rohrleitungen Max. Betriebsdruck: 63 bar (Nenndruckstufe PN 63) Temperaturbereich: -10° C bis +90°C Werkstoff: Messing Abmessungen:


Artikel-nummer

W d i

L M SW

185.97 R 1/8 5 7 35 17 10

185.96 R 1/4 7 12 47 24 13

185.95 R 3/8 9 12 52 26 17

185.94 R 1/2 12 13 54 27 21

185.93 R 3/4 19 19 80 38 n. v.

185.92 R 1 25 0 90 42 n. v.

185.63

185.13

Datum Name T-Stück 2x Innen- 1x

Außengewinde

Seite 1 von 1



Benennung: T-Stück 2x Innen- 1x Außengewinde Verwendung: Verbinden von Rohrleitungen Max. Betriebsdruck: 63 bar (Nenndruckstufe PN 63) Temperaturbereich: -10° C bis +90°C Werkstoff: Messing Abmessungen:


Artikel-nummer

W d i L M SW

185.12 G/R 1/8 6 8 39,5 21 10

185.13 G/R 1/4 8 11 49 23,5 13

185.15 G/R 3/8 11 11,5 54 28 17

185.17 G/R 1/2 15 14 64,5 33,5 21

185.18 G/R 3/4 19 16,5 69,5 36,5 25

185.19 G/R 1 24 19 84 45 33

185.185

185.195

Datum Name

T-Stück 3x Innengewinde Seite 1 von 1



Benennung: T-Stück 3x Innengewinde Verwendung: Verbinden von Rohrleitungen Max. Betriebsdruck: 25 bar (Nenndruckstufe PN 25) Temperaturbereich: -10° C bis +90°C Werkstoff: Messing Abmessungen:


Artikel-nummer

W d i L M

185.197 G 1/8 8 9 36 18

185.196 G 1/4 11 10 36 19

185.195 G 3/8 15 12 44 23

185.194 G 1/2 19 17 59 29,5

185.193 G 3/4 25 15 59 34

185.192 G 1 30 20 78 39

Threaded fittings – elbow 90°, T-pieces


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

121ewo.de

Threaded hose connection, one-piece

Thread Hose Dimensions (mm)Order No.

W DN L i/K SW (AF)Female thread (DIN 3852-2)G ⅛ 4 33 9/22 12 113-9G ⅛ 6 36 9/25 12 113-10G ⅛ 9 36 9/25 14 113-11G ¼ 4 36 12/22 17 113-12G ¼ 6 40 12/25 17 113-13G ¼ 9 40 12/25 17 113-14G ¼ 13 45 12/30 17 113-15G ⅜ 6 42 14/25 19 113-16G ⅜ 9 42 14/25 19 113-17G ⅜ 13 47 14/30 19 113-18G ½ 6 42 14/25 24 113-19G ½ 9 42 14/25 24 113-20G ½ 13 47 14/30 24 113-21G ¾ 9 47 19/25 32 113-22G ¾ 13 52 19/30 32 113-23G ¾ 19 58 19/36 32 113-24G 1 19 60 20/36 36 113-31G 1 25 66 20/42 36 113-32G 1 32 70 20/46 36 113-33Male thread and inner cone 45° (DIN 3852-2)G ⅛ 4 34 8/22 14 113-41G ⅛ 6 37 8/25 14 113-51G ⅛ 9 37 8/25 14 113-52G ¼ 4 36 10/22 17 113-68G ¼ 6 40 10/25 17 113-31aG ¼ 9 40 10/25 17 113-40aG ¼ 13 45 10/30 17 113-71G ⅜ 6 43 12/25 17 113-32aG ⅜ 9 43 12/25 17 113-34aG ⅜ 13 48 12/30 19 113-43G ½ 6 44 12/25 24 113-67G ½ 9 44 12/25 24 113-66G ½ 13 49 12/30 24 113-44G ¾ 9 49 14/25 32 113-25G ¾ 13 54 14/30 32 113-26G ¾ 19 58 14/36 32 113-27G ¾ 25 53 12.5/35 30 113-34G 1 19 60 16/36 36 113-28G 1 25 66 16/42 36 113-29G 1 32 70 16/46 36 113-30

Two-way distributor

Hose Dimensions (mm)Order No.

DN L i D9 32 20 11.5 113.30

Hose connector / double hose nozzleAccording to EN ISO 560 (DIN 8542)

Hose 1 Hose 2 Dimensions (mm)Order No.

DN 1 DN 2 L i4 4 64 29.5 113.006 6 72 33.5 113.016 8 72 33.5 113.029 9 72 33.5 113.0313 13 72 33.5 113.04

Technical data


113-13

113-40a

113.30

113.01

Datum Name

Doppelschlauchtülle Seite 1 von 1



Benennung: Doppelschlauchtülle nach EN 560 (DIN 8542) Verwendung: Verbinden von Schläuchen Max. Betriebsdruck: 40 bar (Nenndruckstufe PN 40) Temperaturbereich: -10° C bis +90°C Werkstoff: Messing Abmessungen:

Artikel-nummer

Anschluss 1 DN

Anschluss 2 DN

L i

113.00 4 4 64 29,5 113.01 6 6 72 33,5 113.02 6 8 72 33,5 113.03 9 9 72 33,5 113.04 12 12 72 33,5


Hose connectors


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Detachable hose connection, two-piecesHose nozzle with ball seal and union nut with hexagon.


W DN L i/K SW (AF)G ⅛ 4 43 9/25 12 197.06 G ⅛ 6 43 9/25 12 197.07 G ¼ 4 43 9/28 17 197.01 G ¼ 6 43 9/25 17 197.02 G ¼ 9 43 9/29 17 197.03 G ⅜ 4 49 9/31 19 198.01 G ⅜ 6 43 9/25 19 198.02 G ⅜ 9 43 9/28 19 198.03 G ⅜ * 13 43 9/28 19 198.04 G ½ 6 43 9/25 24 199.02 G ½ 9 43 9/29 24 199.03 G ½ 13 47 9/31 24 199.04 * union nut not removable

Individual parts for detachable hose connections


W DN L i SW (AF)Hose nozzle with ball sealG ⅛ 4 25 15 – 295-5 G ⅛ 6 25 15 – 295-6 G ¼ 4 43.5 28 – 113-49 G ¼ 6 37 25 – 106-16 G ¼ 9 37 25 – 113-50 G ⅜ 4 47.5 31 – 120-10a G ⅜ 6 39 25 – 113-38 G ⅜ 9 39 25 – 113-39 G ½ 6 41 25 – 113-47 G ½ 9 41 25 – 113-48 G ½ 13 45 36 – 113-45 Union nut with hexagonG ⅛ – 10 8 12 295-7 G ¼ – 14 11 17 124-19 G ⅜ – 16 13 19 120-9 G ⅜ LH – 16 13 19 124-18 G ½ – 18 13 24 147-12

197.02


106-16

124-19

Hose connections, detachable

Detachable hose connections, two-pieces, are composed of a hose nozzle to slide the hose onto and a hexagon union nut for the threaded part. Hose nozzle with ball seal.


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

123ewo.de

Push-in fitting

Thread Hose-Ø Dimensions (mm)Order No.

W D B i SW (AF)Male threadG ⅛ 4 19 6 10 582.1104G ⅛ 6 21 6 14 582.1106G ⅛ 8 26 6 14 582.1108G ¼ 4 18 8 14 582.1204G ¼ 6 23 8 14 582.1206G ¼ 8 25 8 14 582.1208G ¼ 10 31 8 17 582.1210G ¼ 12 34 8 21 582.1212G ⅜ 6 21 9 17 582.1306G ⅜ 8 22 9 17 582.1308G ⅜ 10 28 9 17 582.1310G ⅜ 12 28 8 21 582.1312G ½ 6 25 11 21 582.1406G ½ 8 26 11 21 582.1408G ½ 10 26 11 21 582.1410G ½ 12 33 11 21 582.1412Female thread G ⅛ 4 23 8 10 582.2104G ⅛ 6 24 8 12 582.2106G ⅛ 8 26 8 14 582.2108G ¼ 4 26 11 14 582.2204G ¼ 6 27 11 14 582.2206G ¼ 8 29 11 14 582.2208G ¼ 10 32 11 17 582.2210G ¼ 12 34 11 21 582.2212G ⅜ 6 28 12 17 582.2306G ⅜ 8 30 12 17 582.2308G ⅜ 10 33 12 17 582.2310G ⅜ 12 35 12 21 582.2312G ½ 6 30 14 21 582.2406G ½ 8 32 14 21 582.2408G ½ 10 35 14 21 582.2410G ½ 12 37 14 21 582.2412

Push-in bulkhead fitting


M D B SW (AF)M12 4 30 14 582.9304M14 6 32 17 582.9306M16 8 35 19 582.9308M20 10 42 24 582.9310M22 12 45 27 582.9312

Technical data

Application area compressed air, vacuum and neutral gasesMax. operating pressure (p₁) 10 bar / 145 psiRecommended hose* PU or PA (Nylon)Operating temperature -20 °C up to +60 °CSeal NBRThread cylindrical with embedded O-ringMaterials plastic, nickel-plated brass, zinc alloyed* see page 127

582.1210

582.2208


582.9304

Push-in fittings, push-in connectors

Push-in connector series made of plastic, nickel-plated brass and zinc alloy. The quick connectors can be used in conjunction with plastic hoses (PU or PA).


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es



W D i B Ød SW (AF)G ⅛ 4 6 42 3 10 582.6104G ⅛ 6 6 44 3 12 582.6106G ⅛ 8 6 47 3 14 582.6108G ¼ 4 8 45 3 14 582.6204G ¼ 6 8 46 3 14 582.6206G ¼ 8 8 49 3 14 582.6208G ¼ 10 8 58 4 17 582.6210G ⅜ 6 9 48 3 17 582.6306G ⅜ 8 9 51 3 17 582.6308G ⅜ 10 9 59 4 17 582.6310G ½ 6 11 51 3 21 582.6406G ½ 8 11 54 3 21 582.6408G ½ 10 11 63 4 21 582.6410

L-Push-in fitting, male thread


W D i B E Ød SW (AF)G ⅛ 4 6 24 17 − 10 582.3104G ⅛ 6 6 26 19 3 12 582.3106G ⅛ 8 6 30 23 3 14 582.3108G ¼ 4 8 27 18 − 14 582.3204G ¼ 6 8 28 19 3 14 582.3206G ¼ 8 8 32 23 3 14 582.3208G ¼ 10 8 36 28 4 17 582.3210G ¼ 12 8 39 30 4 21 582.3212G ⅜ 6 9 30 19 3 17 582.3306G ⅜ 8 9 33 23 3 17 582.3308G ⅜ 10 9 37 28 4 17 582.3310G ⅜ 12 9 40 30 4 21 582.3312G ½ 6 11 33 19 3 21 582.3406G ½ 8 11 37 23 3 21 582.3408G ½ 10 11 41 28 4 21 582.3410G ½ 12 11 43 30 4 21 582.3412

T-Push-in fitting, male / female thread, rotatable


W D i B E SW (AF)G ⅛ 4 6 24 22 10 582.7104G ⅛ 6 6 24 23 10 582.7106G ⅛ 8 6 24 26 10 582.7108G ¼ 6 8 26 25 14 582.7206G ¼ 8 8 26 29 14 582.7208G ¼ 10 8 26 32 14 582.7210G ⅜ 6 8 32 27 19 582.7306G ⅜ 8 8 32 30 19 582.7308G ⅜ 10 8 32 33 14 582.7310G ⅜ 12 8 32 36 14 582.7312G ½ 8 11 39 33 24 582.7408G ½ 10 11 39 36 19 582.7410G ½ 12 11 39 37 19 582.7412

T-Multipoint distributor, male thread, with three reduced outlets


W 1 × D1 3 × D2 A B E Ød SW (AF)G ⅛ 6 4 6 68 19 3 12 582.9851G ¼ 8 4 8 71 20 2 14 582.9852G ¼ 8 6 8 71 20 2 14 582.9853G ⅜ 10 8 9 92 24 4 17 582.9854

582.6104

582.3206

582.7206


582.9851

Y-Push-in fitting, male thread


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

125ewo.de


W D i B E Ød SW (AF)Male thread lateralG ⅛ 4 6 25 19 3 10 582.4104G ⅛ 6 6 26 19 3 12 582.4106G ⅛ 8 6 29 23 3 14 582.4108G ¼ 4 8 28 19 3 14 582.4204G ¼ 6 8 28 19 3 14 582.4206G ¼ 8 8 31 23 3 14 582.4208G ¼ 10 8 37 28 4 17 582.4210G ¼ 12 8 39 30 4 21 582.4212G ⅜ 6 9 30 19 3 17 582.4306G ⅜ 8 9 33 23 3 17 582.4308G ⅜ 10 9 38 28 4 17 582.4310G ⅜ 12 9 39 30 4 21 582.4312G ½ 6 11 34 19 3 21 582.4406G ½ 8 11 36 23 3 21 582.4408G ½ 10 11 41 28 4 21 582.4410G ½ 12 11 42 30 4 21 582.4412Male thread bottomG ⅛ 4 6 25 18 3 10 582.5104G ⅛ 6 6 26 19 3 12 582.5106G ⅛ 8 6 29 23 3 14 582.5108G ¼ 4 8 28 18 3 14 582.5204G ¼ 6 8 29 19 3 14 582.5206G ¼ 8 8 31 23 3 14 582.5208G ¼ 10 8 37 28 4 17 582.5210G ¼ 12 8 38 30 4 21 582.5212G ⅜ 6 9 30 19 3 17 582.5306G ⅜ 8 9 33 23 3 17 582.5308G ⅜ 10 9 38 28 4 17 582.5310G ⅜ 12 9 40 30 4 21 582.5312G ½ 6 11 34 19 3 21 582.5406G ½ 8 11 36 23 3 21 582.5408G ½ 10 11 41 28 4 21 582.5410G ½ 12 11 42 30 4 21 582.5412

T-Push-in fitting, standard version

Hose-Ø Dimensions (mm)Order No.

D E Ød4 18 3 582.92046 19 3 582.92068 23 3 582.920810 28 4 582.921012 30 4 582.9212

T-Push-in fitting, reduced


2 × D1 D2 E Ød6 4 19 3 582.98118 6 23 3 582.981210 8 28 4 582.981312 10 30 4 582.9814

582.4206

582.5206

582.9204


582.9811

T-Push-in fitting, male thread


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es



D B4 33 582.90046 35 582.90068 39 582.900810 48 582.901012 49 582.9012

Straight push-in connector, reduced


D1 D2 B6 4 35 582.98018 6 39 582.980210 8 47 582.980312 10 49 582.9804

L-Push-in connector


D E Ød4 18 − 582.91046 19 3 582.91068 23 3 582.910810 28 4 582.911012 30 4 582.9112

X-Push-in connector


D E Ød4 18 3 582.94046 19 3 582.94068 23 3 582.940810 28 4 582.941012 30 4 582.9412

Y-Push-in connector, standard version


D B Ød4 36 3 582.95046 37 3 582.95068 40 3 582.950810 50 4 582.951012 53 4 582.9512

Y-Push-in connector, reduced


D1 2 × D2 B Ød6 4 37 3 582.98218 6 40 3 582.982210 8 49 3 582.982312 10 53 4 582.9824

Y-Push-in connector, with plug


D (2 + 1) B Ød4 51 3 582.96046 55 3 582.96068 60 3 582.960810 73 4 582.961012 78 4 582.9612

582.9004

582.9801

582.9104

582.9404

582.9504

582.9821


582.9604

Straight push-in connector, standard version


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

127ewo.de


2 × D1 3 × D2 B E Ød6 4 58 19 3 582.9841 8 4 63 20 3 582.9842 8 6 63 20 3 582.9843 10 6 77 24 4 582.9844 10 8 77 24 4 582.9845

Push-in connector with sleeve, reduced


D1 D2 B6 4 42 582.9831 8 4 44 582.9832 8 6 45 582.9833 10 6 47 582.9834 10 8 47 582.9835 12 6 54 582.9836 12 8 54 582.9837 12 10 55 582.9838

Locking plug


D B4 28 582.9861 6 33 582.9862 8 37 582.9863 10 42 582.9864 12 44 582.9865

Plastic hose for push-in connectors polyurethane (PU)Polyurethane hoses are very flexible and due to their high tensile strength they are very resistant. They have good resilience and can be used with small radius in narrow places. They are very resistant to abrasion. Good resistance to mineral oil, grease, oxygen, ozone and aliphatic hydrocarbons. Good UV and weather re-sistance. They have high softening temperatures, slow heat aging and very good cold flexibility. Good environmental compatibility. The ideal choice for fluid power applications together with push-in connectors.

Full roll, 50 m

Hose-Ø D × d (mm)

Max. operating pressure p₁ (bar / psi)

Length (m) Order No.

4 × 2.5 11 / 159 50 582.0046 × 4 11 / 159 50 582.0068 × 5.5 11 / 159 50 582.00810 × 6.5 11 / 159 50 582.01012 × 8 11 / 159 50 582.012

582.9841

582.9831

582.9861

all articles on this page are only delivered in packaging units (PU) of 5 piecesexcept plastic hose for quick connectors (can be ordered in full rolls)

582.004

T-Multipoint distributor, with three reduced outlets


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


GEV – Straight male screw-in fitting

Thread Hose-ØD × d (mm)

Dimensions (mm)Order No.

W L i SW (AF)G ⅛ 6 × 4 25 6 15 401.112G ⅛ 8 × 6 25 6 15 401.113G ¼ 6 × 4 27 8 18 401.122G ¼ 8 × 6 27 8 18 401.123G ¼ 10 × 8 29 8 18 401.124G ⅜ 8 × 6 29 9 21 401.133G ⅜ 10 × 8 31 3 21 401.134

GAV – Straight female screw-on fitting



W L i SW (AF)G ¼ 6 × 4 28 8 17 401.222G ¼ 8 × 6 28 8 17 401.223

GLV – Straight soldering union (brass bright)

Blowpipe Hose-ØD × d (mm)


W L i SW (AF)Ø 6 6 × 4 28 15 12 401.302Ø 9 8 × 6 31 18 14 401.303

GSV – Straight bulkhead fitting



W L i SW (AF)M10 × 1 6 × 4 47 11 14 401.402M12 × 1 8 × 6 48 13 16 401.403

WEV – Swivel elbow screw-in fitting



W L iG ⅛ 6 × 4 25 9 401.512G ⅛ 8 × 6 25 9 401.513G ¼ 6 × 4 25 11 401.522G ¼ 8 × 6 25 11 401.523G ¼ 10 × 8 30 11 401.524

TEV – Swivel T-Screw fitting



W L iG ⅛ 6 × 4 48 6 401.612G ⅛ 8 × 6 48 6 401.613G ¼ 6 × 4 53 8 401.622G ¼ 8 × 6 52 8 401.623G ¼ 10 × 8 55 8 401.624

TV – T-Distributor

Hose-ØD × d (mm)

Dimensions (mm) Order No.L

6 × 4 44 401.7028 × 6 44 401.703

KV – Cross-distributor

Hose-ØD × d (mm)


L6 × 4 42 401.8028 × 6 45 401.803

401.122

401.222

401.302

401.402

401.522

401.622

401.702


401.802

Quick screw fittings for plastic hoses

For quick connection of plastic hoses with connection threads. The hose is pushed onto the corresponding nozzle and clamped with the union nut. The union nut has a knurl for quick tightening and a hexagon for end fastening. Suitable for hoses with an inner diameters of 4, 6 or 8 mm. Thread sizes G ⅛, G ¼ and G ⅜. Material: nickel-plated brass.


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

129ewo.de


W L H i SW (AF)G ⅛ 23 – 6 17 401-39G ¼ 30 22 8 22 401-40

Cross-distributor


W L H i SW (AF)G ⅛ 23 23 6 17 401-41G ¼ 30 22 8 22 401-42

Screw-in distributor L


W L H i SW (AF)G ⅛ 22 22 7 14 401-43G ¼ 22 29 10 22 401-44

Screw-in distributor T


W L H i SW (AF)G ⅛ 22 22 8 17 401-45G ¼ 29 29 10 22 401-46

Double nipple


W L H i SW (AF)G ⅛ 19 – 7 17 185.029G ¼ 22 – 8.5 21 185.033

Screw plug


W L H i SW (AF)G ⅛ 11 – 6 14 401-47G ¼ 13 – 8 17 401-48G ⅜ 14 – 8 19 401-55G ½ 16 – 10 24 401-56

Sealing cap Material PA11

Hose-ØD × d (mm)


L6 × 4 10 401-18 × 6 14 401-210 × 8 18 401-3

Sealing rings

VersionThread Dimensions (mm)

Order No.W D d h

Sealing ring, PVC G ⅛ 13.9 9.8 1.5 289-133Sealing ring, PVC G ¼ 16.5 13.2 1.5 269-97Captive sealing ring, PA G ⅛ 320-35Captive sealing ring, PA G ¼ 308-124Captive sealing ring, PA G ⅜ 308-125Captive sealing ring, PA G ½ 320-37

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 40 bar (PN 40 bar) / 580 psiOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position / flow direction any / anyMaterial brass

401-40

401-42

401-44

401-46

185.033

401-48

401-1


269-97

308-124

T-Distributor


02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Inner-Ø (DN) × Wall thickness (mm)

Thread (female thread)


Full roll6 × 3 – 50 E404409.5 × 3 – 50 E4044113 × 3.5 – 50 E4044219 × 5 – 50 E4045225 × 5.5 – 50 E40453Pre-assembled with brass thread6 × 3 G ¼ 5 E404436 × 3 G ¼ 10 E404446 × 3 G ¼ 20 E404459.5 × 3 G ⅜ 5 E404469.5 × 3 G ⅜ 10 E404479.5 × 3 G ⅜ 20 E4044813 × 3.5 G ½ 5 E4044913 × 3.5 G ½ 10 E4045013 × 3.5 G ½ 20 E40451


Thread (female thread)


Full roll6 × 3 – 50 E404709.5 × 3 – 50 E4047113 × 3.5 – 50 E40472Pre-assembled with brass thread6 × 3 G ¼ 5 E404736 × 3 G ¼ 10 E404746 × 3 G ¼ 20 E404759.5 × 3 G ⅜ 5 E404769.5 × 3 G ⅜ 10 E404779.5 × 3 G ⅜ 20 E4047813 × 3.5 G ½ 5 E4047913 × 3.5 G ½ 10 E4048013 × 3.5 G ½ 20 E40481

Technical data

Model BluBird OilshieldTemperature range -50 °C up to +90 °C -30 °C up to +85 °C

Max. operating pressure20 bar / 290 psi – independent of hose width

20 bar / 290 psi – independent of hose width

Burst pressure ≥80 bar / ≥1160 psi ≥80 bar / ≥1160 psiMaterial thread brass C36000 brass C36000Fire ignition delay good excellentOzone resistance excellent goodAbrasion resistance excellent excellentOil resistance good excellent

E40440

E40444

E40470

E40474

All pre-assembled hoses are supplied as full rolls with internal threads so that any couplings and connections can be used.

Notice

FLEXTREM premium full rubber hose

Premium, full rubber hose (silicone-free) with high-tech weaving. The BluBird and the Oilshield hose combine innovative materials, aiminig to achieve genuine low-temperature flexibility, exceptional oil resistance and durability. They offer the premium characteristics of high-end rubber hoses, combined with a weight reduction of more than 40% compared to other similar hoses. Its manoeuvrability is commonly realated only to hybrid hoses. With these outstanding properties the FLEXTREM hoses are ideal for automotive and industrial applications, indoors and outdoors.

FLEXTREM BluBird Extremely lightweight: only 145 – 155 g per m at 10 mm inner

diameter Extremely flexible at temperatures from -50 °C up to +90 °C Extremely durable with ozone-resistant rubber compound

for protection against extreme weather conditions Extremely robust due to high-tech polyester mesh reinforcement Extremely abrasion resistant due to high surface hardness Extremely ergonomic with 5-finger tube protector – no kinking,

easy handling

FLEXTREM Oilshield Extremely resistant to oil, petrol, diesel and grease Extremely flexible at temperatures from -30 °C up to +85 °C Extremely durable with ozone-resistant rubber compound

for protection against extreme weather conditions Extremely robust due to high-tech polyester mesh reinforcement Extremely abrasion resistant due to high surface hardness Extremely ergonomic with 5-finger tube protector – no kinking,

easy handling

Hoses

Spiral hoses, polyamide

Hoses completely integrated with rotatable connection threads on both sides in zinc-plated brass as well as a version with coupling and plug (both steel). Resistant to cross-section constriction, kink-resistant due to kink protection spring. Extremely flexible and extremely elastic. Due to their long reach and simultaneous space saving, they are used as tool hoses especially in industry, trade and workshops for cleaning work surfaces and parts. They have an excellent run on smooth floors and are temperature and pressure resistant. They also have a long service life and good chemical resistance.

Spiral hose, polyamide 12The maximum extension length (stretched length) is approx. 20 % more than the working length.

Hose-ØD × d (mm)

Working length(m)

Outer-Ø(mm) Thread Working pressure

at 21 °C (bar) Order No.

With connection thread (zinc-plated brass)6 × 4 2.5 75 G ¼ 33.6 E409408 × 6 2.5 75 G ¼ 23.2 E409418 × 6 5 75 G ¼ 23.2 E409428 × 6 7.5 75 G ¼ 23.2 E409438 × 6 10 75 G ¼ 23.2 E4094410 × 8 2.5 115 G ¼ 18.4 E4094510 × 8 5 115 G ¼ 18.4 E4094610 × 8 7.5 115 G ¼ 18.4 E4094710 × 8 10 115 G ¼ 18.4 E4094812 × 10 5 140 G ⅜ 16.8 E4094912 × 10 7.5 140 G ⅜ 16.8 E4095012 × 10 10 140 G ⅜ 16.8 E40951Completely assembled with DN 7.2 coupling and plug (steel)6 × 4 2.5 75 – 33.6 E409708 × 6 2.5 75 – 23.2 E409718 × 6 5 75 – 23.2 E409728 × 6 7.5 75 – 23.2 E409738 × 6 10 75 – 23.2 E4097410 × 8 2.5 115 – 18.4 E4097510 × 8 5 115 – 18.4 E4097610 × 8 7.5 115 – 18.4 E4097710 × 8 10 115 – 18.4 E4097812 × 10 5 140 – 16.8 E4097912 × 10 7.5 140 – 16.8 E4098012 × 10 10 140 – 16.8 E40981

Technical data

Hose-Ø D × d (mm)

Outer-Ø(mm)

Burst pressure Working pressure (p₂)at 21 °C at 50 / 60 °C at 21 °C at 50/60 °C

6 × 4 75 ≥84 ≥48 33.6 19.28 × 6 75 ≥58 ≥35 23.2 1410 × 8 115 ≥46 ≥26 18.4 10.412 × 10 140 ≥42 ≥24 16.8 9.6* Operating temperature: -40 °C up to +100 °C

Anti-kink springFor spiral hoses. Material: zinc-plated spring steel.

Hose-Ø D × d (mm) Thread SW (AF) Order No.6 × 4 M10 × 1 12 474-108 × 6 M12 × 1 14 474-30GEV 401.XXX see page 128 (pay attention of Hose - Ø)

E40941

E40972

401.xxx 474-10

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

131ewo.de

Hoses

Spiral hoses, polyurethane

Hoses completely integrated with rotatable connection threads on both sides (zinc-plated brass) as well as with coupling and plug in two versions (both steel). Connections with sealing ring. Resistant cross-section constrictions. With axial connections. Kink resistant due to kink protection. Extremely flexible and extremely elastic. Due to their long reach and simultaneous space saving, they are used as tool hoses especially in industry, trade and workshops for cleaning work surfaces and parts. The risk of scratching sensitive surfaces is very low due to the soft surface and the resulting low abrasion. They have an excellent run on smooth floors and are low-noise. Their long service life and good chemical resistance as well as cut resistance to chips are convincing advantages.

Spiral hose, polyurethaneThe maximum extension length (stretched length) is approx. 20 % more than the working length.

Hose-ØD × d (mm)

Working length(m)

Outer-Ø(mm) Thread Working pressure

at 21 °C (bar) Order No.

With connection thread (zinc-plated brass)8 × 5 3 40 G ¼ 18 E408018 × 5 6 40 G ¼ 18 E408028 × 5 7.5 40 G ¼ 18 E4080310 × 6.5 3.5 60 G ¼ 16.8 E4080410 × 6.5 6 60 G ¼ 16.8 E4080510 × 6.5 7.5 60 G ¼ 16.8 E4080610 × 6.5 10 60 G ¼ 16.8 E4080712 × 8 3 80 G ⅜ 16 E4080812 × 8 6 80 G ⅜ 16 E4080912 × 8 7.5 80 G ⅜ 16 E4081012 × 8 10 80 G ⅜ 16 E40811Completely assembled with DN 7.2 coupling and plug (steel)8 × 5 3 40 – 18 E408218 × 5 6 40 – 18 E408228 × 5 7.5 40 – 18 E4082310 × 6.5 3.5 60 – 16.8 E4082410 × 6.5 6 60 – 16.8 E4082510 × 6.5 7.5 60 – 16.8 E4082610 × 6.5 10 60 – 16.8 E4082712 × 8 3 80 – 16 E4082812 × 8 6 80 – 16 E4082912 × 8 7.5 80 – 16 E4083012 × 8 10 80 – 16 E40831Completely assembled with DN 7.4 pushbutton safety coupling and plug (steel) 8 × 5 3 40 – 18 E409218 × 5 6 40 – 18 E409228 × 5 7.5 40 – 18 E4092310 × 6.5 3.5 60 – 16.8 E4092410 × 6.5 6 60 – 16.8 E4092510 × 6.5 7.5 60 – 16.8 E4092610 × 6.5 10 60 – 16.8 E4092712 × 8 3 80 – 16 E4092812 × 8 6 80 – 16 E4092912 × 8 7.5 80 – 16 E4093012 × 8 10 80 – 16 E40931

Technical data

Hose-Ø D × d (mm)

Outer-Ø(mm)

Burst pressure Working pressure (p₂)at 21 °C at 50/60 °C at 21 °C at 50/60 °C

8 × 5 40 ≥45 ≥20 18 810 × 6.5 60 ≥42 ≥19 16.8 7.612 × 8 80 ≥40 ≥18 16 7.2Operating temperature: -40 °C up to +85 °C

E40804

E40824

E40924

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Hoses

PVC fabric hose

PVC fabric hose with fabric insert, crystal clear, conditionally oil, petrol and alkali resistant. Standard hose for a wide range of applications in industry, mechanical and plant engineering, trade and laboratories. PVC hoses are resistant to pressure, UV radiation, ageing and have unlimited shelf life.

Inner-Ø(DN) × Wall thickness (mm)

Pressure at 20 °C air(bar) Length (m) Order No.

Full roll 50 m, without connections6 × 3 15 50 E400138 × 3 15 50 E400219 × 3 15 50 E4001410 × 3 15 50 E4002713 × 3.5 15 50 E4001519 × 4 15 50 E4001925 × 4.5 12 25 E40020Completely assembled with DN 7.2 coupling and plug (brass)6 × 3 15 5 E402006 × 3 15 10 E402016 × 3 15 15 E402026 × 3 15 20 E402036 × 3 15 25 E402046 × 3 15 30 E402056 × 3 15 35 E402066 × 3 15 40 E402076 × 3 15 45 E402086 × 3 15 50 E402099 × 3 15 5 E402109 × 3 15 10 E402119 × 3 15 15 E402129 × 3 15 20 E402139 × 3 15 25 E402149 × 3 15 30 E402159 × 3 15 35 E402169 × 3 15 40 E402179 × 3 15 45 E402189 × 3 15 50 E4021913 × 3.5 15 5 E4025013 × 3.5 15 10 E4025113 × 3.5 15 15 E4025213 × 3.5 15 20 E4025313 × 3.5 15 25 E4025413 × 3.5 15 30 E4025513 × 3.5 15 35 E4025613 × 3.5 15 40 E4025713 × 3.5 15 45 E4025813 × 3.5 15 50 E40259

Technical data

Temperature range -15 °C up to +60 °CBurst pressure approx. ≥60 bar / 870 psi (≥48 bar / 696 psi at DN 25)Inner tube PVC plainPressure carrier (tissue inlay) polyester threadsCover PVC, cadmium and silicone free

E40014

E40210

When the hose is used with flowing oils, the plasticiser will be removed from the PVC. As a result, the hose loses its UV resistance and becomes brittle. Suitable for foodstuffs.

Notice

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

133ewo.de

Hoses

PVC compressed air hose SOFT

TÜV-tested according to TÜV PS PPP 53103 09.96. A three-layer, dimensionally stable PVC hose with a cross fabric insert made of high-quality polyester yarns in soft technology. Suitable for gaseous media up to 15 bar / 217 psi and for liquid media up to 20 bar / 290 psi. The compressed air hose has a very high flexibility, even at low temperatures, low weight and high compressive strength. For applications with particularly high requirements, UV-resistant, long-lasting and oil and petrol repellent. Colour light blue. Areas of application: compressed air industry, plant construction, workshops, industry and everywhere, where pneumatic tools are used.


Minimum bend radiusLength (m) Order No.

(mm)Full roll 50 m, without connections6.3 × 2.35 23 50 E404108 × 2.5 28 50 E404119 × 2.75 32 50 E4041210 × 2.75 35 50 E4041312.7 × 3.15 45 50 E40414Completely assembled with DN 7.2 coupling and plug (steel)9 × 2.75 32 5 E407109 × 2.75 32 10 E407119 × 2.75 32 15 E407129 × 2.75 32 20 E40713Completely assembled with DN 7.4 pushbutton safety coupling and plug (steel)9 × 2.75 32 5 E407409 × 2.75 32 10 E407419 × 2.75 32 15 E407429 × 2.75 32 20 E40743

Technical data

Temperature range -20 °C up to +60 °CMax. operating pressure (p₁) [compressed air / water] 15/ 20 bar / 217/ 290 psiBurst pressure ≥60 bar / 870 psiInner tube PVC, extra soft, blackPressure carrier (tissue inlay) polyesterCover PVC, extra soft, cadmium- and silicone-freePressure support high-strength synthetic yarn

Hose buffer

For direct connection to percussive pneumatic tools. Prevents premature wear of couplings and plugs. Hose: PVC compressed air hose SOFT DN 9, flexible, oil and petrol repellent and UV resistant. Length approx. 20 cm.

Thread inlet Thread outlet Max. pressure (bar / psi) Order No.Coupling plug DN 7.2 (steel)

Threaded hose connec-tion G ¼ male (brass)

15 / 217 E40702

Special compressed air hose

With high flexibility, low weight and high compressive strength. Resistant to the effects of various oils, greases, diluted acids and alkalis. Silicone- and LABS-free as well as antistatic. Areas of application: as cooling line for welding machines, as pneumatic and hydraulic line in hose packages and for pneumatic devices.


Operating pressure (air) at 20 °C (bar)

Minimum bend radius (mm) Length (m) Order No.

Full roll 50 m6 × 1.1 38 60 50 E400399 × 1.3 30 70 50 E4004013 × 2.3 18 100 50 E40041

Technical data

Temperature range -20 °C up to +60 °CCold rupture temperature (according to DIN 53372) < -20 °CBurst pressure operating pressure × 3.5Inner tube soft PVCPressure carrier (tissue inlay) high-strength polyester fibreCover PVC

E40412

E40710

E40741

E40702

E40039

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Hoses

Paint and compressed air hose

This hose is designed for extreme conditions and consists of three-layer, silicone-free thermoplastic. It is reinforced with a polyester fabric insert. The hose cover protects against oil, grease, paint and hydrocarbons. It can also dissipate electrostatic voltages. Typical applications: repair workshops, paint shops, automotive industry, plastics processing, assembly companies and carpentry shops.

Inner-Ø (DN) × Wall thickness (mm) Pressure at 20 °C (bar) Length (m) Order No.Full roll 40 m, without connections9 × 3.5 16 40 E40502Completely assembled with DN 7.2 coupling and plug (brass)9 × 3.5 16 8 E405009 × 3.5 16 10 E405109 × 3.5 16 15 E40515Completely assembled with DN 7.4 pushbutton safety coupling and plug (steel)9 × 3.5 16 10 E40520

Technical data

Temperature range -20 °C up to +90 °CBurst pressure ≥64 bar / 928 psiInner tube antistatic soft PVC, soft PVC layerPressure support polyester fabric reinforcementCover PVC

PVC compressed air hose

Compressed air hose in extruded version with insert. Suitable for rough application conditions (DIN 20018). Resistant to compressed air containing water and mineral oil. Flexible, kink-resistant, abrasion-resistant, weather-resistant.

Inner-Ø (DN) × Wall thickness (mm) Pressure at 20 °C (bar) Length (m) Order No.Full roll 50 m, without connections5 × 4.5 25 50 E404606 × 3 15 50 E404619 × 3 12 50 E40462

Technical data

Temperature range (compressed air/water) -20 °C up to +70 °C / up to +90 °CBurst pressure ≥40 bar / 580 psiInner tube/Pressure support PVC, black, plain / spiralized synthetic textile yarnsCover PVC, black, plain, abrasion-resistant, weather-resistant

PU Compressed air hose

This hose has high flexibility even at low temperatures. It is made of silicone-free polyurethane with a particularly smooth surface that does not interfere with the paintwork. Reinforced by its polyester fibre fabric insert, it can also be used under high pressure conditions. This gives it an extremely long service life. Also suitable as a replacement hose for hose reels E48320 / E48340.

Inner-Ø (DN) × Wall thickness (mm) Pressure at 23 °C (bar) Length (m) Order No.Full roll 50 m, without connections8 × 2 13.7 50 E483309.5 × 2 13.7 50 E48350

Technical data

Temperature range -20 °C up to +60 °C (compressed air)Max. operating pressure (p₁) 14 bar / 203 psiBurst pressure ≥56 bar / 812 psiMaterials PU with PE fabric

E40502

E40500

E40520

E40420

E48350

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

135ewo.de

Hoses

Pneumatic hose, polyethylene / polyamide

Flexible hose, without reinforcement. Available in transparent polyethylene (PE) or natural coloured polyamide (PA). Full roll (50 m) without connections.


Operating pressure (bar)Order No.

20 °C 40 °C 60 °CPolyethylene, transparent, flexibel4 × 1 10 5 – E403506 × 1 8 4 – E403518 × 1 6 3 – E403539 × 1.5 8 4 – E40352Polyamide, natural coloured4 × 1 27 18 15 E403626 × 1 19 13 11 E403618 × 1 12.5 9 7 E403639 × 1.5 16 11 9 E40360

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) see table at: 20 °C, 40 °C, 60 °C Temperature range 0 °C up to +80 °C (PE) / 0 °C up to +100 °C (PA 11)Material (without reinforcement) polyethylene/ polyamideRoll length 50 m

Hose clampsVersion Bandwidth (mm) Clamping range (mm) Order No.

With spiral thread. Band and housing made of stainless steel (1.4016). Zinc-plated screw

9 8 – 12 E410089 10 – 16 E410429 12 – 20 E410099 16 – 27 E410109 20 – 32 E410119 25 – 40 E410129 32 – 50 E410139 40 – 60 E410149 50 – 70 E410159 60 – 80 E410169 70 – 90 E410179 80 – 100 E410189 90 – 110 E41019

1-ear hose clamps. Material: stainless steel (1.4016)

6 7.5 – 9 E410216 8.5 – 10 E410226 10.3 – 12.3 E410236 12.3 – 14.3 E41024

1-ear hose clamps with inner ring. Material outer and inner ring: stainless steel (1.4016)

6.4 6.3 – 7.5 E410257.4 7.5 – 9 E410267.4 8.8 – 10.5 E410277.4 10.3 – 12.3 E410288.2 12.3 – 14.3 E41029

2-ear hose clamps. Material: zinc-plated, bright steel

5 3.4 – 5 E410416 5 – 7 E410407 7 – 9 E410307 8.8 – 11 E410317 10.8 – 13 E410327.5 12.5 – 15 E410338 15 – 18 E410348.5 16.2 – 20 E4103510 21 – 25 E41036

Infinitely variable ear clamps stainless steel (1.4016)

7 10.8 – 13.3 E410557 13.5 – 15.7 E410567 15 – 17.5 E41057

E40350, E40353, E40352

E41008

E41021

E41025

E41030

E41055

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Hoses/ hose accessories

Strainers

For liquids, gases, vapours, water, mineral, heating and hydraulic oils, fuels and other non-aggressive media in liquid and gaseous form. With double sieve insert made of stainless steel for fine filtration. Material: brass.

Thread DN C L SW1 (AF1) SW2 (AF 2) Order No.G ¼ 8 35 43 18 13 397.022G ⅜ 10 39 49 22 14 397.023G ½ 15 46 55.5 25.5 21 397.024G ¾ 20 57 70 32.5 24 397.025G 1 25 62 82 38.5 32 397.026G 1 ¼ 32 73 90 48.5 35 397.027G 1 ½ 40 87 101 55 39 397.028G 2 50 102 123.5 66 45 397.029

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 bar / 145 psiMax. operating temperature 110 °CMesh width sieve insert 0.2 mmMaterial housing / headpiece brassMaterial double sieve insert stainless steel

Hose break protection – Hose Guard

Effective hose and pipe burst protection for compressed air systems. Designed for normal amounts of air as is required for pneumatic tools. If a hose or pipe bursts, Flow Stop immediately interrupts the flow to a marginal residual flow. Undamaged parts of the compressed air network remains under full pressure, the affected segment or the hose can be safely replaced. After the repair, the residual flow slowly refills the segment. As soon as the working pressure level is reached, Hose Guard opens the line again for normal operation.

Protects personnel and working environment from damage that can occur when a compressed air system or hose bursts.

Complies with EU standard EN 983 - § 5.3.4.3.2 Operation and adjustment secured Can be installed in any compressed air system

Also available with NPT thread on request.

Thread Length (mm) SW (AF) Pre-pressure (bar)

Max. flow rate* (l/min) Order No.

Inlet: male thread, outlet: female threadG ¼ 57 22 max. 18 760 396.032G ⅜ 76 27 max. 18 1,080 396.033G ½ 80 30 max. 18 3,200 396.034Inlet: female thread, outlet: female threadG ¼ 48 22 max. 18 760 396.022G ⅜ 59 27 max. 18 1,020 396.023G ½ 65 30 max. 18 3,200 396.024G ¾ 76 33/36 max. 18 4,070 396.025G 1 100 41/50 max. 35 5,220 396.026G 2 130 70/80 max. 35 12,920 396.029* at 8 bar

Technical data

Operating temperature G ¼ – G ¾ -20 °C up to +80 °COperating temperature G 1 – G 2 -20 °C up to +120 °CMounting position in front of a clutch, after a maintenance unitMaterial piston G ¼ – G ½ POM / G ¾ – G 2 aluminiumMaterial housing / O-ring (seal) / spring aluminium / NBR / stainless steel

397.024

396.033

396.023

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

137ewo.de

Hose accessories

Hose reel with closed plastic housing

With automatic reverse locking and simple release. PU hose with PE fabric and with anti-kink spring. Suitable for air and water. Closed plastic housing (shock resistant), for indoor and outdoor use. Swivel bracket for wall and ceiling mounting. With disconnectable locking device.

Hose inner-Ø (DN) Thread Length (m) Order No.8 G ¼ 12 477-3610 G ⅜ 14+1 477-38

Technical data

Model 477-36 477-38Temperature range -40 °C up to +80 °C (compressed air) / up to +40 °C (water)Operating pressure 10 bar / 145 psi 15 bar / 217 psiDimensions W × H × D 360 × 330 × 210 (mm) 420 × 390 × 230 (mm)Weight 4.5 kg 5.9 kgMaterial hose PU with PE fabric, blue glossyMaterial housing plastic, blueMaterial mounting steel

Hose reel with closed metal housing

With automatic reverse locking and simple release. PU hose with fabric insert and anti-kink spring. Suitable for air and water. Closed metal housing (shock resistant), for indoor and outdoor use. Swivel bracket for wall and ceiling mounting. With disconnectable locking device.

Hose inner-Ø (DN) × Wall thickness (mm) Thread Length (m) Order No.

9.5 × 1.75 G ⅜12 E4832015 E48340

Technical data

Model E48320 E48340Temperature range -20 °C up to +60 °C (compressed air)Max. operating pressure (p₁) 14 bar / 203 psiBurst pressure ≥56 bar / 812 psiHose length 12 m 15 mDimensions W × H × D 390 × 150 × 410 (mm)Weight 6 kgMaterial hose PU with PE fabricMaterial housing steel, blue paintedMaterial mounting steel

Hose reel with open metal housing

With automatic reverse locking and simple release. Hose made of ozone-resistant rubber compound (100% silicone-free) with high-tech polyester mesh reinforcement and 5-finger hose protector including DN 7.2 coupling and plug made of brass. Suitable for air and water. Open designed reel, impact-resistant metal housing, for indoor and outdoor use. Powder-coated in blue, for wall and ceiling mounting. Rubber seal for longer spring life.

Hose Inner-Ø (DN) × Wall thickness (mm) Thread Length (m) Order No.

13 × 3.5Coupling and plug DN 7.2

15 E483809.5 × 3 20 E48360

Technical data

Model E48380 E48360Temperature range -50 °C up to +90 °CMax. operating pressure (p₁) 20 bar / 290 psiBurst pressure ≥80 bar / 1160 psiHose length 15 m 20 mDimensions W × H × D 410 × 460 × 180 (mm)Weight 19 kg 17 kgMaterial thread brass C36000Material hose ozone-resistant rubber compound (100% silicone-free)Material housing steel, powder-coated in blueMaterial mounting steel

477-36

477-38

E48340

E48380

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Hose accessories

Compressed air hose reel

Compressed air hose reel with ergonomic handle and rotation stop switch. Very stable due to low focal point. The hose reel is supplied either with DN 7.2 brass coupling and plug (PVC hose) or with DN 7.2 steel coupling and plug (compressed air hose SOFT). Hose size (inner-Ø) DN 9. Hose length 20 m.

Hose type Coupling/Plug Order No.PVC fabric hose DN 7.2 brass E48035Compressed air hose SOFT DN 7.2 steel E48045

Technical data

Temperature range (compressed air) -15 °C up to +60 °CMax. operating pressure (p₁) 15 bar / 217 psiDimensions W × H × D × Ø 258 × 358 × 240 × 255 (mm)Weight approx. 4 kgMaterial reel plastic, blueMaterial stand steel

Suspended power distributor for electricity / compressed air

For the supply of electricity and compressed air directly above the workplace, no disturbing cables or hoses on the floor. Despite its compact dimensions, the innovative design offers a wide range of connection options for electricity and compressed air. The green or red light of the tem-perature control system (DiagS) signals the functionality of the connected device(s) and switches off automatically in the event of overheating. Protection class IP44 (splash-proof). Ideally suited for use in industry and workshops.

Six safety sockets (earthed sockets) with 250 V outlet Two compressed air connections (up to 12 bar) each with a DN 7.4 safety coupling with push button Compressed air hose SOFT (9 × 2.75 mm), length 2 m, up to 15 bar / 217 psi (mounted) Suspension by zinc-plated knotted chain with snap hook, length 2 m Dimensions W × H × D: 227 × 305 × 212 mm

Artikel Order No.Suspended power distributor standard E48200Suspended power distributor standard + 1 Three-phase AC current socket 5-pin (3 L + N + PE), 16 A / 400 V

E48210

Wall-mounted hose holder

Material: light alloy cast (cast in one piece). Extremely stable, solid construction and processing.Available in three sizes.

SizeDimensions (mm)

Order No.A B C D EØ F

I 188 147 70 150 6 78 E42070II 266 201 108 225 6 107 E42071III 348 257 144 170 8 136 E42072

E48035

E48210

E42070

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

139ewo.de

Hose accessories

Mini ball valves

Mini ball valve with plastic leverWith full flow. Material: brass chromated.


Order No.L Hg R i

Female threadG ¼ 8 39 27 22 9 640.51G ⅜ 8 40 27 22 9 640.52G ½ 10 45 29 22 10.5 640.53Female/male threadG ¼ 8 39 27 22 9 640.55G ⅜ 8 40 27 22 9 640.56G ½ 10 45 29 22 10.5 640.57Male threadG ¼ 8 40.5 27 22 9 640.60G ⅜ 8 42.5 27 22 10 640.61G ½ 10 50 28.5 22 11 640.62

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 bar at 90 °COperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C

Permissible medianon-flammable and non-toxic gases and liquids

Mounting position / flow direction any / anyMaterial body, sleeve, shank brassMaterial ball chrome-plated brassMaterial seal PFTEMaterial O-ring (seal) NBRMaterial lever nylon 66Material screw zinc-plated steel

Mini ball valve with metal toggleWith full flow. Material: nickel-plated brass.

Thread DNDimensions (mm)

Order No.L Hg R i

Female threadG ¼ 8 42 46 50 10 640.90G ⅜ 10 47 46 50 12 640.91G ½ 15 53 51.5 50 13.5 640.92G ¾ 20 60.5 54.5 50 14.5 640.93G 1 25 65 61.5 50 14 640.94Female/male threadG ¼ 10 43 46 50 10 640.08G ⅜ 10 48 46 50 12 640.09G ½ 15 56.5 51.5 50 13.5 640.10G ¾ 20 64 54.5 50 14.5 640.11G 1 25 70 61.5 65 14 640.12Male threadG ⅜ 10 56 46 50 11.5 641.01G ½ 15 63.5 51.5 50 10 641.02G ¾ 20 55 54.5 50 12 641.03G 1 25 69 61.5 65 13 641.04

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 30 bar (PN 30) (at medium temperature approx. room temperature)

Operating temperature -20 °C up to +130 °C


Mounting position / flow direction any / any

640.51

640.55

640.60

640.90

640.08

641.01

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Valves

Ball valves

Ball valve with metal leverWith full flow. Material: nickel-plated brass.

Thread DNDimensions (mm)

Order No.L Hg R i1/i2 SW (AF)

Female threadG ¼ 10 42 46 85 10 23 640.13G ⅜ 10 57 46 85 12 23 640.14G ½ 15 57 52 85 13 30 640.15G ¾ 20 64 55 85 14 37 640.16G 1 25 64 62 85 14 45 640.17G 1 ¼ 32 70 73 100 15 55 640.18G 1 ½ 40 89 79 140 16 68 640.19G 2 50 103 92 140 17 84 640.20Female/male threadG ¼ 8 43 46 85 10/11 23 640.70G ⅜ 10 48 46 85 12/11 23 640.71G ½ 15 53 52 85 13/10 30 640.72G ¾ 20 57 55 85 14/12 37 640.73G 1 25 64 62 140 14/13 45 640.74G 1 ¼ 32 86 73 140 15/14 55 640.75G 1 ½ 40 97 79 140 16/15 68 640.76G 2 50 114 92 140 17/17 84 640.77Male threadG ⅜ 10 56 46 85 11 23 640.81G ½ 15 63.5 52 85 10 30 640.82G ¾ 20 60 55 85 12 37 640.83G 1 25 69 62 113 13 45 640.84G 1 ¼ 32 84 73 141 14 55 640.85G 1 ½ 40 97 79 141 15 68 640.86G 2 50 114 92 141 17 84 640.87

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁)30 bar (PN 30) (at medium temperature approx. room temperature)



Mounting position / flow direction any / any

640.14

640.71

640.84

stainless steel ball valves see page 93

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

141ewo.de

Valves

Compact ball valves

Compact ball valve with metal leverWith metal lever (steel). The passage corresponds to the nominal diameter of the connecting threads. Material: nickel-plated brass with chrome-plated ball. Seals of teflon.


Order No.L i SW (AF) l

Female threadG ¼ 8 44.4 10 25 80 569.202G ⅜ 10 44.4 10 25 80 569.204G ½ 15 50.5 12.5 31 80 569.206G ¾ 20 57.5 13.5 37 113 569.208G 1 25 70 15 38 113 569.209G 1 ¼ 32 80.5 16.5 47 138 569.210G 1 ½ 40 94.5 17.5 54 138 569.211G 2 50 112.5 20.5 66 158 569.212Female/male threadG ¼ 8 54 10.5 25 80 569.502G ⅜ 10 54 10.5 25 80 569.504G ½ 15 58.5 11.5 31 80 569.506G ¾ 20 66.5 13.5 37 113 569.508G 1 25 78.5 14.5 38 113 569.509G 1 ¼ 32 91.5 17 47 138 569.510G 1 ½ 40 105.5 19 54 138 569.511G 2 50 122 21 66 158 569.512

Technical dataMOP (p₁)* G ¼ – G ½ 50 barMOP (p₁)* G ¾ – G 1 40 barMOP (p₁)* G 1 ¼ – G 1 ½ 30 barMOP (p₁)* G 2 25 barOperating temperature -40 °C up to +200 °C (seal PTFE)Permissible media non-flammable and non-toxic gases and liquidsMounting position / flow direction any / anyMaterial ball seal PTFE (Teflon)Material spindle seal VitonMarked with identification embossed according to AD info-sheet A4* max. operating pressure at medium temperature approx. room temperature

Compact ball valve with DVGW approval according to EN 331With metal lever (steel). The passage corresponds to the nominal diameter of the connecting threads. Material: nickel-plated brass with chrome-plated ball. Seals of Teflon.


Order No.L i SW (AF) l

Female threadG ¼ 8 49 13 18 80 574.202G ⅜ 10 52 13 21 80 574.204G ½ 15 61 16 25 89 574.206G ¾ 20 68 17 31 113 574.208G 1 25 85 20 38 113 574.209G 1 ¼ 32 99 20 47 138 574.210G 1 ½ 40 109 22 54 160 574.211G 2 50 130 24 66 160 574.212Female/male threadG ¼ 8 57 13 18 80 574.502G ⅜ 10 59 13 21 80 574.504G ½ 15 68 15 25 88 574.506G ¾ 20 75 17 31 113 574.508G 1 25 90 18 38 113 574.509G 1 ¼ 32 105 20 47 137 574.510G 1 ½ 40 115 25 54 157 574.511G 2 50 135 25 66 157 574.512

Technical dataMax. operating pressure (p₁) 5 bar (MOP5, PN 16 with compressed air)Operating temperature -10 °C up to +80 °C (seal PTFE)

Permissible mediaflammable gases except acetylene and hydrogen

Mounting position / flow direction any / anyMaterial ball seal PTFE (teflon) Material spindle seal VitonMarked with identification embossed according to DVGW

569.206

569.506

574.209

574.502

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Valves

Shut-off and regulating valves

Shut-off valve2-way valves with manual operation. The sealing is metallic by a stainless steel ball. The stem is sealed by a Perbunan O-ring.


Order No.L i H d

Straight through form, male threadG ⅛ 3.5 35 7 30 22 296.01G ¼ 3.5 34 8 30 22 296.11G ¼ 6 43 10 50 48 556.12G ⅜ 10 52 12 50 48 556.14G ½ 10 64 14 54 48 556.16Straight through form, female threadG ¼ 6 43 11 50 48 556.22G ⅜ 9 52 12 50 48 556.24G ½ 11 63 15 57 48 556.26Elbow form, male threadG ⅛ 3.5 34 7 26 22 295.01G ¼ 3.5 34 8 26 22 295.11

Needle regulating valveNeedle regulating valves seal by a brass cone and thus enable constant flow regulation between open and closed.


Order No.L i H d

Straight through form, male threadG ¼ 4 42 11 52 50 558.12G ⅜ 4 42 11 52 50 558.14G ½ 11 65 15 60 50 558.16Straight through form, female threadG ¼ 4 42 12 50 50 558.22G ⅜ 4 51 13 50 50 558.24G ½ 11 64 15 50 50 558.26

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁)25 bar (PN 25) for DN 3.5 / 40 bar (PN 40) from DN 4 up


Permissible medianon-flammable and non-toxic gases, preferably air

Mounting position / flow direction any / in arrow directionMaterial brassMaterial handwheel plastic/ brass

296.11

556.22

295.11

558.12

558.22

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

143ewo.de

Valves

Drain valves, manual slide valves

Drain valvesDrain valves, straight or in elbow form, are used to drain condensate at the lowest point of a pressure bowl. Today they are generally used as venting valves. Valves are with rubber or metal sealing, with handwheel or toggle. Material: brass.


Order No.L i d SW (AF)

Elbow form, handwheel, rubber seal, brassG ⅛ 5 43 9 20 – 166.02G ¼ 5 43 12 20 – 166.12Straight form, toggle, metal seal, nickel-platedG ⅛ 5 35 7 40 12 212.01G ¼ 5 35 10 42 14 168.11

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 25 bar (PN 25)Operating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °CMounting position any

Manual slide valve (3/2-way valve)Manual slide valves (3/2-way valves) are ideal fittings for devices which must or should be vented when switching off, e.g. cement syringes, clamping cylinders, nailers, grinders, drills, screwdrivers. The shut-off separates the compressed air of the compressed air network. Simultaneous venting depressurises the units, preventing accidents or damage to tools caused by accidental actuation. To connect the manual slide valves to the compressed air network, hose couplings for plastic hoses, self-releasing couplings or quick-release couplings can be used. Three way and two switching positions by axial displacement of the sleeve. With clamping protection (extension on outlet side). Safe compressed air venting by axial discharge of the compressed air.

Thread W DDimensions (mm)

Order No.L i SW (AF)

G ⅛ 26 72 8 14 321.11G ¼ 32 81 10 19 321.12G ⅜ 37 85 10 22 321.14G ½ 44 98 12 27 321.16

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 12 barMin. operating pressure (p₁) 1 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °CMounting position / flow direction any / in arrow directionMaterial housing brassMaterial sleeve aluminium

Flow rates (Nominal flow rate in Nl/min)

Pre-pressure (bar) 2 4 6 8 10 12

321.11 G ⅛ 450 750 1,000 1,700 1,950 2,267321.12 G ¼ 1,000 1,667 2,000 3,333 4,000 4,667321.14 G ⅜ 1,667 2,667 4,167 5,167 6,333 8,167321.16 G ½ 2,500 3,833 5,500 7,000 8,333 10,000

166.12

168.11

321.12

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Valves

Non-return valves

Non-return valves release the flow only in one direction and shut off in the opposite direction. They contain a soft seal (Viton) and are available in straight or T-form.


Order No.L i H SW (AF) k

Straight through form, male threadM5 2 30 5 – 10 5 392.017G ¼ 8 49.5 6.5 – 22 9 392.012G ⅜ 8 53.5 11 – 22 11 392.013G ½ 12 70 13 – 27 13 392.014G ¾ 16 77 14 – 36 14 392.015G 1 22 84 15 – 46 15 392.016Straight through form, female threadM5 2 30 4.5 – 10 4.5 392.027G ¼ 8 45 9.5 – 22 11.5 392.022G ⅜ 8 47 10 – 22 11 392.023G ½ 12 57 11 – 27 13 392.024G ¾ 16 58 14 – 36 13 392.025G 1 22 68 14 – 46 16 392.026Straight through form, inlet: male thread – outlet: female threadG ¼ 8 48.5 6.5 – 22 11.5 392.032G ⅜ 8 53.5 11 – 22 11 392.033G ½ 12 58 13 – 27 13 392.034G ¾ 16 63 14 – 36 11 392.035G 1 22 81 15 – 46 16 392.036Straight through form, inlet: female thread – outlet: male threadG ¼ 8 48.5 6.5 – 22 9 392.042G ⅜ 8 53.5 10 – 22 11 392.043G ½ 12 58 11 – 27 13 392.044G ¾ 16 63 14 – 36 14 392.045G 1 22 69 14 – 46 15 392.046T-Form, female threadG ¼ 6 42 11 30 17 – 566.22G ⅜ 7.5 48 12 30 22 – 566.24G ½ 10 64 15 36 27 – 566.26

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 16 barOpening pressure straight form ~ 0.1 barOpening pressure T-form 0.5 up to 0.8 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +180 °CMounting position / flow direction any / in arrow directionMaterial housing brassMaterial seal VitonMaterial spring spring steel

Flow rates of the passage forms

Thread Nominal flow rate* (Nl/min)M5 136G ¼ and G ⅜ 917 G ½ 1,667 G ¾ 3,167 G 1 5,667 * p₁ = 6 bar and ∆p = 1 bar

392.012

392.023

392.033

392.043

566.24

The non-return valves in straight through form are not suitable as control valves for reciprocating compressors because of their low opening pressure.

Notice

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

145ewo.de

Valves

Non-component tested blow-off valves DN 3, DN 6

Non-toxic and non-flammable gases can be blown into the atmosphere via the valve in order to protect pressure vessels against pressure to ensure that the limit is not exceeded. Setting and lead sealing will be charged separately.

Definition of terms

Set pressure: = Response pressure: start of audible blow-off

Opening pressure:Valve fully open, max. blow-off volume

Closing pressure:Valve closed and sealed

Opening pressure difference:Difference between set pressure and opening pressure

Closing pressure difference:Difference between set pressure and closing pressure

Example:Set pressure 12 bar Opening pressure (+10 %) 13.2 bar Closing pressure (-10 %) 10.8 bar

Mini blow-off valves DN 3Adjustment protection is available on request.

Thread W Seal typeDimensions (mm)

Set pressure (bar) Order No.L i SW (AF)

G ⅛ NBR 27 7 16 0.2 – 1 368.025G ⅛ NBR 27 7 16 1.1 – 3 368.11G ⅛ NBR 27 7 16 3.1 – 6 368.12G ⅛ NBR 27 7 16 6.1 – 12 368.13G ⅛ NBR 27 7 16 12.1 – 18 368.14G ⅛ NBR 27 7 16 18.1 – 32 368.15G ⅛ NBR 27 7 16 32.1 – 60 368.16G ¼ NBR 27 7 16 0.2 – 1 368.016G ¼ NBR 27 7 16 1.1 – 3 368.21G ¼ NBR 27 7 16 3.1 – 6 368.22G ¼ NBR 27 7 16 6.1 – 12 368.23G ¼ NBR 27 7 16 12.1 – 18 368.24G ¼ NBR 27 7 16 18.1 – 32 368.25G ¼ NBR 27 7 16 32.1 – 60 368.26

Classic blow-off valves DN 6Setted valves are sealed with lead sealing. Metal-sealing valves may have a slight leakage.

Thread W Seal typeDimensions (mm)

Set pressure (bar) Order No.L i SW (AF)

G ¼ metal 78 10 17 1.5 – 4 259.007G ¼ metal 78 10 17 4 – 8 259.008G ¼ metal 78 10 17 8 – 12 259.009G ¼ NBR 78 10 17 1.5 – 4 259.010G ¼ NBR 78 10 17 4 – 8 259.011G ¼ NBR 78 10 17 8 – 12 259.012

Technical data

Size DN 3 DN 6Thread G ⅛ G ¼ G ¼

Operating temperature-10 °C up to +90 °C (NBR) / -10 °C up to +180 °C (metal)

other temperature ranges available on requestAdjustment range 1 – 60 bar 1.5 – 12 barOpening pressure difference ~ 20 % 10 % – 15 %Closing pressure difference ~ 20 % 15 % – 25 %Mounting position verticallyMaterial housing/ spring brass/ spring steelMaterial seal NBR metal, NBR

Blow-off rates airThe specified blow-off quantities are reached at a pressure increase of 10 % over the set pressure.

Set pressure (bar)Air blow-off rate (normal condition)m³/h l/min

Classic blow-off valve DN 61.5 10 1652 13 2154 26 4306 42 7008 58 97010 74 1,23012 90 1,500Mini blow-off valve DN 31 3 504 12 2006 18 30010 30 50020 60 1,00030 90 1,50040 120 2,00050 150 2,50060 180 3,000intermediate values can be interpolated

368.23

259.012

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Blow-off valves

Component-tested safety valves DN 6

Safety valves are used to blow non-toxic and non-flammable gases into the atmosphere and to protect pressure vessels against excess pressure. DIN EN ISO 4126-1. Notice: only factory-set and secured safety valves are supplied with component identification. It is therefore essential that the setting pressure is indicated in bar / psi when ordering. For functional testing, the safety valves can be released / vented by pulling the trigger bolt. Repairs may only be done by the manufacturer. Applied standards and regulations: DIN EN ISO 4126-1, AD 2000-Handout A2, DGR 2014/68/EU

Definition of termsSet pressure: = Response pressure: start of audible blow-off






Thread GDimensions (mm)

Set pressure (bar) Order No.L i SW (AF) do

G ¼ 60 10 17 6 4.5 – 7 469.23G ¼ 60 10 17 6 7 – 10 469.24G ¼ 60 10 17 6 10 – 13 469.25G ¼ 60 10 17 6 13 – 18 469.26G ¼ 60 10 17 6 18 – 24 469.27G ⅜ 60 10 19 6 4.5 – 7 469.33G ⅜ 60 10 19 6 7 – 10 469.34G ⅜ 60 10 19 6 10 – 13 469.35G ⅜ 60 10 19 6 13 – 18 469.36G ⅜ 60 10 19 6 18 – 24 469.37

Technical data

Thread G ¼ G ⅜Operating temperature -10 °C up to +150 °CAdjustment range 4.5 up to 24 bar (5 Levels)Opening pressure difference < 10 %Closing pressure difference < 10 %Mounting position verticallyMaterial housing brassMaterial seal FKM (Viton)Material spring spring steelMax. tightening torque (valve installation) 15 Nm 25 Nm


Set pressure (bar)Air blow-off rate (normal condition)m³/h l/min

6 45.5 76310 92 1,54011 100 1,68114 126 2,10416 143 2,38718 160 2,69620 177 2,95122 194 3,23424 211 3,516intermediate values can be interpolated

Component symbols

CE2266 SV 02 3 6 D/G 0.4 P

set pressure (bar)

flow coefficient

suitable for gases and vapours

narrowest flow diameter (mm)

component number

year of approval

safety valve

designated (german) inspection agency

469.23

The supply line to the safety valve should not be < DN 6, the pressure drop in the supply line may not be > 3 %. The set pressure must be specified when ordering!

Notice

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

147ewo.de

Safety valves


Safety valves are used to blow non-toxic and non-flammable gases into the atmosphere to protect pressure vessels against excess pressure. DIN EN ISO 4126-1 Notice: only factory-set and sealed safety valves are supplied with component markings. It is therefore essential that the setting pressure is indicated in bar / psi when ordering. For functional testing, the safety valves can be vented by turning the knurled screw to the left. Bearing surfaces and sealing cones can be cleaned of dirt by screwing off the entire upper part – without changing the pressure setting. Repairs may only be done by the manufacturer. Applied standards and regulations: DIN EN ISO 4126-1, AD 2000-Handout A2, DGR 2014/68/EU


Set pressure(bar)*

Air blow-off rate (normal condition)m³/h l/min

1 23.5 3942 35.5 5924 59 9856 63 1,3808 106 1,77310 130 2,16812 154 2,56214 177 2,95716 201 3,35018 225 3,74520 248 4,13822 272 4,53325 307 5,12430 367 6,11035 426 7,09540 485 8,080* intermediate values can be interpolated








Notice

Thread GDimensions (mm) Set pressure

(bar) Order No.L i SW (AF) do

G ¼ 85 10 20 8 1 – 1.5 351.221G ¼ 85 10 20 8 1.5 – 2 351.222G ¼ 85 10 20 8 2 – 3 351.223G ¼ 85 10 20 8 3 – 5 351.224G ¼ 85 10 20 8 5 – 7 351.225G ¼ 85 10 20 8 7 – 9 351.226G ¼ 85 10 20 8 9 – 15 351.227G ¼ 90 10 20 8 15 – 20 351.421G ¼ 90 10 20 8 20 – 27 351.422G ¼ 90 10 20 8 27 – 40 351.423G ⅜ 85 10 20 8 1 – 1.5 351.241G ⅜ 85 10 20 8 1.5 – 2 351.242G ⅜ 85 10 20 8 2 – 3 351.243G ⅜ 85 10 20 8 3 – 5 351.244G ⅜ 85 10 20 8 5 – 7 351.245G ⅜ 85 10 20 8 7 – 9 351.246G ⅜ 85 10 20 8 9 – 15 351.247G ⅜ 90 10 20 8 15 – 20 351.441G ⅜ 90 10 20 8 20 – 27 351.442G ⅜ 90 10 20 8 27 – 40 351.443G ½ 87 12 24 8 1 – 1.5 351.251G ½ 87 12 24 8 1.5 – 2 351.252G ½ 87 12 24 8 2 – 3 351.253G ½ 87 12 24 8 3 – 5 351.254G ½ 87 12 24 8 5 – 7 351.255G ½ 87 12 24 8 7 – 9 351.256G ½ 87 12 24 8 9 – 15 351.257G ½ 92 12 24 8 15 – 20 351.451G ½ 92 12 24 8 20 – 27 351.452G ½ 92 12 24 8 27 – 40 351.453

Technical data

Thread G ¼ G ⅜ G ½Operating temperature -10 °C up to +180 °CAdjustment range 1 – 40 bar (10 Levels)Opening pressure difference < 10 %Closing pressure difference < 10 % (under 3 bar ≤0.3 bar)Mounting position verticallyMaterial housing brassMaterial seal FKM (Viton)Material spring stainless steelLead seal aluminiumMax. tightening torque (valve installation) 15 Nm 25 Nm 35 Nm

Component symbolsCE2266 SV 02 2 8 D/G 0.32 P

set pressure (bar)

flow coefficient



component number

year of approval

safety valve


venting screw

top section

housing

G

L

i

do

SW

351.247

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Safety valves


Safety valves are used to blow non-toxic and non-flammable gases into the atmosphere to protect pressure vessels against excess pressure. Notice: only factory-set and sealed safety valves are supplied with component markings. It is therefore essential that the setting pressure is indicated in bar / psi when ordering. For functional testing, the safety valves can be vented by turning the knurled screw to the left. Bearing surfaces and sealing cones can be cleaned of dirt by screwing off the entire upper part – without changing the pressure setting. Repairs may only be done by the manufacturer. Applied standards and regulations: DIN EN ISO 4126-1, AD 2000-Handout A2, DGR 2014/68/EU


Set pres-sure(bar)*

Air blow-off rate (normal condition)m³/h l/min

2 74.5 1,2424 124 2,0686 174 2,8958 223 3,72210 273 4,54812 323 5,37714 372 6,20316 422 7,03218 471 7,85820 521 8,68522 571 9,513* intermediate values can be interpolated








Notice

Thread GDimensions (mm) Set pressure

(bar) Order No.L i SW (AF) do

G ½ 120 12 27 10 2 – 3.6 351.261G ½ 120 12 27 10 3.6 – 5 351.262G ½ 120 12 27 10 5 – 7 351.263G ½ 120 12 27 10 7 – 8.5 351.264G ½ 120 12 27 10 8.5 – 11.5 351.265G ½ 120 12 27 10 11.5 – 16 351.266G ½ 120 12 27 10 16 – 22 351.267G ¾ 120 12 30 10 2 – 3.6 351.271G ¾ 120 12 30 10 3.6 – 5 351.272G ¾ 120 12 30 10 5 – 7 351.273G ¾ 120 12 30 10 7 – 8.5 351.274G ¾ 120 12 30 10 8.5 – 11.5 351.275G ¾ 120 12 30 10 11.5 – 16 351.276G ¾ 120 12 30 10 16 – 22 351.277

Technical data

Thread G ½ G ¾Operating temperature -10 °C up to +180 °CAdjustment range 2 up to 22 bar (7 Levels)Opening pressure difference < 10 %Closing pressure difference < 10 % (under 3 bar ≤0.3 bar)Mounting position verticallyMaterial housing brassMaterial seal FKM (Viton)Material spring stainless steelLead seal aluminiumMax. tightening torque (valve installation) 35 Nm 50 Nm

Component symbolsCE2266 SV 02 1 10 D/G 0.43 P

set pressure (bar)

flow coefficient



component number

year of approval

safety valve


351.267

venting screw

top section

housing

G

L

i

do

SW

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

149ewo.de

Safety valves

Component-tested high-performance safety valve G 1 – G 2

Safety valves are used to blow non-toxic and non-flammable gases into the atmosphere to protect pressure vessels. The valves can only be supplied adjusted, therefore the set pressure must be specified when ordering. After adjustment, the valves are marked and sealed with a seal-ing cap. For functional testing, the safety valves can be vented by turning the knurled screw to the left. Bearing surfaces and sealing cones can be cleaned of dirt by screwing off the entire upper part (using a strap wrench) – without changing the pressure setting. Repairs may only be carried out by the manufacturer.







Safety valve D/GThese spring-loaded safety valves with very high blow-off capacity are used to protect pressure vessels and pressure systems for air and other neutral, non-toxic and non-flammable gases.

Thread WDimensions (mm) Set pressure

(bar) Order No.L i SW (AF) DN

G 1 177 15 41 24 0.2 – 50 352.00G 1 ¼ 215 22.5 55 31 0.2 – 30 352.10G 1 ½ 215 22.5 55 31 0.2 – 30 352.20G 2 282 26 80 48 0.2 – 30 352.30

Safety valve F/K/SThese valves have a stainless steel protective cover. The spring chamber is separated from the medium. This design enables the protection of stationary pressure vessels for granular and powdery goods as well as for vehicle containers with liquid, granular and powdery goods.

Thread WDimensions (mm) Set pressure

(bar) Order No.L i SW (AF) DN

G 1 177 15 41 24 0.2 – 6 352.40G 1 ¼ 215 22.5 60 32 0.2 – 6 352.50G 1 ½ 215 22.5 60 32 0.2 – 6 352.60G 2 282 26 80 48 0.2 – 6 352.70

Technical data

Thread G 1 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½ G 2Operating temperature -10 °C up to +200 °CAdjustment range model D/G 0.2 up to 30 (50) barAdjustment range model F/K/S 0.2 up to 6 barOpening pressure difference < 10 %Closing pressure difference < 10 %Mounting position vertically, uprightMaterial housing, top section, inner parts brass (stainless steel on request)Material seal FKM (Viton) (NBR or PTFE on request)Material pressure spring, protective cover stainless steelMax. tightening torque (valve installation) 60 Nm 80 Nm 80 Nm 80 Nm

Component symbols

TÜV SV 05 2003 DN D/G 0.xx P F/K/S

set pressure (bar)

flow coefficient (0.01 – 0.99)

suitable for *


component number

year of approval

safety valve


* D/G for gases and vapours, F/K/S for blowing off air from containers for liquid, granular or dusty media TÜV–Component certification:2003

352.00

venting screw

top section

housing

venting screw

top section

housing

352.60

Stainless steel versions or NBR or PTFE seals are also available on Request. The set pressure must be specified when ordering!

Notice

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Safety valves

Component-tested high-performance safety valve G 1 – G 2


Model D/GSetting pressure for blow-off rates air (m³/h)Applied standards and regulations:DIN EN ISO 4126-1AD 2000-Handout A2DGR 2014/68/EU

Set pressure (bar) Blow-off rates air (m³/h)Thread G 1 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½ G 20.2 225 376 376 7210.3 258 430 430 7860.4 284 473 473 8510.5 310 517 517 9160.6 337 563 563 9810.7 371 618 618 1,0460.8 399 666 666 1,1110.9 429 715 715 1,1751 459 766 766 1,3701.5 604 1,007 1,007 1,8272 749 1,249 1,249 2,3253 1,032 1,723 1,723 3,1774 1,330 2,219 2,219 4,0565 1,601 2,671 2,671 4,9626 1,872 3,123 3,123 5,8027 2,143 3,575 3,575 6,6428 2,413 4,027 4,027 6,0349 2,684 4,478 4,478 6,71110 2,955 4,930 4,930 7,38811 3,226 5,382 5,382 8,06612 3,497 5,834 5,834 8,74213 3,768 6,286 6,286 9,42014 4,039 6,738 6,738 10,09715 4,310 7,190 7,190 10,77416 4,581 7,642 7,642 11,45117 4,851 8,094 8,094 12,12818 5,122 8,546 8,546 12,80619 5,393 8,998 8,998 13,48320 5,664 9,450 9,450 14,16021 5,935 9,902 9,902 14,83822 6,206 10,354 10,354 15,51523 6,477 10,806 10,806 16,19224 6,748 11,258 11,258 16,86925 7,019 11,710 11,710 17,54626 7,289 12,162 12,162 18,22427 7,560 12,614 12,614 18,90128 7,831 13,066 13,066 19,57829 8,102 13,518 13,518 20,25530 8,373 13,970 13,970 20,93331 8,644 – – –32 8,915 – – –33 9,186 – – –34 9,457 – – –35 9,727 – – –

Model F/K/SSetting pressure for blow-off rates air (m³/h)Applied standards and regulations:DIN EN ISO 4126-1AD 2000-Handout A2TRB 801 No. 22 and No. 23DGR 2014/68/EU

Set pressure (bar) Blow-off rates air (m³/h)Thread G 1 G 1 ¼ G 1 ½ G 20.2 225 376 376 7210.3 258 430 430 7860.4 284 473 473 8510.5 310 517 517 9160.6 342 571 571 9810.7 371 618 618 1,0460.8 399 666 666 1,1110.9 429 715 715 1,1761 459 766 766 1,3701.2 514 858 858 1,5141.4 571 952 952 1,6581.6 629 1,049 1,049 1,9031.8 688 1,148 1,148 2,0552 749 1,249 1,249 2,3252.5 889 1,483 1,483 2,7243 1,032 1,723 1,723 3,1773.5 1,165 1,943 1,943 3,5834 1,330 2,219 2,219 4,0564.5 1,465 2,445 2,445 4,4695 1,601 2,671 2,671 4,9625.5 1,736 2,897 2,897 5,3826 1,872 3,123 3,123 5,802

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

151ewo.de

Safety valves

Silencer from sintered bronze

Silencers are used to reduce exhaust air noise at compressed air consumers, cylinders, valves, etc. The solid design makes them suitable for high operating pressure and intermittent operation. Cleaning is possible with all conventional detergents.

Silencers

Thread WDimensions (mm)

Filter porosity (µm) Order No.L i SW (AF)

Hexagon (fully sintered)G ⅛ 28.5 6 13 40 573.1G ¼ 33 8 17 40 573.2G ⅜ 36 10 22 40 573.3G ½ 44 12 27 40 573.6G ¾ 54 14 32 40 573.8G 1 66 16 41 40 573.9Hexagon (brass)G ⅛ 28 6 13 40 573.11G ¼ 34.5 8 16 40 573.12G ⅜ 40.5 7.5 19 40 573.13G ½ 46 10 24 40 573.16G ¾ 50 10 30 40 573.18G 1 60.5 11.5 36 40 573.19Hexagon, flat versionG ⅛ 13 6 13 100 573.21G ¼ 16.5 8 16 100 573.22G ⅜ 16.5 7.5 19 100 573.23G ½ 19 10 24 100 573.26G ¾ 19 10 30 100 573.28G 1 22 12 36 100 573.29Flat version with slotG ⅛ 5 – – 50 573.31G ¼ 6 – – 50 573.32G ⅜ 7 – – 50 573.33G ½ 9 – – 50 573.36G ¾ 8 – – 50 573.38G 1 10 – – 50 573.39

Throttle silencer, adjustableThe exhaust air volume can be adjusted via an adjusting screw.


Filter porosity (µm) Order No.L i SW (AF)

Hexagon (brass), fixed with a counter nutG ⅛ 38 4 13 50 573.41G ¼ 37 8 17 50 573.42G ⅜ 50 10 22 50 573.43G ½ 49 12 27 50 573.46G ¾ 69 14 32 50 573.48G 1 70 16 41 50 573.49Knurled screw, fixed by spring forceG ⅛ 30 6 13 100 573.51G ¼ 34.5 8 15 100 573.52G ⅜ 40.5 7.5 19 100 573.53G ½ 46 10 24 100 573.56G ¾ 47 10 30 100 573.58G 1 46.5 11.5 36 100 573.59

Technical data

Max. back pressure 573.21-39 / 573.51-59 16 barMax. back pressure 573.1-9 / 573.11-19 / 573.41-49

12 bar

Operating temperature -10 °C up to +180 °CMounting position any

573.3

573.11

573.21

573.31

573.41

573.51

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Silencers

Silencers (plastic, steel)

Plastic silencerFor the reduction of exhaust air noise at compressed air consumers, cylinders, valves, etc.


Order No.L i D

G ¼ 43 8 20 573.62G ⅜ 57 10 24 573.63G ½ 57 10 24 573.64

Technical data

Max. back pressure 6 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position anyMaterial housing / damping plastic / plastic balls

High-performance multi-chamber silencerHigh-performance multi-chamber silencers are designed for noise damping of continuous volume flows. This silencer combines the three most important requirements for a silencer: high blow-off volume, short venting time and large silencing. The axial air outlet allows blowing in a safe direction. Temperatures up to 90 °C in continuous operation. Oil and water resistant. Cleaning possible by blowing out with compressed air.

Thread WDimensions (mm) Flow rate*

Noise level dB(A)** Order No.L i D (m³/h) (l/min)

G ½ 103 14 80 800 13,350 88 391.106G ¾ 106 16 80 1,000 16,700 88 391.108G 1 130 18 110 1,400 23,350 88 391.109G 1 ¼ 136 20 110 1,900 31,700 89 391.110G 1 ½ 168 24 150 3,200 53,400 91 391.111G 2 168 24 150 3,400 56,700 92 391.112* noise level at 6 bar back pressure ** at 1.5 m distance

Technical data

Max. back pressure 6 barOperating temperature*** -10 °C up to +90 °CMounting position anyMaterial housing, perforated plates, connection piece zinc-plated steelMaterial filter discs polyester felt, resin bonded, non-agingMaterial cover caps / spacers PVC, black / Lupolen 6011L

*** pay attention to air condition below +2 °C. To ensure safe operation of the valve and silencer, the air must be dry enough to prevent ice from forming on the silencer.

Safety silencersSilencers are used to reduce exhaust air noise at compressed air consumers, cylinders, valves, etc. These safety silencers are used for effective noise reduction in the case of short-term flow peaks as they occur when relieving pressurized volumes. The deflector plates and filter discs are flexibly mounted. Features: short venting time and high blow-off rate. The axial air outlet allows blowing in a non-hazardous direction. Temperatures up to 60 °C in continuous operation. Oil and water resistant. Cleaning possible by blowing out with compressed air. Inlet damper is decoupled.

Thread ADimensions (mm) Pressure reduction

time (ms)****Noise level dB(A) Order No.

B CG 1 200 182 120 84 391.509G 1 ½ 200 196 93 87 391.511G 2 200 196 77 86 391.212**** V = 5l, p₁ = 6 bar

Technical data

Max. back pressure 6 barOperating temperature***** -10 °C up to +60 °CMounting position any, thread axialMaterial housing, deflector plates, connection piece zinc-plated steelMaterial spring spring steelMaterial filter discs polyester felt, resin bonded,non-agingMaterial cover caps / spacers PVC, black / Lupolen 6011L***** pay attention to air condition below +2 °C. To ensure safe operation of the valve and silencer, the air must be dry

enough to prevent ice from forming on the silencer.

573.62

391.106

391.509

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

153ewo.de

Silencers

Pressure gauge Ø 40 and Ø 50

Pressure gauge according to EN 837-1Bourdon tube pressure gauge with horizontal (rear) or vertical (bottom) connections. Various indication ranges: the indication range should be used for ⅔ to ¾, what means a pressure reducer with a control range of 0.5 – 10 bar should be equipped with a pressure gauge with an indica-tion range of 0 – 16 bar.

Pressure gauge Ø 40Display in bar and psi. With brass thread. Plastic disc, housing ABS black. Tmax 60 °C.

Thread Display range (bar) Ground/Printing Order No.Horizontal connection, class 2.5G ⅛ 0 – 2.5 black/white 640G ⅛ 0 – 4 black/white 650G ⅛ 0 – 6 black/white 660G ⅛ 0 – 10 black/white 670G ⅛ 0 – 16 black/white 680G ⅛ 0 – 25 black/white 690G ¼ 0 – 2.5 black/white 708G ¼ 0 – 4 black/white 709G ¼ 0 – 6 black/white 714G ¼ 0 – 10 black/white 723G ¼ 0 – 16 black/white 734G ¼ 0 – 25 black/white 745M8 × 1 0 – 3 black/white 669M8 × 1 0 – 6 black/white 673M8 × 1 0 – 10 black/white 674M8 × 1 0 – 16 black/white 675Horizontal connection, version with additional colour code (red/green), class 2.5G ¼ 0 – 16 white/black/red-green 746Horizontal connection, version with steel housing (black), class 1.6G ¼ 0 – 4 white/black 401G ¼ 0 – 6 white/black 402G ¼ 0 – 10 white/black 403

Pressure gauge Ø 50Display in bar and psi. With brass thread. Plastic disc, housing ABS black. Tmax 60 °C.

Thread Display range (bar) Ground/Printing Order No.Horizontal connection, class 2.5G ¼ 0 – 2.5 black/white 40G ¼ 0 – 4 black/white 41G ¼ 0 – 6 black/white 42G ¼ 0 – 10 black/white 55G ¼ 0 – 16 black/white 85G ¼ 0 – 25 black/white 96Horizontal connection, version with glass screen and steel housing (black), class 2.5G ¼ 0 – 6 black/white 44G ¼ 0 – 10 black/white 57G ¼ 0 – 16 black/white 89Horizontal connection, version with color code (red/green) and steel housing, class 2.5G ¼ 0 – 16 white/black/red-green 105Horizontal connection, version with steel housing (black), class 1.6G ¼ 0 – 4 white/black 501G ¼ 0 – 6 white/black 502G ¼ 0 – 10 white/black 503Vertical connection, class 2.5G ⅛ 0 – 16 black/white 56G ¼ 0 – 16 black/white 70G ¼ 0 – 2.5 white/black-red 73G ¼ 0 – 4 white/black-red 74G ¼ 0 – 6 white/black-red 75G ¼ 0 – 10 white/black-red 76G ¼ 0 – 16 white/black-red 77G ¼ 0 – 25 white/black-red 78G ¼ 0 – 40 white/black-red 79

734

674

746

403

85 57

105 503

56 76

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Pressure gauges

Pressure gauges Ø 63

Pressure gauge according to EN 837-1

Stainless steel pressure gauge Ø 63Display in bar. With brass thread. Plastic disc, stainless steel housing. Class 1.6. Tmax 60 °C.

Thread Display range (bar) Ground/Printing Order No.Horizontal connectionG ¼ 0 – 6 white/black-red 141G ¼ 0 – 16 white/black-red 143G ¼ 0 – 25 white/black-red 144

Pressure gauge Ø 63Display in bar and psi. With brass thread. Plastic disc, housing ABS black. Class 2.5. Tmax 60 °C.

Thread Display range (bar) Ground/Printing Order No.Horizontal connectionG ¼ 0 – 2.5 black/white 211G ¼ 0 – 4 black/white 212G ¼ 0 – 6 black/white 213G ¼ 0 – 10 black/white 214G ¼ 0 – 16 black/white 215G ¼ 0 – 25 black/white 216G ¼ 0 – 40 black/white 217G ¼ 0 – 60 black/white 218Vertical connectionG ¼ 0 – 2.5 white/black-red 173G ¼ 0 – 4 white/black-red 174G ¼ 0 – 6 white/black-red 175G ¼ 0 – 10 white/black-red 176G ¼ 0 – 16 white/black-red 177G ¼ 0 – 25 white/black-red 178G ¼ 0 – 40 white/black-red 179

Glycerine pressure gauge Ø 63For applications with high dynamic vibration or shock loads. Highly resistant due to glycerine filling. Display in bar and psi. With brass thread. Plastic disc, stainless steel housing. Class 1.6. Tmax 60 °C.

Thread Display range (bar) Ground/Printing Order No.Horizontal connectionG ¼ 0 – 2.5 white/black-red 183G ¼ 0 – 4 white/black-red 184G ¼ 0 – 6 white/black-red 185G ¼ 0 – 10 white/black-red 186G ¼ 0 – 16 white/black-red 187G ¼ 0 – 25 white/black-red 188G ¼ 0 – 40 white/black-red 189G ¼ 0 – 60 white/black-red 223Vertical connectionG ¼ 0 – 2.5 white/black-red 193G ¼ 0 – 4 white/black-red 194G ¼ 0 – 6 white/black-red 195G ¼ 0 – 10 white/black-red 196G ¼ 0 – 16 white/black-red 197G ¼ 0 – 25 white/black-red 198G ¼ 0 – 40 white/black-red 199

141

215

175

186

196

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

155ewo.de

Pressure gauges

Pressure gauges Ø 63, Industrial pressure gauges Ø 100, Accessories

Pressure gauge Ø 63, calibratableGraduation marks 0.1 bar. Display in bar and psi. With brass thread. Plastic disc, housing ABS black or steel housing. (Order No. 279). Tmax 60 °C. Display accuracy 86 / 217 EWG.

Thread Display range (bar) Calibration Ground/Printing Order No.

Horizontal connectionG ¼ 0 – 10 calibratable black/white 208G ¼ 0 – 10 not calibratable black/white 279

Bourdon tube industrial pressure gauges Ø 100EN 837-1. For use in machine and plant construction. Provides high measuring accuracy under harsh operating conditions. Display in bar. With brass thread. Instrument glass pane. Robust bayonet ring housing made of 304 stainless steel with pressure relief opening. Suitable for gaseous and liquid media which do not attack copper alloys. Not suitable for acetylene, oxygen, high viscosity and crystallizing media. Protection IP 54 (EN 60529). Class 1. Tmax 60 °C. AF 22.

Thread Display range (bar) Ground/Printing Order No.Horizontal connectionG ½ 0 – 2.5 white/black 130G ½ 0 – 4 white/black 131G ½ 0 – 6 white/black 132G ½ 0 – 10 white/black 133G ½ 0 – 16 white/black 134G ½ 0 – 25 white/black 135G ½ 0 – 40 white/black 136

Pressure gauges for bottled gases Ø 63Safety pressure gauge according to ISO 5171 (in the past DIN EN 562). Display in bar. With brass thread. Plastic disc, steel housing with pressure release opening at rear. Class 2.5. Tmax 60 °C. Available with bar or litre scale. Bar scale additionally available as variant with inscription for gas type. With red marking.

Thread Labeling Display range (bar)

Red mark (bar)

Ground/ Printing Order No.

Vertical connection, bar scaleG ¼ Acetylene 0 – 2.5 1.5 white/black-red 221G ¼ Acetylene 0 – 40 26 white/black-red 314G ¼ Oxygen 0 – 16 10 white/black-red 291G ¼ Oxygen 0 – 40 20 white/black-red 321G ¼ Oxygen 0 – 315 200 white/black-red 341G ¼ – 0 – 2.5 1.5 white/black-red 222G ¼ – 0 – 6 4 white/black-red 234G ¼ – 0 – 16 10 white/black-red 290G ¼ – 0 – 40 20 white/black-red 320G ¼ – 0 – 100 50 white/black-red 330G ¼ – 0 – 315 200 white/black-red 340G ¼ – 0 – 315 230 white/black-red 206G ¼ – 0 – 400 300 white/black-red 368

ThreadDisplay range (l/min)

Ground/Printing Order No.Inner scale (red) Outer scale

Vertical connection, litre scaleG ¼ 0 – 16 0 – 32 white/black-red 203G ¼ 0 – 32 (for Argon) 0 – 30 (for CO₂) white/black-red/green/blue 205

Accessories for pressure gauges

Articles Version Order No.Sealing disc PA natural captive disc G ¼ 480-71Sealing ring aluminium G ¼ E61044

208

133

221 290

203 205

480-71 E61044

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es


Pressure gauges/accessories

Teflon sealing tapesDVGW-tested and BAM-tested. Length 12 m. Thickness: 0.10 mm, width: 12 mm. Temperature range -20 °C up to +125 °C.

Version Teflon content Order No.Fine thread FRp 60 g/m² E63199Coarse thread GRp 100 g/m² E63198

Thread sealing yarnDrinking water BS 6920 and DVGW-approved. According to DIN 30660. For sealing threads con-nected to drinking water, gas, compressed air, oxygen and industrial oils. Replaces conventional used hemp. Even when the screw connection is unscrewed, it remains tight (up to 45 °C). Coil length 175 m. Operating temperature -200 °C up to +240 °C.

Article Order No.Thread sealing yarn E63197

Compressor oilAccording to ISO 150 DD, DIN 51506. Air compressor oil for piston compressors according to DIN 51 506 for compressor temperatures up to 220 °C. This oil, based on mineral oil with high dispersing and detergent capacity, prevents the deposition of ageing products and foreign substances. Due to its capacity to absorb condensation water (demulsifying), it protects against corrosion. Its good resistance to oxidation ensures safety against explosions. Temperature range 0 °C up to +120 °C.

Article Order No.1 litre container 583.10

Special pneumatic oilSpecial oil for compressed air for mist lubricators and maintenance units according to DIN 51524-2 with viscosity class VG 32 according to ISO 3448 (viscosity at 40 °C – 32 mm²/s; 32 cSt). The oil contains surface active substances which offer corrosion protection over a wide temperature range. It also absorbs condensation and has a demulsifying effect. The 1 litre polyethylene container with content display (volume scale) has a practical filling hose which can be pulled out after unscrewing the sealing cap. Temperature range -20 °C up to +80 °C.

Article Order No.1 litre container 5835 litre container 583.1

E63199

E63197

583.10

583 583.1

02 |

Co

mp

ress

ed a

ir a

cces

sori

es

157ewo.de

Sealing material and oils

Accessories


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

159ewo.de

Tyre inflators 160 – 172

Digital automatic tyre inflator airmate / pneumate — conformity assessed 160Portable tire inflator airquick with air tank – calibratable 161Handheld tyre inflator euroair digital – conformity assessed 162Handheld tyre inflator euroair – calibratable 163Handheld tyre inflator airstar – calibratable 164Handheld tyre inflator airstar digital – not conformity assessed 165Precision tire gauge – uncalibrated 166Gun-shaped handheld tyre inflator airmaster premium – calibratable 167Gun-shaped handheld tyre inflator airmaster standard – not calibratable 168Gun-shaped handheld tyre inflator airmaster vario – not calibratable 169Gun-shaped handheld tyre inflator pneulight – not calibratable 170Compressed air impact wrench ⅜” and ½” 171Mini impact wrench ½” 171Inline filters, Inline regulators, air flow valves, swivel connectors 172

Fluids as working equipment 173 – 186

Blow guns, dosable 173 – 174Combined examples: blow guns with nozzles 175 – 177Straight blow guns with nozzles 178Nozzles 179 – 180Extension nozzles 181Blow gun extensions 182Accessories (nozzle attachments) 183Blow-out sets airclassic / airbasic / airprofi 184Washing guns 185 – 186Suction guns 186

Fluids as transport equipment 187 – 194

Spray guns for low viscosity media 187Spray gun for viscous media 188Compressed air cartridge gun 189Sandblasting gun 190HVLP Paint Spray Gun 191HVLP Paint Spray Gun smartpaint, with case 192Paint and compressed air hose 192HVLP Paint Spray Gun paintprofi, with case 193Painting kit 194Filter regulator station microair for paint shop usage 194


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

160 03 | Garage air equipment

Digital automatic tyre inflator airmate / pneumate — conformity assessed

The stationary automatic tyre inflator facilitates the inflation and testing of car tyres (max. inflation pressure 5.5 bar) and truck tyres (max. inflation pressure 10 bar). After the desired tyre pressure has been entered, it automatically adjust the pressure to the preset value. Operation is easy and very simple thanks to the touch-sensitive buttons. The tyre pressure is indicated on a large, illuminated LCD display and acoustically by a signal tone. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use with wall or column mounting.

The airmate model is primarily suitable for use at petrol stations or tyre inflation stations, whereby the inflation of bicycle and small tyres is prohibited due to possible over-inflation.

The pneumate model has additional functions such as set pressure mode and nitrogen flushing function for professional use in tyre assemblers and garages.

The devices are CE compliant (73 / 23 / EWG), conformity assessed according to the calibration regulation as well as type approval of the german PTB (Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt)[Federal Institute of Physics and Metrology].

Version Conformity test Suitable for max. filling pressure (bar) Order No.

airmate conformity assessed*

cars 5.5477.10

not conformity assessed 477.11

airmate conformity assessed*

trucks 10477.30


pneumate conformity assessed*

trucks 10477.20

not conformity assessed 477.21* fees for conformity assessment are charged separately


Order No.PVC filling hose with clip connector, complete, length 10 m / DN 6 477-29Rubber filling hose with clip connector, complete, length 10 m / DN 6 477-34PU spiral hose with clip connector, complete, length 2.5 m / DN 6.5 477-42PU spiral hose with clip connector, complete, length 5 m / DN 6.5 477-43PU spiral hose with clip connector, complete, length 10 m / DN 6.5 477-35Clip connector, brass, G ¼ female 477-31Wall-mounted hose holder aluminium (size III) E42071Automatic hose reel with PU hose, length 12 m, G ¼ female 477-36Filter air inlet and air outlet made of PE, 100 µm 477-37

Technical data

Model airmate pneumate

National type approval 18.0808.06

18.0808.07

Conformity assessmentthe label shows the year in which the conformity assessment was accomplished. A reassessment is required after two years.

Mediumcompressed air (filter installed at the inlet)

or nitrogen, dryMax. pressure supply 16 barMin. pressure supply 12 bar (truck) / 7 bar (car) 12 barMax. filling pressure 10 bar (truck) / 5.5 bar (car) 10 barPressure connection G ¼ femalePressure sensor ceramicsAccuracy ± 0.5 %Pressure calibration automaticDisplay / control units bar / psiDisplay (backlit) LCD, 30 mm highVoltage (regulated) 90 – 240 V / 50 – 60 HzPower consumption 16 WProtection class IP 54Fuse 3 AWorking temperature -40 °C up to +70 °C (built-in heater)Dimensions Ø 240 × 100 mmWeight (without filling hose) 2.5 kgMaterial housing aluminium, coatedMaterial display polycarbonateWaste equipment disposal WEEE-Reg.-No.: DE51604370

477.11

477.21

The conformity assessment replaces the previous calibration of the instruments.

Notice

Tyre inflators

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

161ewo.de

Portable tire inflator airquick with air tank — calibratable

The portable tire inflator is the ideal device for mobile tyre pressure service. The simple one-hand operation with the plus / minus-handle is easy understandable even for non-specialists without instructions. The inclined large manometer helps to avoid reading errors. The twin hold-on connector for plugging onto the tyre valve also enables tyre pressure testing of twin tyres and motorcycle tyres. The built-in air tank makes the device location independent from a compressed air source. Refilling takes place automatically when the tire inflator is placed on its charging point.

Version Calibration Pressure range (bar) Order No.

With air tank and filling valvecalibrated*

0 – 10350.20

uncalibrated 350.21A* calibration fees will be charged separately


Order No.Filling valve with bracket and rubber buffer, connection Rp ½ 350.16Filling valve connection G ½ 350.13Pressure gauge Ø 160, complete, pressure range 0 – 10 bar 600Handle with twin hold-on connector, with filling hose, length 1 m 350-161Handle with twin hold-on connector, without filling hose 350-162Filling hose complete, length 1 m 350-72Twin hold-on connector crimped 350-120

Technical data

EEC type approval mark directive 86/217/EEC D 00 18.08.02

Calibration approvalthe label on the type plate shows the year of the first calibration. A recalibration is required after two years.

Pressure gauge

Ø 160, 20° inclined pressure range 0 – 10 bar, secondary scale 0 – 140 psi display accuracy according to DIN EN 12645 (p = measured pressure): p ≤4 bar => ± 0.08 bar 4 bar ± 0.16 bar p > 10 bar => ± 0.25 barsafe aginst overpressure up to 13 bar

Air tank approved as a compressed gas container. Capacity 6 litres, max. filling pressure 16 bar

Twin hold-on connectorfor all tire valves with valve thread VG 8 (cars, trucks, motorcycles), with connection for twin tyres

Operating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °CWeight 7.1 kg

350.20

350.16 350.13

600

350-161

Longer hoses for this device are available on request.

Notice

Tyre inflators

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Handheld tyre inflator euroair digital — conformity assessed

Professional device with digital pressure gauge and PTB approval. Operated by our prooven single lever operation device, rotating filling hose with four connector variants (lever-valve, clip, twin hold-on and quick connector). Air connection with coupling plug DN 7.2 with a 0.5 m length of filling hose. Fulfils the highest quality and performance requirements in daily professional use at tyre fitting companies, car service workshops, vehicle fleets and in racing. Precise pressure indication and good readability paired with easy handling and robust construction. Also suitable for tyre gas (nitrogen).

Version Conformity test Weight (g) Order No.

With lever-valve connectorconformity assessed*

840152.201


With clip connectorconformity assessed*

820152.261


With twin hold-on connectorconformity assessed*

945152.211


With quick connectorconformity assessed*

820152.264

not conformity assessed 152.274* fees for conformity assessment are charged separately


Order No.Digital pressure gauge Ø 80, with protective cap, 0 – 12 bar 152-3Battery, lithium 3 V button cell CR 2450 152-4Lever-valve connector, valve pin captive, with 2-ear hose clamp 151.25Clip connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151-183Quick connector with 2-ear hose clamp 356-64Quick connector, 8 mm nozzle without 2-ear hose clamp 356-68Twin hold-on connector for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector 151.50Twin hold-on connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151.51Bicycle connector for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector 356-18Tyre inflator accessory set incl. bicycle inflator connector, dinghy connector and ball needle for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector

471-17

Seal for lever-valve connector 1258Seal for twin hold-on connector 1261Seal for bicycle connector 1265Seal for clip connector 1267Filling hose 0.5 m 1.5 m 2.5 mWith lever-valve connector** 356-12 356-21 356-46With clip connector** 356-25 356-47 356-45With quick connector** 357-41 357-42 357-43With twin hold-on connector** 356-15 – –** for models produced before 2015, an additional adapter M20 female => G ¼ male (Order No. 151-246) is required

Technical data

National type approval 18.0809.02

Conformity assessmentthe label shows the year in which the conformity assessment was accomplished. A reassessment is required after two years.

Digital pressure gauge

Ø 80, with rubber protective cap, overpressure-proof up to 16 bar display range: 0 – 12 bar, accuracy / resolution 0.05 bar display accuracy acc. to DIN EN 12645 (p = measured pressure): p ≤4 bar => ± 0.08 bar 4 bar ± 0.16 bar p > 10 bar => ± 0.25 bar

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 12 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °CLever-valve connector, Clip con-nector, Twin hold-on connector, Quick connector

for all tire valves with valve thread VG 8 (cars, trucks, motorcycles), in crimped design especially suitable for twin tyres and motor-cycles

Compressed air thread coupling plug DN 7.2Disposal of waste equipment WEEE-Reg.-No.: DE51604370

152.201

152-3 151.25 151-183

356-64

151.50

151.51

356-18471-17

356-12

356-25

357-41

356-15

According to BGI 884, the hose for this handheld tyre inflator is supplied in the version with 2.5 m hose length, recommended for lever-valve, clip and quick connectors. The conformity assessment replaces the previous calibration of the devices.

Notice

Tyre inflators

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

163ewo.de

Handheld tyre inflator euroair — calibratable

The classic handheld tyre inflator with pressure gauge Ø 80 is the typical professional device for service stations and workshops. The connection to the air supply system allows any air requirement to be covered, e.g. refilling during tire installation. The single lever operation for draining (half pressed) and filling (fully pressed) makes handling easy. Three pressure ranges are available: 0 – 4 bar especially for passenger car tyres, 0 – 12 bar for universal use and 0 – 25 bar for aircraft and other special tyres (25 bar version cannot be calibrated). Available with our proven lever connector, our fast usable clip connector, our multi-purpose crimped twin hold-on connector (especially suitable for twin or motorcycle tyres) or with our quick connector. The connection is made via a DN 7.2 coupling plug. The filling hose (0.5 m) can be rotated. Also suitable for tyre gas (nitrogen).

Version Pressure range (bar/psi) Calibration Weight (kg) Order No.

With lever-valve connector

0 – 4/56 calibrated*

1.25

151.2000 – 4/56 uncalibrated 151.2400 – 12/170 calibrated* 151.2010 – 12/170 uncalibrated 151.2410 – 25/350 uncalibrated 151.243

With clip connector


1.25

151.2600 – 4/56 uncalibrated 151.2700 – 12/170 calibrated* 151.2610 – 12/170 uncalibrated 151.271

Mit twin hold-on connector


1.35

151.2100 – 4/56 uncalibrated 151.2500 – 12/170 calibrated* 151.2110 – 12/170 uncalibrated 151.2510 – 25/350 uncalibrated 151.253

With quick connector


1.25

151.2650 – 4/56 uncalibrated 151.2750 – 12/170 calibrated* 151.2640 – 12/170 uncalibrated 151.274

* calibration fees will be charged separately


Order No.Pressure gauge Ø 80, with protective cap, 0 – 4 bar / 56 psi 151-139Pressure gauge Ø 80, with protective cap, 0 – 12 bar / 170 psi 151-140Pressure gauge Ø 80, with protective cap, 0 – 25 bar / 350 psi 151-141Lever-valve connector, valve pin captive, with 2-ear hose clamp 151.25Clip connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151-183Quick connector with 2-ear hose clamp 356-64Quick connector, 8 mm nozzle without 2-ear hose clamp 356-68Twin hold-on connector for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector 151.50Twin hold-on connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151.51Bicycle connector for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector 356-18Tyre inflator accessory set incl. bicycle inflator connector, dinghy connector and ball needle for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector

471-17

Seal for lever-valve connector 1258Seal for twin hold-on connector 1261Seal for bicycle connector 1265Seal for clip connector 1267Filling hose 0.5 m 1.5 m 2.5 mWith lever-valve connector** 356-12 356-21 356-46With clip connector** 356-25 356-47 356-45With quick connector** 357-41 357-42 357-43With twin hold-on connector** 356-15 – –

** for all tire valves with valve thread VG 8 (cars, trucks, motorcycles). For models produced before 2015, an additional adapter M20 female => G ¼ male (Order No. 151-246) is required. Twin hold-on connector in crimped version especially suitable for twin tyres and motorcycles

Technical data

EEC type approval directive 86/217/EWG D 1518.08.05 (except for 25 bar version)


Pressure gauge

Ø 80, horizontal, with dual scale, PE protection cap, overpressure safe up to final value × 1.3display accuracy according to DIN EN 12645 (p = measured pressure): p ≤4 bar => ± 0.08 bar 4 bar ± 0.16 bar p > 10 bar => ± 0.25 barDisplay ranges: 0 – 4 bar (0 – 56 psi), segmentation 0.1 bar

0 – 12 bar (0 – 170 psi), segmentation 0.1 bar 0 – 25 bar (0 – 350 psi), segmentation 0.2 bar

Operating temperature -10 °C up to +40 °CCompressed air thread coupling plug DN 7.2

DIN EN 60068-2-30/-11/-3

2/-4

7PER

FOR

MAN

CE TESTED

DIN EN 12645:2015

151.241

151-140 151.25 151-183

356-64

151.50

151.51

356-18471-17

According to BGI 884, the hose for this handheld tyre inflator is supplied in the version with 2.5 m hose length, recommended for lever-valve, clip and quick connectors. Metrological and technical Require-ments and tests according to the stan-dard DIN EN 12645:2015 and the stan-dards DIN EN 60068-2-30/ -11/ -32/ -47

Notice

356-12

356-25

357-41

356-15

Tyre inflators

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Handheld tyre inflator airstar — calibratable

The new handheld tyre inflation airstar with rubber-covered ergonomic metal handle is designed for professional use in tyre mounting, workshops and vehicle fleets. This quality product with its functional and modern design, is evidently available in calibrated and calibratable versions. Proven, maintenance-friendly design with one-hand control lever. Available in four valve plug variants. The compressed air connection is made via a DN 7.2 coupling plug. Also suitable for tyre gas (nitrogen).

Version Pressure range (bar) Calibration Hose length

(m) Order No.

With lever-valve connector 0 – 12calibrated*

0.5245.201

uncalibrated 245.241

With clip connector 0 – 12

calibrated*0.5

245.261uncalibrated 245.271calibrated*

1.5245.361

uncalibrated 245.371calibrated*

2.5245.461


With twin hold-on connector 0 – 12calibrated*

0.5245.211


With quick connector 0 – 12calibrated*

0.5245.264

uncalibrated 245.274* calibration fees will be charged separately


Order No.Pressure gauge Ø 80, with calibration approval, 0 – 12 bar 440Pressure gauge Ø 80, complete with connection adapter, 0 – 12 bar 245-101Valve insert complete 245-10Lever-valve connector, valve pin captive, with 2-ear hose clamp 151.25Clip connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151-183Quick connector with 2-ear hose clamp 356-64Quick connector, 8 mm nozzle without 2-ear hose clamp 356-68Twin hold-on connector for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector 151.50Twin hold-on connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151.51Bicycle connector for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector 356-18Tyre inflator accessory set incl. bicycle inflator connector, dinghy connector and ball needle for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector

471-17

Seal for lever-valve connector 1258Seal for twin hold-on connector 1261Seal for bicycle connector 1265Seal for clip connector 1267Filling hose 0.5 m 1.5 m 2.5 mWith lever-valve connector 356-12 356-21 356-46With clip connector 356-25 356-47 356-45With quick connector 357-41 357-42 357-43With twin hold-on connector 356-15 – –

Technical data

EEC type approval directive 86/217/EWG D 1518.08.02


Pressure gauge

Ø 80, horizontal, with dual scale, overpressure safe up to final value × 1.3 display accuracy according to DIN EN 12645 (p = measured pressure): p ≤4 bar => ± 0.08 bar 4 bar ± 0.16 bar p > 10 bar => ± 0.25 bar, overpressure safe up to 15 barDisplay range: 0 – 12 bar (0 – 170 psi), segmentation 0.1 bar

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 12 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +40 °CLever-valve connector, Clip connector, Twin hold-on connector, Quick connector

for all tire valves with valve thread VG 8 (cars, trucks, motorcycles), in crimped design especially suitable for twin tyres and motorcycles

Housing connections inlet and outlet G ¼ female

245.261

440 151.25 151-183

356-64

151.50

151.51

356-18471-17

356-12

356-25

357-41

356-15

According to BGI 884, the hose for this handheld tyre inflator is supplied in the version with 2.5 m hose length, recommended for lever-valve, clip and quick connectors.

Notice

Tyre inflators

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

165ewo.de

Handheld tyre inflator airstar digital

Professional device with digital pressure gauge, single lever operation and rotatable filling hose with four connector variants (lever-valve, clip, twin hold-on connector and quick connector). Air connection with DN 7.2 coupling plug. Fulfills the highest quality and performance requirements in daily use. Professional use at tyre assemblers, car service workshops, vehicle fleets and in racing. Precise, illuminated pressure display and good readability paired with easy handling and robust construction. Also suitable for tyre gas (nitrogen). DIN standard: DIN EN 12645:2015

Version Pressure range (bar) Conformity test Order No.With lever-valve connector

0 – 12conformity assessed * 246.211 not conformity assessed 246.111

With clip connector 0 – 12conformity assessed * 246.221 not conformity assessed 246.121

With twin hold-on connector

0 – 12conformity assessed * 246.231 not conformity assessed 246.131

With quick connector 0 – 12conformity assessed * 246.241 not conformity assessed 246.141

* expected to be available from Q 4 2020, more detailed information can be obtained from customer service

Order key for all variants246.XXX

1 0.5 m (standard) 2 1.5 m hose length 3 2.5 m

1 with lever-valve connector 2 with clip connector 3 with twin hold-on connector only available with hose length 0.5 m 4 with quick connector

1 not conformity assessed 2 conformity assessed


Order No.Digital pressure gauge Ø 80, 0 – 12 bar 520Quick connector with 2-ear hose clamp 356-64Quick connector, 8 mm nozzle without 2-ear hose clamp 356-68Clip connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151-183Lever-valve connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151.25Twin hold-on connector for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector 151.50Twin hold-on connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151.51Tyre inflator accessory set bike inflator connector, dinghy connector and ball needle 471-17Bicycle connector for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector 356-18Seal for lever-valve connector 1258Seal for twin hold-on connector 1261Seal for bicycle connector 1265Seal for clip connector 1267Filling hose 0.5 m 1.5 m 2.5 mWith lever-valve connector 357-11 357-12 357-13With clip connector 357-21 357-22 357-23With quick connector 357-41 357-42 357-43With twin hold-on connector 357-31 – –

Technical data

Digital pressure gauge

Ø 80 horizontal, with rubber protection cap, overpressure safe up to final value × 1.3 Display range: 0 – 12 bar, display accuracy acc. to DIN EN 12645 (p = measured pressure): p ≤4 bar => ± 0.08 bar 4 bar ± 0.16 bar p > 10 bar => ± 0.25 bar

Max. Operating pressure (p₁) 0.5 – 12 bar/ 7 – 174 psi/ 50 – 1200 kpa/ 0.5 – 12 kgfOperating temperature -10 °C up to +40 °CBattery 2 × AAA batteries (included in delivery)Weight 800 g

Lever-valve connector, Clip connector, Quick connector, Twin hold-on connector


Housing connections G ¼ femaleBacklighting LCD with auto. switch-off function after 90 sec.Disposal of waste equipment WEEE-Reg.-No.: DE51604370

DIN EN 60068-2-30/-11/-3

2/-4

7PER

FOR

MAN

CE TESTED

DIN EN 12645:2015

246.141

520

356-64

151-183151.25

151.50

151.51

471-17 356-18

According to BGI 884, the hose for this handheld tyre inflator is supplied in the version with 2.5 m hose length, recommended for lever-valve, clip and quick connectors. Metrological and technical Require-ments and tests according to the stan-dard DIN EN 12645:2015 and the stan-dards DIN EN 60068-2-30/ -11/ -32/ -47. The conformity assessment replaces the previous calibration of the devices.

Notice

357-11

357-21

357-41

357-31

Tyre inflators

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Precision tire gauge – uncalibrated

Precision tire gauge for cars, motorcycles and bicycles. The direct connection enables the exact measurement of the tyre pressure in a very simple way. This construction has the advantage of an easy handling as well as a pressure-tight connection between tyre valve and measuring instrument. Two connection options depending on application (bottom or side).

Precise measurements from 0 – 4 bar (segmentation 0.1 bar) Pressure gauge (large device), Bourdon tube, pressure gauge Ø 80 Flexible inspection hose (metal braid protection) with clip connector Two quick couplings for connecting the hose from below or from the side Drain valve for draining overpressure Durable design with protective rubber pressure gauge cover

Version Pressure range (bar) Calibration Order No.With clip connector 0 – 4 uncalibrated 153.420


Order No.Pressure gauge Ø 80, 0 – 4 bar, G ¼, form A 424Protective cap for pressure gauge (rubber) 153-7Inspection hose complete with coupling and clip connector 153-12

Technical data

Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauge Ø 80, horizontally, with protective rubber coating, with dual scale, display ranges: 0 – 4 bar (0 – 50 psi), segmentation 0.1 bar overpressure safe up to 5 bar, display accuracy according to DIN EN 12645 (p = measured pressure): p ≤4 bar => ± 0.08 bar

Operating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °CClip connector for all tyre valves with valve thread VG 8 (cars, trucks, motorcycles)Compressed air thread two mini couplings DN 5 at the bottom and on the side

153.420

Tyre inflators

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

167ewo.de

Gun-shaped handheld tyre inflator airmaster premium — calibratable

A compact and calibrated handheld tyre inflator in classic and proven gun-shape made of rigid aluminium as an attractive starter model in the class of calibrated devices. The simple universal operation with the inclined and easily readable, shock-protected precision pressure gauge Ø 63 mm, as well as the rotatable filling hose, allows uncomplicated working. Ideal for petrol stations and workshops. The compressed air connection is made via a DN 7.2 coupling plug. Also suitable for tyre gas (nitrogen).

Version Pressure range (bar) Calibration Order No.

With lever-valve connector 0 – 10 calibrated* 356.221uncalibrated 356.321

With clip connector 0 – 10 calibrated* 356.223uncalibrated 356.323

With twin hold-on connector 0 – 10 calibrated* 356.222uncalibrated 356.322

With quick connector 0 – 10 calibrated* 356.224uncalibrated 356.324

* calibration fees will be charged separately


Order No.Pressure gauge Ø 63, with calibration approval, with protective cap, 0 – 10 bar 356-29Pressure gauge Ø 63, with calibration approval, without protective cap, 0 – 10 bar 208Protective cap for pressure gauge Ø 63 356-13Lever-valve connector, valve pin captive, with 2-ear hose clamp 151.25Clip connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151-183Quick connector with 2-ear hose clamp 356-64Quick connector, 8 mm nozzle without 2-ear hose clamp 356-68Twin hold-on connector for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector 151.50Twin hold-on connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151.51Bicycle connector for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector 356-18Tyre inflator accessory set incl. bicycle inflator connector, dinghy connector and ball needle for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector

471-17


Technical data

EEC type approval directive 86/217/EWG D 1518.08.06


Pressure gauge

Ø 63, horizontal, with metal housing, protective cap, with dual scale, display ranges: 0 – 10 bar (0 – 140 psi), segmentation 0.1 bar display accuracy according to DIN EN 12645 (p = measured pressure): p ≤4 bar => ± 0.08 bar 4 bar ± 0.16 bar overpressure safe up to 13 bar

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °CLever-valve connector, Clip connector, Twin hold-on connector, Quick connector


Compressed air thread Coupling plug DN 7.2 (optionally: G ¼ female thread)

356.221

356-29 151.25 151-183

356-64

151.50

151.51

356-18471-17

356-12

356-25

357-41

356-15

Tyre inflators

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Gun-shaped handheld tyre inflator airmaster standard — not calibratable

A compact handheld tyre inflator in a classic and proven gun shape made of rigid aluminium. The simple universal operation with the inclined and easily readable, shock-protected precision pressure gauge Ø 63 mm and the rotating filling hose allows easy operation. Ideal for use in the workshop. The compressed air connection can be made via a DN 7.2 coupling plug or a DN 6 hose nozzle. Identical product features as the airmaster premium with the exception of not calibration approved pressure gauges. Also suitable for tyre gas (nitrogen).

Version Pressure range (bar) Compressed air connection Order No.

With lever-valve connector 0 – 10 Hose connection DN 6 356.111Coupling plug DN 7.2 356.121

With clip connector 0 – 10 Hose connection DN 6 356.113Coupling plug DN 7.2 356.123

With twin hold-on connector 0 – 10 Hose connection DN 6 356.112Coupling plug DN 7.2 356.122

With quick connector 0 – 10Hose connection DN 6 356.114Coupling plug DN 7.2 356.124


Order No.Pressure gauge Ø 63, without calibration approval, with protective cap, 0 – 10 bar 356-19Pressure gauge Ø 63, without calibration approval, without protective cap, 0 – 10 bar 279Protective cap for pressure gauge Ø63 356-13Lever-valve connector, valve pin captive, with 2-ear hose clamp 151.25Clip connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151-183Quick connector with 2-ear hose clamp 356-64Quick connector, 8 mm nozzle without 2-ear hose clamp 356-68Twin hold-on connector for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector 151.50Twin hold-on connector with 2-ear hose clamp 151.51Bicycle connector for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector 356-18Tyre inflator accessory set incl. bicycle inflator connector, dinghy connector and ball needle for attaching to lever-valve, clip or quick connector

471-17


Technical data

Pressure gauge Ø 63, horizontal, grade 1.6, with dual scale and metal housing display range: 0 – 10 bar (0 – 140 psi), segmentation 0.1 bar

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 barRecom. operating pressure (p₁) 4 – 6 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °CLever-valve connector, Clip connector, Twin hold-on connector, Quick connector


Compressed air thread coupling plug DN 7.2 or hose nozzle DN 6

356.111

356-19 151.25 151-183

356-64

151.50

151.51

356-18471-17

356-12

356-25

357-41

356-15

Tyre inflators

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

169ewo.de

Gun-shaped handheld tyre inflator airmaster vario — not calibratable

The handheld tyre inflator airmaster standard as version with a multi-coupling at the outlet. This makes it possible to change various valve attachments as required. The compressed air connection is made via a DN 7.2 coupling plug. The basic unit is without hose, please order the required filling hoses and filling valves separately.

Article Version Order No.Tyre inflator airmaster, basic device 0 – 10 bar, with multi coupling DN 7.8 356.441



471-17

Seal for lever-valve connector 1258Seal for twin hold-on connector 1261Seal for bicycle connector 1265Seal for clip connector 1267Filling hose DN 7.2, pluggable by using coupling plug 0.5 mWith lever-valve connector 356-52With clip connector 356-53With quick connector 356-66With twin hold-on connector 356-54Bicycle plug, pluggable by connecting plug DN 7.2 directly to the airmaster 356-55

Technical data

Pressure gauge Ø 63, horizontal, grade 1.6, with dual scale and metal housing, display range: 0 – 10 bar (0 – 140 psi), segmen-tation 0.1 bar

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 barRecommended operating pressure (p₁) 4 – 6 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °C

Lever-valve connector, Clip connector, Twin hold-on connector, Quick connector


Thread gun outlet multi-coupling DN 5.5Thread hose inlet coupling plug DN 7.2 G ¼, brassCompressed air thread coupling plug DN 7.2

356.441

356-19 151.25 151-183

356-64

151.50

151.51

356-18471-17

356-52

356-53

356-66

356-54

356-55

Tyre inflators

The hoses and attachments can be quickly and easily replaced thanks to the pre-assembled coupling.

Notice

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Gun-shaped handheld tyre inflator pneulight — not calibratable

The functional and ergonomically designed hand tyre inflator with a handle body made of high-strength plastic (polyamide) as well as a pressure gauge with fine graduation and rubber protection cap at an attractive price-performance ratio. Lightweight and robust design with finely adjustable filling lever and drain valve. For cars, construction machinery, tractors, trailers, motorcycles, mountain bikes etc. Also available with a rotating exchangeable attachment for bicycle and car valves. The compressed air connection is made via a DN 7.2 coupling plug.

Article Pressure range (bar) Order No.With lever-valve connector 0 – 10 471.221With clip connector 0 – 10 471.223With twin hold-on connector 0 – 10 471.222With quick connector 0 – 10 471.224With rotating exchangeable attachment for bicycle and car valves

0 – 10 471.301



471-17

Rotating exchangeable attachment for bicycle and car valves, connection G ¼ 471-24Seal for lever-valve connector 1258Seal for twin hold-on connector 1261Seal for bicycle connector 1265Seal for clip connector 1267Filling hose 0.5 m 1.5 m 2.5 mWith lever-valve connector 356-12 356-21 356-46With clip connector 356-25 356-47 356-45With quick connector 357-41 357-42 357-43With twin hold-on connector 356-15 – –

Technical data

Pressure gauge Ø 63, horizontal, grade 1.6, with dual scale and metal housing, display range: 0 – 10 bar (0 – 140 psi), segmentation 0.1 bar

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 barRecommended operating pressure (p₁) 4 – 6 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °C

Lever-valve connector, Clip connector, Twin hold-on connector, Quick connector


Compressed air threadcoupling plug DN 7.2 (optionally G ¼ female thread)

Material gun body polyamide 6 GK 30 (RAL 5012)Material lever polyamide 6 GK 30 (RAL 5012)Material piston Hostaform CMaterial seal NBR, PU

471.221

471.301

356-19 151.25 151-183

356-64

151.50

151.51

356-18471-17

471-24

356-12

356-25

357-41

356-15

Tyre inflators

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

171ewo.de

Compressed air impact wrench ⅜” and ½”

This powerful impact wrench is designed for use in the automotive industry, in tyre fitting companies, for assembly and mechanical engineering etc. and offers the following features: double hammer percussion mechanism, sturdy housing with ergonomic handle. Fatigue-free working due to low own weight. Very quiet, only 83 dB(A). Adjustment of the optimum torque in three stages. Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation can be operated with one hand. Exhaust air downwards through the handle.

Square drive model Compressed air connection Order No.⅜” G ¼ (steel coupling plug DN 7.2 enclosed) 741.130½” compact G ¼ (steel coupling plug DN 7.2 enclosed) 741.160½” G ¼ (steel coupling plug DN 7.2 enclosed) 741.180


Order No.½” Power socket wrench set 90 mm long and plastic coated for aluminium rims, sizes 17, 19 and 21 in plastic box

741.100

Technical data

Modell 741.130 741.160 741.180Square drive ⅜” (10 mm) ½” (13 mm) ½” (13 mm)Max. rpm 11,000 U/min 11,000 U/min 7,000 U/minMax. torque 583 Nm 624 Nm 1,112 NmOperating torque range 34 – 338 Nm 34 – 338 Nm 68 – 786 NmMax. loosening torque – 1,302 Nm 1,756 NmAir consumption 113 l/min 113 l/min 113 l/minOperating pressure 6.2 bar 6.2 bar 6.2 barWeight 1.2 kg 1.2 kg 1.9 kg

Mini impact wrench ½”

The powerful mini impact wrench is characterised by its very compact design with a depth of only 97 mm. It is particularly suitable for use in narrow places that cannot be reached with normal impact wrenches. Further advantages are the low weight, as well as the possibility to switch between right and left rotation with the thumb. Application areas: Assembly and mechanical engineering, auto-motive companies and tyre fitting companies.

Square drive model Compressed air connection Order No.½” G ¼ (steel coupling plug DN 7.2 enclosed) 741.110

Technical data

Drive type twin hammer impact mechanismSquare drive ½” (13 mm)Max. rpm 10,000 U/minMax. torque 678 NmOperating torque range 542 NmMax. loosening torque 712 NmAir consumption 105 l/minOperating pressure 6.2 bar (90 psi)Weight 1.4 kg

Hose buffer

For direct connection to impacting pneumatic tools. Prevents premature wear of couplings and plugs. Hose: PVC compressed air hose SOFT DN 9, flexible, oil and petrol repellent and UV resistant. Length approx. 20 cm.

Thread inlet Thread outlet Max. Pressure (bar) Order No.

Coupling plug DN 7.2 (steel)threaded hose connection G ¼ male (brass)

15 E40702

Product recommendation for direct lubrication

Article Order No.ewo special pneumatic oil, 1 litre bottle 583Small lubricator, connection G ¼, oil mist is created by a flowing air stream 317.10

741.130

741.100

741.110

E40702

583317.10

Tyre inflators

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Inline filters, Inline regulators, air flow valves, swivel connectors

For use with pneumatic tools (e. g. impact wrenches).

Inline filter


Order No.L Ø

G ¼ 48.8 21 735.22G ⅜ 50.8 21 735.23

Technical data

Thread G ¼ or G ⅜Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 barFilter porosity 40 µmMaterial aluminiumWeight 29 g

Inline pressure regulator 6 bar, preconfigured


Order No.L Ø

G ¼ 62.7 21.8 735.420

Technical data

Thread G ¼ Min. operating pressure (p₁) 8 barMaterial aluminiumWeight 41 g

Air flow valve


Order No.L B

G ¼ 39.7 25.9 735.020

Technical data

Thread G ¼ Max. operating pressure (p₁) 15 barMaterial aluminiumWeight 18 g

Swivel connectors


Order No.A B C D E F H

G ¼ 40.3 19 19 39 28.5 38.5 19 735.153G ⅜ 45.9 22.2 22.2 53.8 38 43.2 22.2 735.154

Technical data

Thread G ¼ or G ⅜Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 barMaterial aluminiumWeight 78 g

735.22

735.420

735.020

735.153

Tyre inflators

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

173ewo.de

Blow guns, dosable

Our product range of blow guns includes models made of aluminium and plastic (polyamide). We offer forged and colourless anodised aluminium models as well as some die-cast models. The product range includes blow guns in classical gun shape as well as a model in straight shape. In all blow guns, the flow rate can be controlled intuitively by lever actuation. In addition, we offer models with throttle screw to limit the maximum pressure individually. Our safety blow gun (according to SUVA PRO) is already equipped with an integrated pressure relief valve up to 3.5 bar on the inlet side. All ewo blow guns (nozzle connection: M12 × 1.25) can be fitted with all ewo accessories on the nozzles e. g. extensions and various air connections. All models are equipped with a G ¼ female thread at the compressed air connection at the bottom. Optionally, this can either be equipped with a coupling or with an DN 7.2 air connection (brass) or with a threaded hose connector (brass) in different sizes. Alternatively, ewo also offers a model with the compressed air connection from the top. All blow guns with the ewo logo are optionally available in a neutral version (without logo), please specify when ordering.

Blow gunMaterial: alumium forged, clear anodised. The classic blow gun in pistol form, proven for genera-tions over millions of times. The flow rate can be intuitively controlled by lever actuation.

Article Order No.Blow gun, aluminium forged 5269.00

Blow gun blowcontrol, adjustable Material: alumium forged, clear anodised. The classic blow gun in gun shape with rear throttle screw to reduce to the individual maximum pressure with the desired blowing pressure. The flow rate can be intuitively controlled by lever actuation.

Article Order No.Blow gun blowcontrol, adjustable 5269.00E

Safety blow gun safetyblow, with pressure reducing valve 3.5 barMaterial: alumium forged, clear anodised. The classic blow gun in gun shape, inlet side with integrated pressure reducing valve 3.5 bar according to SUVA PRO directive (up to 8 bar). This ensures independence from the pre-pressure (up to max. 10 bar) and at the same time avoids some risks when handling with the compressed air. The flow rate can be controlled intuitively by lever actuation.

Article Order No.Blow gun safetyblow 269.800

Blow gun, with top air supplyMaterial: alumium forged, clear anodised. The classic blow gun in gun shape. Due to the com-pressed air connection pointing upwards (with coupling plug DN 7.2 nickel-plated brass) the compressed air can be supplied, for example, via a suspended energy distributor. The flow rate can be controlled intuitively by lever actuation.

Article Order No.Blow gun, with top air supply 269.740

5269.00

5269.00E

269.800

269.740

Fluids as working equipment

PRIVATE LABEL

The blow gun bodies can be

printed individually

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Technical data

Model5269.00 / 5269.00E 269.740 / 5269.00L

269.800 5530.00 / 5560.00 5470.00

Medium filtered compressed air filtered compressed air filtered compressed air filtered compressed airMax. operating pressure (p₁) 10 bar 10 bar (SUVA: 8 bar) 15 bar (5530.00) / 16 bar (5560.00) 10 barRecom. operating pressure 2 – 8 bar Max. blow out pressure 3.5 bar 2 – 6 bar / 10 bar 2 – 6 barFlow rate of compressed air adjustable by lever adjustable by lever adjustable by lever adjustable by lever

Operating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °C -10 °C up to +50 °C-5 °C up to +60 °C (5530.00)-10 °C up to +50 °C (5560.00)

-10 °C up to +50 °C

Thread inlet G ¼ female G ¼ female G ¼ f / G ⅜ female G ¼ femaleThread outlet (nozzles) M12 × 1.25 female M12 × 1.25 female M12 × 1.25 female M12 × 1.25 female

Material housingaluminium forged clear anodised (5269.00L: die-cast)

aluminium forged clear anodised

POM (5530.00) aluminium forged (5560.00)

polyamide

Material levers GD-ZnAl4Cu1 zinc-plated GD-ZnAl4Cu1 zinc-platedPOM (5530.00) nylon with 15 % fibreglass (5560.00)

polyamide

Material seals NBR NBR NBR NBR, PUPressure reducing valve – brass – –Pressure pin – brass resp. steel aluminium (only 5560.00) –Compression springs – stainless steel 1.4310 SUS304 (only 5560.00) –Weight 240 g 255 g 75 g (5530.00) / 193 g (5560.00) 150 g

Blow gun made of die-castMaterial: alumium die-cast. The classic blow gun with die-cast housing. The flow can be adjusted intuitively by lever actuation.

Article Order No.Blow gun aluminium die-cast 5269.00L

Blow gun multiblow made of plastic or metalA compact blow gun made of plastic or metal with high flow rate. The construction reduces the wear of the spring. The flow rate can be controlled intuitively by lever actuation. The blow gun is used in machining centres, in production and in workshops.

Article Order No.Blow gun multiblow plastic (POM) G ¼ 5530.00Blow gun multiblow metal G ⅜ 5560.00

Blow gun made of plasticThe robust plastic blow gun made of blue crystal ball reinforced polyamide (highly durable) is characterised by a solid construction and practical design. As a further development of the aluminium blow gun, this type is recommended for applications in which plastic is preferred for reasons of weight and material (e.g. in the textile industry, electronics, dental sector, etc.). The flow rate can be adjusted intuitively by lever actuation.

Article Order No.Blow gun plastic (polyamide) 5470.00

5269.00L

5530.00 5560.00

5470.00


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

175ewo.de

Combined examples: blow guns with nozzles

Blow gun, aluminium forged

Compressed air connection Nozzle length (mm) Order No.With standard nozzle (metal type, aluminium), bore hole-Ø 1.5 mmCoupling plug, DN 7.2 16 269.41Hose connection, DN 6 16 269.11Hose connection, DN 9 16 269.17Hose connection, DN 13 16 269.18Female thread, G ¼ 16 5269.20With full jet nozzle (metal type, aluminium), bore hole-Ø 2.5 mmCoupling plug, DN 7.2 50 269.374Hose connection, DN 6 50 269.324Hose connection, DN 9 50 269.344Hose connection, DN 13 50 269.354Female thread, G ¼ 50 269.355With safety and noise reducing nozzle blowstarCoupling plug, DN 7.2 33 269.530Hose connection, DN 6 33 269.531Hose connection, DN 9 33 269.532Hose connection, DN 13 33 269.533Female thread, G ¼ 33 269.430With extension nozzle safetystarCoupling plug, DN 7.2 120 269.220Hose connection, DN 6 120 269.221Hose connection, DN 9 120 269.222Hose connection, DN 13 120 269.223Female thread, G ¼ 120 269.224With extension nozzle (nickel-plated brass), bore hole-Ø 3 mm, straightCoupling plug, DN 7.2 265 269.105Coupling plug, DN 7.2 415 269.106With special extension nozzle (nickel-plated steel), bore hole-Ø 2.3 mm, bent (without fig.)Coupling plug, DN 7.2 800 269.107

Blow gun blowcontrol, adjustable, aluminium forged

Compressed air connection Nozzle length (mm) Order No.With standard nozzle (metal type, aluminium), bore hole-Ø 1.5 mmCoupling plug, DN 7.2 16 269.41EHose connection, DN 6 16 269.11EHose connection, DN 9 16 269.17EHose connection, DN 13 16 269.18EFemale thread, G ¼ 16 5269.01EWith full jet nozzle (metal type, aluminium), bore hole-Ø 2.5 mmCoupling plug, DN 7.2 50 269.374EHose connection, DN 6 50 269.324EHose connection, DN 9 50 269.344EHose connection, DN 13 50 269.354EFemale thread, G ¼ 50 269.355EWith safety and noise reducing nozzle blowstarCoupling plug, DN 7.2 33 269.530EHose connection, DN 6 33 269.531EHose connection, DN 9 33 269.532EHose connection, DN 13 33 269.533EFemale thread, G ¼ 33 269.430EWith extension nozzle safetystarCoupling plug, DN 7.2 120 269.220EHose connection, DN 6 120 269.221EHose connection, DN 9 120 269.222EHose connection, DN 13 120 269.223EFemale thread, G ¼ 120 269.224E

Blow gun, compressed air connection at the top, forged aluminium

Compressed air connection Labelling Order No.With standard nozzle (metal type, aluminium), bore hole-Ø 1.5 mmCoupling plug, DN 7.2 with ewo Logo 269.741Coupling plug, DN 7.2 without Logo 269.742additional versions are available on request.

269.41

269.374

269.530

269.220

269.105

269.41E

269.374E

269.530E

269.220E

269.741


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Blow gun, aluminium die-cast

Compressed air connection Nozzle length (mm) Order No.With standard nozzle (metal type, aluminium), bore hole-Ø 1.5 mmCoupling plug, DN 7.2 16 269.41LHose connection, DN 6 16 269.11LHose connection, DN 9 16 269.17LHose connection, DN 13 16 269.18LFemale thread, G ¼ 16 5269.20LWith full jet nozzle (metal type, aluminium), bore hole-Ø 2.5 mCoupling plug, DN 7.2 50 269.374LHose connection, DN 6 50 269.324LHose connection, DN 9 50 269.344LHose connection, DN 13 50 269.354LFemale thread, G ¼ 50 5269.34LWith safety and noise reducing nozzle blowstarCoupling plug, DN 7.2 33 269.530LHose connection, DN 6 33 269.531LHose connection, DN 9 33 269.532LHose connection, DN 13 33 269.533LFemale thread, G ¼ 33 269.430LWith extension nozzle safetystarCoupling plug, DN 7.2 120 269.220LHose connection, DN 6 120 269.221LHose connection, DN 9 120 269.222LHose connection, DN 13 120 269.223LFemale thread, G ¼ 120 269.224LWith special extension nozzle (nickel-plated steel), bore hole-Ø 2.3 mm, bentCoupling plug, DN 7.2 800 269.682LWith special extension nozzle (nickel-plated steel), bore hole-Ø 2.3 mm, straightCoupling plug, DN 7.2 800 269.692L

Blow gun, plastic, plain

Compressed air connection Nozzle length (mm) Order No.With standard nozzle (metal type, aluminium), bore hole-Ø 1.5 mmCoupling plug, DN 7.2 16 470.41Hose connection, DN 6 16 470.11Hose connection, DN 9 16 470.17Hose connection, DN 13 16 470.18Female thread, G ¼ 16 470.40With extension nozzle (nickel-plated steel, without rubber attachment), bore hole-Ø 2.3 mmCoupling plug, DN 7.2 110 470.141Hose connection, DN 6 110 470.111Hose connection, DN 9 110 470.117Hose connection, DN 13 110 470.118Female thread, G ¼ 110 470.140With safety and noise reducing nozzle blowstarCoupling plug, DN 7.2 33 470.53Hose connection, DN 6 33 470.55Hose connection, DN 9 33 470.56Hose connection, DN 13 33 470.57Female thread, G ¼ 33 470.43With extension nozzle safetystarCoupling plug, DN 7.2 120 470.145Hose connection, DN 6 120 470.148Hose connection, DN 9 120 470.151Hose connection, DN 13 120 470.153Female thread, G ¼ 120 470.146With magnetic bracket Ø 30 mm and extension nozzle (nickel-plated steel), bore hole-Ø 2.3 mmFemale thread, G ¼ 110 470.155With magnetic bracket Ø 30 mm and extension nozzle with rubber attachment (nickel-plated steel), bore hole-Ø 2.3 mmFemale thread, G ¼ 110 470.160for extension nozzle with rubber attachment (470-44): order No. with additional G (e.g. 470.141G)

Blow guns with ewo logo are also available in a plain version.

Notice

269.41L

269.374L

269.530L

269.220L

269.682L

470.41

470-44

470.141

470.53

470.145

470.155


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

177ewo.de

Blow gun multiblow, metal

Version Order No.With high flow noise reducing and safety nozzleCoupling plug, DN 7.2 560.41Hose connection DN 9 560.17Hose connection DN 13 560.18Female thread G ⅜ 560.40With high flow safety nozzleCoupling plug, DN 7.2 560.141Hose connection DN 9 560.117Hose connection DN 13 560.118Female thread G ⅜ 560.140With high flow nozzle, adjustable Coupling plug, DN 7.2 560.145Hose connection DN 9 560.151Hose connection DN 13 560.143Female thread G ⅜ 560.146With extension nozzle, bore hole-Ø 2.3 mm (nickel-plated steel, without rubber attachment), length 110 mmCoupling plug, DN 7.2 560.53Hose connection DN 9 560.56Hose connection DN 13 560.57Female thread G ⅜ 560.43for extension nozzle with rubber attachment (470-44): order No. with additional G (e.g. 560.53G)

Blow gun multiblow, plastic

Version Order No.With high flow noise reducing and safety nozzleCoupling plug, DN 7.2 530.41Hose connection DN 9 530.17Hose connection DN 13 530.18Female thread G ¼ 530.40With high flow safety nozzleCoupling plug, DN 7.2 530.141Hose connection DN 9 530.117Hose connection DN 13 530.118Female thread G ¼ 530.140With high flow nozzle, adjustable Coupling plug, DN 7.2 530.145Hose connection DN 9 530.151Hose connection DN 13 530.143Female thread G ¼ 530.146With extension nozzle, bore hole-Ø 2.3 mm (nickel-plated steel, without rubber attachment), length 110 mmCoupling plug, DN 7.2 530.53Hose connection DN 9 530.56Hose connection DN 13 530.57Female thread G ¼ 530.43for extension nozzle with rubber attachment (470-44): order No. with additional G (e.g. 530.53G)

560.41

560.141

560.145

560.53

530.41

530.141

530.145

530.53


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Straight blow guns with nozzles

Blow gun blowlight, straight shape, aluminiumMaterial: aluminium, clear anodised. With standard nozzle (metal version), bore hole-Ø 2 mm. Compact blow gun with reduced dimensions. The flow rate can be controlled by lever actuation. Nozzle connection M12 × 1.25 (nozzle exchangeable). Maximum operating pressure 8 bar.

Version Order No.Coupling plug, DN 7.2 270.41Hose connection DN 6 270.11Hose connection DN 9 270.17

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 8 barRecom. operating pressure 1 – 6 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °CNozzle connection M12 × 1.25 femaleMaterial housing – aluminium forged, seals – NBR

Blow-out pen, bore hole-Ø 0 – 2.3 mmPractical blow-out pen with clip. With integrated coupling plug (DN 7.2), can therefore be connected directly to a coupling. Surface protection by the rubber nozzle. For quick cleaning of surfaces, e.g. during grinding and metal or woodworking. Adjustable air flow by convenient one-hand operation.

Version Order No.Blow-out pen with integrated coupling plug, DN 7.2 271.001Adjustable blow-out pen with rubber tip and integrated coupling plug, DN 7.2 271.41

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 12 barRecom. operating pressure 1 – 6 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °CFlow rate max. 300 l/min at 6 barNozzle diameter 2.3 mm (order No. 271.41 adjustable from 0 up to 2.3 mm)Material housing – anodised aluminium, seals – NBR

Rubber blow gun, bore hole-Ø 2 mmThe blow gun that leaves no traces. For all applications where sensitive surfaces should not be damaged by contact. Actuation by bending the rubber mouthpiece. The air connection is possible via hose nozzle or coupling plug. Working pressure 1 – 6 bar.

Version Order No.Coupling plug, DN 7.2 319.41Hose connection DN 6 319.11Hose connection DN 9 319.17

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 barRecom. operating pressure 1– 6 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °CNozzle diameter 2 mm

Mini blow gun smartblowSmall straight blow gun including snap hook. Available in two nozzle versions. Air connection via DN 7.2 coupling plug. Especially suitable for use in workshops, in the automotive sector and in production.

Version Nozzle Order No.

Coupling plug, DN 7.2noise reduction and safety nozzle, steel 273.41full jet nozzle, plastic with nickel-plated brass 273.42

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 6 barRecom. operating pressure 1– 5 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °CFlow rate approx. 160 l/minMaterial housing plastic (nylon)Material seals NBRMaterial nozzles steel resp. plastic and nickel-plated brassBore hole-Ø nozzle 1 mm

270.41

271.001

271.41

319.41

319.11

incl. snap hook

273.41

273.42


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

179ewo.de

Nozzles

All nozzles with connection thread M12 × 1.25.

Standard nozzleStandard nozzle for all blow guns. Focused jet with high pressure. The sound level is above 90 dB(A) at pressures above 4 bar. Centrical bore hole with Ø 1.5 – 6 mm available. Plastic version is only available with a hole-Ø of 1.5 mm.

Version Material Order No.

Bore hole-Ø 1.5 mm*aluminium 105-6plastic, blue 470-843

* other bore hole-Ø available on request.

Noise silencing nozzleExtremely low-noise due to the sintered insert. Noise level below 70 dB(A), wide air jet with low blowing force.

Version Material Order No.With sinter insert aluminium/sinter metal 269-33

Full jet nozzleWide air jet with high air output by injector, therefore very high blowing force. At pressure > 2 bar the sound level is above 90 dB(A). Recommended pressure < 2 bar, sound level here at 90 dB(A).

Version Material Order No.Bore hole-Ø 2 mm plastic, black 269-45Bore hole-Ø 2.5 mm aluminium 269-59

Air-shield nozzleSimilar to the standard nozzle, but with the addition of an air shield, which prevents particles from rebounding. It also achieves a slightly sound-absorbing effect. High blowing power. Centric bore hole, sound level < 85 dB(A) at 6 bar.

Version Material Order No.Bore holes: 9 × Ø 1 mm aluminium 269-27

High flow noise reducing and safety nozzleSound level < 80 dB(A) at 6 bar. Flow rate 720 – 800 l/min (measured at p₁ = 6 bar).

Version Material Order No.Bore holes: 25 × Ø 1.2 mm nickel-plated steel 530-10

High flow safety nozzleWide air jet. Sound level < 85 dB(A) at 6 bar. Flow rate 900 – 1,000 l/min (measured at p₁ = 6 bar).

Version Material Order No.Bore holes: Ø 6.9 mm nickel-plated steel 530-11

High flow nozzle, adjustable Sound level < 80 dB(A) at 6 bar.

Version Material Order No.Adjustable, Ø max. 4 mm anodised aluminium 530-12

High flow 90°-blow-out nozzleFor lateral blow-out and cleaning in inaccessible areas.

Version Material Order No.4 × 3 lateral perforations Ø 1.4 mm anodised aluminium 530-13

105-6 470-843

269-33

269-45

269-59

269-27

530-10

530-11

530-12

530-13


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Safety and noise reducing nozzle blowstarCombined safety and noise reducing nozzle. Avoids some risks and dangers when handling compressed air, especially in the case of direct skin contact. The working conditions are noticeably improved by the significant reduction of noise down to 74 dB(A). Conventional blowing nozzles are above 90 dB(A) at 6 bar. Due to its principle, the full-cone nozzle offers an excellent, concentric blowing effect with maximum effectiveness. Compared to classic single-hole blowing nozzles, the blowing force is up to 2.5 times stronger. Recommended especially for compressed air blow guns, but also suitable as industrial process nozzle.

Type certification for noise reduction: Swiss National Accident Insurance Fund (SUVA) EU Directive 2003/10/EC (Noise) Noise and vibration workplace safety regulations (TRLV-Lärm) EU Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC, EN 12100 OSHA Regulations

Two-piece nozzle. Available with or without mounted double nipple. Material variants: zinc die-cast or plastic (POM). Double nipple: aluminium (black anodised version).

Version Material Order No.

Nozzle with double nipple zinc die-cast / aluminium 470-39POM / aluminium, black anodised 470-393

Nozzle without double nipple G ¼ female

zinc die-cast 470-37POM 470-373


Order No.Double nipple G ¼ male × M12 × 1.25

aluminium 470-38aluminium, black anodised 470-383

Adapter G ¼ f emale× M12 × 1.25 male

aluminium, clear anodised 470-62

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °CConnection thread M12 × 1.25

Adjustable air saving nozzleAdjusts the air volume optimally to the desired working conditions. At the same time, energy costs and noise levels are reduced. Ideal for upgrading all ewo blow guns and interchangeable with the complete ewo nozzle range. Two parts, the mounted nozzle corresponds to a standard nozzle. Working pressure max. 10 bar.

Version Material L (mm) Order No.Color blue aluminium (body) /

POM (sleeve, pin, nozzle) 57

470-84Color black 470-85

Safety flat-jet nozzleCan be used as process nozzle (transport, cooling). With G ¼ male thread. For use with an ewo blow gun (types 470 and 269), please order variant with adapter. Max. working pressure 6 bar.

Version Material L (mm) Order No.Narrow, 6 holes, with adapter M 12 × 1.25

POM (nozzle) / aluminium (adapter)

85 470-61

Wide, 16 holes, with adapter M 12 × 1.25

POM (nozzle) / aluminium (adapter)

106 470-60

Narrow, 6 holes, G ¼ (without adapter)

POM 68 470-59

Wide, 16 holes, G ¼ male (without adapter)

POM 90 470-58

Spare part: adapter G ¼ female × M 12 × 1.25 male

aluminium, clear anodised 26 470-62

470-39

470-393

470-38 470-383

470-62

470-84

470-85

470-61

470-58


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

181ewo.de

Extension nozzle, brassIn straight or angled form. Tube-Ø 5 mm.

Version Material L (mm) Order No.

Straight, bore hole-Ø 3 mm nickel-plated brass

115 105-103165 105-104265 105-105415 105-107

Angled, bore hole-Ø 3 mm nickel-plated brass110 105-16A160 105-14A260 105-15A

Extension nozzle, steelAngled. Also available as a version with rubber cap to protect surfaces.

Version Material L (mm) Order No.Bore hole-Ø 2.3 mm nickel-plated steel 110 470-12Bore hole-Ø 2.3 mm, with rubber cap

nickel-plated steel 110 470-72

Spare part: rubber cap TPU 28 470-44

Safety and noise reducing nozzle safetystarAngled star-shaped safety nozzle. Avoids some risks and hazards when handling compressed air, especially direct skin contact. Improved working conditions due to noise reduction to below 80 dB(A). The following safety regulations and guidelines are currently fulfilled:

Swiss National Accident Insurance Fund (SUVA) EU Directive 2003/10/EC (Noise) Noise and vibration workplace safety regulations (TRLV-Lärm) EU Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC, EN 12100 OSHA Regulations

Version Material L (mm) Order No.Angled star-shaped nozzle nickel-plated steel 120 470-43

Special extra long extension nozzle, steel

Version Material L (mm) Order No.Straight, bore hole-Ø 2.3 mm nickel-plated steel 800 470-79Angled, bore hole-Ø 2.3 mm nickel-plated steel 800 470-76

105-103

105-16A

470-12

470-72

470-44

470-43

470-76

Extension nozzles

All nozzles with connection thread M12 × 1.25.


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Blow gun extensions

For better accessibility to particularly difficult or unfavourable areas, resulting in greater work safety and more comfortable working conditions. Robust extensions suitable for all ewo blow guns. The extensions can be equipped with all nozzles from the ewo range. All extensions can be combined with each other and screwed one after the other. They are equipped with a rotatable locking device on the inlet side to position the tube with nozzle correctly. Bore hole-Ø 8 mm. Available in straight or angled design, and in four different lengths.

Combination example

Version L (mm) Order No.

Straigth

150 107-31300 107-32450 107-33800 107-34

Angled

150 107-61300 107-62450 107-63800 107-64

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 barOperating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °CConnection thread inlet M12 × 1.25 male – rotatable for lockingConnection thread outlet M12 × 1.25 female – rigidMaterial anodised aluminium


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

183ewo.de

Accessories (nozzle attachments)

Bike plugsFor inflating bicycle tyres, wheelbarrow tyres etc.

Version Material Thread Order No.

Angled, with bicycle valve brassM12 × 1.25 105-45G ¼ male without knurled nut 105-46

Protection shieldFor installation between nozzle and blow gun.

Version Material Order No.Ø 70 mm plastic (PE) 269-15

Blow gun pressure limiterThe pressure limiting valve is to be mounted directly at the outlet of the blow gun in front of the nozzle. The built-in pressure control valve reduces the blow-out pressure to approx. 2.5 – 2.8 bar (depending on the inlet pressure 1 – 10 bar). Advantages: safety when blowing out, noise reduction and air saving.

Version Material Order No.Thread M12 × 1.25 aluminium 470-82

Volume pressure control valveThe adjustable volume pressure control valve is to be mounted at the inlet of the blow gun. It enables a volume control of the compressed air and thereby a pressure reduction when blowing out. A lower air volume and a lower blow-out pressure results in noise reduction and reduced costs for compressed air.

Version Material Order No.Thread G ¼ aluminium 470-83

105-45

269-15

470-82

470-83


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Blow-out sets airclassic / airbasic / airprofi

Complete blow gun sets, consisting of a blow gun (aluminium die-cast or plastic) with extension nozzle (steel), PU spiral hose (in various lengths) mounted with coupling and coupling plug DN 7.2 (brass). Max. operating pressure PU-spiral hose: 8 bar at max. 50 °C.

Blow-out set airclassic

Version Hose-Ø Hose length (m) Order No.

Aluminium die-cast 603.5 472.326 472.62

Blow-out set airbasic


Plastic 603.5 472.316 472.61

Blow-out set airprofi

Version Hose-Ø Hose length (m) Order No.Plastic 60 3.5 472.3Plastic 60 6 472.6Version with extension nozzle safetystarPlastic 60 6 472.2

Blow-out set, compressed air connection on topBlow gun set consisting of a blow gun (aluminium forged) with standard nozzle (aluminium), PU spiral hose in two lengths, mounted with coupling and coupling plug DN 7.2 (brass). Max. operating pressure PU spiral hose: 8 bar at max. 50 °C.


Aluminium forged 603.5 472.736 472.76

Blow-out set for trucksConsisting of a plastic blow gun (with extension nozzle and rubber cap) and a PU spiral hose (length 3 m or 6 m). The set offers special connection options for the truck cab and thereby the possibility to clean the cab by blowing it out. Supplied in a plastic case.

Version Content Hose length (m) Order No.

Driver's cab

blow gun, spiral hose, connection with coupling plug DN 7.2, PU hose 6 × 4, 25 cm T-connector, threaded connection G ¼ female – 6 × 4, coupling G ¼ male, DN 7.2 with seal

3 472.90

6 472.190

UniversalBlow gun, spiral hose, connection with coupling plug DN 7.2

3 472.91

6 472.191


Order No.PU spiral hose, coupling plug DN 7.2 G ¼ male, 3 m E40818PU spiral hose, coupling plug DN 7.2 G ¼ male, 6 m E40819

472.32

472.2

472.73

472.90


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

185ewo.de

Washing guns

High-pressure washing guns for use on water pumps and for cooling lubricants. Available in several versions: with hand-operated regulation (regulating wheel) and as safety version with lever actuation. The jet can be regulated from full jet to spray jet. Brass or aluminium.

Washing gunNozzle-Ø 2 mm. With regulating wheel. A second nozzle with Ø 4 mm is included. Material: brass.

Version Order No.Hose connection DN 13 ( ½”) 160.04Hose connection DN 19 ( ¾”) 160.06

Safety washing gun multicleanWith lever and regulating wheel. Material: aluminium, brass-coloured anodised.

Version Order No.Female thread G ½ 404.21Coupling plug DN 12 404.22Hose connection DN 13 ( ½”) 404.23Hose connection DN 19 ( ¾”) 404.24

Order key for all variants404.XX

1 female thread G ½ 2 coupling plug DN 12 3 hose connection DN 13 ( ½”) 4 hose connection DN 19 ( ¾”)

2 nozzle Ø 2 mm standard 4 nozzle Ø 4 mm 6 nozzle Ø 6 mm

Safety washing gun proficleanNozzle-Ø 2 mm. With lever and regulating wheel. Material: aluminium, clear anodised.

Version Order No.Female thread G ½ 416.30Coupling plug DN 12 416.03Hose connection DN 13 ( ½”) 416.04Hose connection DN 19 ( ¾”) 416.06


Suitable for Order No.Spray nozzle Ø 2 mm, M21 × 1.5 with O-ring models 160, 404 160-4Spray nozzle Ø 4 mm, M21 × 1.5 with O-ring models 160, 404 160-4ASpray nozzle Ø 6 mm, M21 × 1.5 with O-ring models 160, 404 160-25Spray nozzle Ø 2 mm, M21 × 1.5 with O-ring models 416 416-99Spray nozzle Ø 4 mm, M21 × 1.5 with O-ring models 416 416-98Special spray nozzle Ø 4 mm, length 28 mm, M21 × 1.5 with O-ring

model 416 416-96

Special spray nozzle Ø 4 mm, length 58 mm, M21 × 1.5 with O-ring

model 416 416-95

Extension with nozzle Ø 4 mm, length 300 mm, M21 × 1.5 with O-ring

models 160, 404 404-304

further nozzle-Ø for spray nozzles available on request (max. Ø 6 mm)

Technical data

Modell 160 404 416Max. operating pressure (p₁) 40 bar 25 bar

Operating temperature +5 °C up to +90 °C+5 °C up to +90 °C

Water flow rates in l/minwith different Nozzles (valve fully open)

Model Operating pressure (bar)

4 6 10 16 20(only Mod. 416)

25 (only Mod. 160, 404)

40

416, 160/404 nozzle Ø 2 mm 4 5 6.3 8 10 10 13416, 160/404 nozzle Ø 4 mm 16 20 25 32 40 40 50160/404 nozzle Ø 6 mm 36 45 56 72 - 90 112

160.04

404.23

416.04

160-4 416-98

416-96 416-95

404-304


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Washing gun powerclean

The powerclean washing gun is suitable for use with air and / or water. The combination enables a highly effective cleaning. In conjunction with the adjustable nozzle, even those areas are gently cleaned where damage can occur, e.g. due to high-pressure cleaning. The nozzle design combined with compressed air support prevents back-spraying to a high degree. The water jet is continuously regulated by adjusting the nozzle handwheel. Water withdrawal either from supply line or tank (e.g. bucket) is possible. Material: aluminium, forged, nozzle-Ø 6 mm.

Water connection version Compressed air connection Order No.G ⅜ male thread for direct connection to water hose

coupling plug, DN 7.2165.241

With plugs for common water hose coupling systems (fig.)

165.441

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 barOperating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °C

Water flow rates in l/min / 6 mm nozzle (valve fully opened)

Operating pressure (bar) 4 10Flow rate (l/min) 36 56

Air flow rates/noise level

Operating pressure (bar) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10Flow rate (l/min) 246 262 308 352 401 424 453 515 552Noise level dB(A) 83.4 83.8 82.4 80.9 84.5 87 89.3 92.3 94.8

Suction guns

Compressed air suction gunFor vacuuming swarf, dust and dirt. After modification also suitable for surface drying. With suction pipe Ø 25 mm and dust bag. Coupling plug DN 7.2 included loosely. Material: aluminium.

Articles Order No.Compressed air suction gun, complete 474.000Accessories: vacuum cleaner nozzle set, with crevice nozzle and wide nozzle 474.001Spare part: dustbag 474.002

Technical data

Medium filtered compressed airThread G ¼ male and coupling plug DN 7.2 (added)Max. operating pressure (p₁) 8 barRecommended operating pressure 4 – 8 barFlow rate at 6 bar 500 Nl/minOperating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °CWeight 530 gLength hose/suction pipe 0.5 m/ 300 mm

165.441

474.000

474.001

474.002


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

187ewo.de

Spray guns

Spray guns for low viscosity media. Adjusting of stream and dosage by rotation of the nozzle. Compressed air connection with coupling plug DN 7.2 for coupling model 308 or with detachable hose connection. Pistol body made of aluminium die-cast.

Spray gun multispray, for low viscosity mediaNozzle-Ø 3 mm. Spray guns according to the suction principle, e.g. for cold detergents. Mounted with straight or swivelling spray tube. Available with a plastic or metal spray container or with releasable screw fitting for hose connection.

Compressed air connection Version Spray tube shape Order No.

Coupling plug

with plastic bowl 0.7 lstraight 125.241360° swivelling 125.341

with metal bowl 0.7 lstraight 125.241M360° swivelling 125.341M

with hose nozzle DN 6 for sprayed material

straight 125.363

with hose nozzle DN 6 for sprayed material

360° swivelling 125.315


Order No.Bowl 0.7 l, material: Hostalen 251-11Lid for bowl 0.7 l, material: Hostalen 251-12Metal bowl 0.7 l, bowl with lid complete 125-71Bowl 0.7 l, material: metal 148-39Lid for bowl 0.7 l, material: metal 125-72Cork sealing ring for metal bowl 148-32

Technical data

Max. operating pressure 10 barRecommended operating pressure 2 – 6 barOperating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °CSpraying cone approx. 40°

Air consumption / suction heightAt different operating pressures and spray tubes

Operating pressure (bar) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Air consumptionstraight spray tube

m³/h 2.5 3 3.6 4.3 5 5.7 6.5l/min 42 50 60 72 83 95 108

swivelling spray tubem³/h 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.3 7.4 8.5 9.6l/min 53 70 87 105 123 142 160

Suction height (m)

straight spray tube 4 5.5 6.5 7 6.5 5.5 4swivelling spray tube 2.5 4.2 5.5 6 6.5 7 6.5

Spray gun type 269, for low viscosity mediaNozzle-Ø 0.7 mm. For spraying from a pressure tank or from the water supply. Compressed air connection with releasable hose connection. Nozzle with swirl insert. Lever actuation. Pistol body made of aluminium, forged.

Compressed air connection Thread Order No.Releasable hose connection G ¼ × DN 6 269.35


Order No.Spray attachment complete incl. nozzle Ø 0.7 269-46Nozzle Ø 0.7 mm (mounted) 105-49

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 10 barRecommended operating pressure 1 – 6 barOperating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °CSpraying cone approx. 40°

Water flow rates with nozzle-Ø 0.7 mm – valve fully open

Operating pressure (bar) 1 2 3 4 5 6Water quantity (l/min) 0.18 0.21 0.24 0.27 0.3 0.33

125.241

125.341

125.241M

125.363

251-11

251-12

148-39

125-72 148-32

269.35

269-46

Fluids as transport equipment

PRIVATE LABEL

all mixing bowls are

custom printable

03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Spray gun for viscous mediaSpray gun based on the suction principle, suitable for the application of viscous media (viscosity up to max. 500 mPas). The spray gun is not suitable for liquids containing solvents. Stream regu-lation by turning the spray tube. Lockable via a lock nut. Container for spraying material made of plastic or metal. Compressed air connection with coupling plug DN 7.2 for quick coupling model 308. Pistol body made of aluminium die-cast. Spray tube Ø 6 mm.

Compressed air connection Version Order No.

Coupling plugwith plastic bowl 0.7 l 355.511with metal bowl 0.7 l 355.521


Order No.Bowl 0.7 l, material: Hostalen 251-11Lid for bowl 0.7 l, material: Hostalen 251-12Metal bowl 0.7 l, bowl with lid complete 125-71Bowl 0.7 l, material: metal 148-39Lid for bowl 0.7 l, material: metal 125-72Cork sealing ring for metal bowl 148-32

Technical data

Max. operating pressure 10 barRecommended operating pressure 2 – 8 barOperating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °C

Air consumption / suction height

Operating pressure (bar) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Air consumptionm³/h 246 262 308 352 401 424 453 515 552l/min 14.8 15.7 18.5 21.1 24 25.4 27.2 30.9 33.1

Suction height (m) 2 3 4 5 6.5 7 6.5 6 5.5

355.511

355.521

251-11

251-12

148-39

125-72 148-32


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

189ewo.de

Compressed air cartridge gun

For applying silicone or acrylic sealants from standard 310 ml plastic cartridges. Cartridge holder can be rotated; rapid venting prevents the material from dripping. Sensitive dosage possible. Pistol body made of forged aluminium.

Compressed air connection Version Order No.Coupling plug, DN 7.2 with cartridge holder 340.41

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 8 barRecommended operating pressure 2 – 6 barOperating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °CAir consumption 60 l/minWeight 660 g

340.41


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


Sandblasting gun

The sandblasting gun is suitable for removing rusty spots that are not or hardly accessible with grinding wheels and other tools, e.g. for removing light rust spots from mudguards and car rims. Rust will disappear in seconds so that any primer can adhere again. After sandblasting, the surface can be repainted, coated or galvanised. Pistol body made of aluminium die-cast. Nozzle Ø 4 mm.

Compressed air connection Version Order No.Coupling plug, DN 7.2 plastic bowl 0.7 l 390.12Coupling plug, DN 7.2 hose 1.5 m 390.13Releasable hose connection G ¼ × DN 6 plastic bowl 0.7 l 390.11


Order No.Bowl 0.7 l, material: Hostalen 251-11Lid for cup 0.7 l, material: Hostalen 251-12Nozzle Ø 4 mm, hardened, zinc-plated 390-2Hose complete, 1.5 m, 15 × 9, material: PVC 390-6

Technical data

Max. operating pressure (p₁) 8 barOperating pressure 4 – 7 barOperating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °CWorking distance 30 cmPlastic bowl (capacity) approx. 1 kgNozzles-Ø (hardened) 4 mmAbrasives 0.1 – 0.8 mm

Recommended abrasives mineral or natural disposable blasting media, shape and grain size depending on base material and texture

Air consumption / suction height, with nozzle Ø 4 mm

Operating pressure (bar) 2 3 4 5 6 7

Air consumptionm³/h 6.7 9 10.8 13.5 16.5 19.5l/min 112 150 180 225 275 325

Suction height (m)* 2.7 3 2.7 2.3 1.7 1.2* suction height specification valid for water (for quartz sand approx. 50 % of values are valid)

390.12

390.13

251-11 251-12



03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

191ewo.de

HVLP Paint spray guns

HVLP Paint Spray Gun minipaint, with caseCompact and handy special paint spray gun with accessories as a set in a carrying case. HVLP version with high colour transfer rate > 80 % at simul-taneously low operating pressure (2 – 2.5 bar). Mist reduced and environmentally friendly. Equipped with stainless steel nozzle components used for the handling of water-based paints. Particularly suitable for smaller surfaces, partial paintwork on vehicles, as well as various decorative paintwork. Quality and precision in the details, coupled with optimum ergonomics to guarantee perfect results.

HVLP (High Volume Low Pressure) is an internationally established low-pressure process in painting technology which offers the following advantages: Excellent surface finish Versatile applications in the automotive, metal and woodworking handcrafts as well as in industry Compliance with statutory requirements (VOC) Low paint consumption Lower emission High degree of efficiency

Painting set in carrying case

Article Order No.Contents: paint spray gun (compressed air connection G ¼), with nozzle Ø 0.7 mm, 2 gravity flow cups (plastic) 75/250 ml, spare part set (seals and springs), nozzle key, cleaning set, G ¼ steel plug, maintenance oil.

250.00

Recommended air pressure

For use with HVLP: 2 bar. With the recommended air pressure, the spray gun complies with European and North American regulations that require the paint transfer rate of the transfer efficiency to be above 65 % and / or that the internal nozzle pressure not exceeding 0.7 bar.


Order No.Nozzle set Ø 0.7 mm, consisting of air cap – paint nozzle – paint needle 250-8Nozzle set Ø 1 mm, consisting of air cap – paint nozzle – paint needle 250-9Nozzle set Ø 1.2 mm consisting of air cap – paint nozzle – paint needle 250-10Air micrometer 2 bar (air throttle valve) for exact adjustment of the working pressure 250.01Spare part set (seals and springs) 250-13Gravity flow cup 250 ml, complete with lid, plastic, connection thread M8 × 0.75 250-14Gravity flow cup 75 ml, complete with lid, plastic, connection thread M8 × 0.75 250-15

Technical data

Operating pressure (p₂) 2 – 2.5 bar/28.6 – 35.8 psiMax. material temperature 40 °CAir consumption at 2 bar 130 l/min/4.6 cfmMaterial paint nozzles and paint needle stainless steelMaterial gun body aluminium die-cast, chemically nickel-plated and polishedMaterial bowl and lid PEWeight (complete set) 1.69 kg

250-00

Nozzle set

250.01250.14


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


HVLP Paint spray gun smartpaint, with caseErgonomic and versatile HVLP paint spray gun, which is particularly characterized by the reduced emission of paint mist. The smartpaint is ideal for bodywork repairs such as spot repairs as well as graphic and decorative applications..

Painting set in carrying case

Article Order No.Contents: paint spray gun (compressed air connection G ¼), with nozzle Ø 1 mm, 2 gravity flow cups (plastic) 75/180 ml, spare part set (seals and springs), nozzle key, cleaning set, G ¼ steel plug, maintenance oil.

250.11




Order No.Nozzle set Ø 0.7 mm, consisting of air cap – paint nozzle – paint needle 250-46Nozzle set Ø 1 mm, consisting of air cap – paint nozzle – paint needle 250-47Nozzle set Ø 1.2 mm, consisting of air cap – paint nozzle – paint needle 250-48Nozzle set Ø 1.4 mm, consisting of air cap – paint nozzle – paint needle 250-49Air micrometer 2 bar (air throttle valve) for exact adjustment of the working pressure 250.01Spare part set (seals and springs) 250-50Gravity flow cup 75 ml, complete with lid, plastic, connection thread M12 × 1 250-51Gravity flow cup 180 ml, complete with lid, plastic, connection thread M12 × 1 250-52Gravity flow cup 500 ml, complete with lid, plastic, connection thread M12 × 1 250-20

Technical data

Operating pressure (p₂) 2 bar/28.6 psiMax. material temperature 40 °CAir consumption at 2 bar 170 l/min/6 cfmMaterial paint nozzles and paint needle stainless steelMaterial gun body aluminium die-cast, chemically nickel-plated and polishedMaterial bowl and lid PEWeight gun without bowl 270 gWeight (complete set) 1.27 kg

Paint and compressed air hose

This hose is designed for extreme conditions and consists of three-layer, silicone-free thermoplastic. It is reinforced with a polyester fabric insert. The hose cover protects against oil, grease, paint and hydrocarbons. It can also dissipate electrostatic voltages. Typical applications: Repair workshops, paint shops, automotive industry, plastics processing, assembly companies and carpentry shops.

Inner-Ø (DN) × Wall thickness (mm) Pressure at 20 °C (bar) Length (m) Order No.Full roll 40 m, without connections9 × 3.5 16 40 E40502Completely assembled with DN 7.2 coupling and plug (brass)9 × 3.5 16 8 E405009 × 3.5 16 10 E405109 × 3.5 16 15 E40515Completely assembled with DN 7.4 pushbutton safety coupling and plug (steel)9 × 3.5 16 10 E40520

Technical data

see hoses on page 135.

250-11

Nozzle set

250.01

250-20

E40520

HVLP Paint spray gun paintprofi, with caseThe powerful all-round paint spray gun with environmentally friendly HVLP technology, suitable for versatile applications in industry and crafts. The low dispersion pressure of max. 0.7 bar (internal nozzle pressure) ensures a very economical working method with a high material transfer rate (> 80 %) and optimum spraying characteristics at the same time. This avoids expensive paint losses and at the same time fulfils and exceeds the current legal requirements of the "VOC Directive".Due to the standard equipment with stainless steel nozzle components, top coats, fillers and water-based primers can also be applied. The lightweight design gives the gun favourable ergonomics. Available in two versions: the standard version with gravity flow cup or with pressure cup system.

Painting set, standard version, in carrying case

Article Order No.Contents: paint spray gun (compressed air connection G ¼), with nozzle Ø 1.3 mm, gravity flow cup (plastic) 500 ml, spare part set (seals and springs), nozzle key, cleaning set, G ¼ steel plug, maintenance oil.

250.41

Painting set, with pressure cup system, in carrying case

Article Order No.Contents: paint spray gun (compressed air connection G ¼), with nozzle Ø 1.3 mm, pressure cup system, spare part set (seals and springs), nozzle key, cleaning set, G ¼ steel plug, maintenance oil.

250.91




Order No.Nozzle set Ø 1.3 mm, consisting of air cap – paint nozzle – paint needle 250-2Nozzle set Ø 1.5 mm, consisting of air cap – paint nozzle – paint needle 250-3Nozzle set Ø 1.7 mm, consisting of air cap – paint nozzle – paint needle 250-4Nozzle set Ø 1.9 mm, consisting of air cap – paint nozzle – paint needle 250-5Nozzle set Ø 2.2 mm, consisting of air cap – paint nozzle – paint needle 250-6Air micrometer 2 bar (air throttle valve) for exact adjustment of the working pressure 250.01Pressure cup system 0.68 l, consisting of gravity flow cup complete with lid, pressure regulator, air micrometer

250.02

Spare part set (seals and springs) 250-19Gravity flow cup 500 ml, complete with lid, plastic, connection thread M12 × 1 250-20Paint sieve, plastic (PA) 250-21

Technical data

Operating pressure (p₂) 2 bar/28.6 psiMax. material temperature 40 °CAir consumption at 2 bar 200 l/min (7.1 cfm)Material paint nozzles and paint needle stainless steelMaterial gun body aluminium die-cast, chemically nickel-plated and polishedMaterial bowl and lid PEWeight (complete set) 1.6 kg

250.41

Nozzle set

250.01

250.02

250-20

250-21


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent

193ewo.de

Painting kit

Consisting of pre-filter, microfilter (variobloc series), HVLP spray gun and hose. Multi-stage compressed air preparation system with high quality filter elements for an optimal painting result. Available with a selection of two HVLP spray guns. Air quality according to ISO 8573.1. Areas of application: sandblasting and chemical companies, plastics and packaging industry as well as paint production.

Components: Paint filter unit: filter pressure regulator variobloc G ½ with metal container and semi-automatic drain valve, filter element 5 µm; microfilter

(separation efficiency 99.999 % related to 0.01 µm), distributor block with two couplings (five pressure outlets). Incl. wall bracket (twice). HVLP Painting set: either minipaint or paintprofi (in carrying case with accessories). Painting and compressed air hose: 8 m, mounted with coupling and plug DN 7.2.

Article Order No.Painting set minipaint (with paint filter unit, HVLP paint kit, hose) 250.001Painting set paintprofi (with paint filter unit, HVLP paint kit, hose) 250.002Single componentsPaint filter unit variobloc (with filter pressure regulator and microfilter) 250.003Paint filter unit variobloc (with filter pressure regulator, micro- and activated carbon filter)

250.004

HVLP paint spray gun minipaint in carrying case 250.00HVLP paint spray gun paintprofi in carrying case 250.41Painting and compressed air hose complete E40500

Technical data and further information: for paint filter unit variobloc: starting from page 51 single units for HVLP paint spray gun: see page 191 up to page 193 for paint and compressed air hose: see page 192

Filter regulator station microair for paint shop usage

Multi-stage compressed air preparation with high-quality filter elements (pre-filter, microfilter and possibly activated carbon filter) for an optimum painting result; without cost-intensive post-processing or operational failures. Removes impurities such as H₂O, hydrocarbons and dirt particles. High flow rate (3,000 Nl/min), with differential pressure gauge as individual contamination indicator. For maximum economy, service and safety. Air quality according to ISO 8573.1 – class 1 (particles and oil). Areas of application: sandblasting companies, chemical industry, plastics industry, paint production, packaging industry.

Construction and components:Stage one – pre-filter Fine sintered bronze filter, 5 µm filtration grade, for filtration of solids and liquids. Filtration efficiency 99 %. (Can be regenerated by washing out). With automatic attachable drain valve (A).Stage two – pressure regulatorInlet pressure independent with increased accuracy without air consumption. Regulates the desired operating pressure from 0.5 – 10 bar. Pressure gauge with solvent-resistant glass screen.Stage three – microfilterMulti-stage depth filter with three-dimensional filter effect made of binder-free borosilicate fibre fleece with high dirt absorption capacity. For fine filtration of compressed air solid particles and oil-water aerosols up to a residual oil content of 0.01 mg/m³. Chemically and biologically inactive, water-repellent. Stainless steel cover and aluminium end caps. Separation efficiency 99.99998 % at 0.01 µm. Tested and approved according to LPV 0.700.9900 (Fraunhofer Institute).Distributor blockFor air extraction. Available with two ball valves or two couplings.

Version Order No.Pre-filter – pressure regulator – microfilter with distributor block and 2 ball valves G ⅜ 439.2Pre-filter – pressure regulator – microfilter with distributor block and 2 couplings DN 7.2 439.3mounting bracket already mounted

Stage four – supplementary set of activated carbon filter and distributor blockThe filter regulator station can be extended with the supplementary activated carbon filter set plus distributor block. The advantage is a breathing air quality with considerably less contamination than the ambient air. The supplementary set can be attached to 439.2 or 439.3 with the 185.77 double nipple.Activated carbon filter: multilayer activated carbon for the adsorption of vaporous liquids and hydrocarbons (oil aerosols, odours). Residual oil content 0.005 ppm. See also detailed individual descriptions.

Version Order No.Activated carbon filter and distributor block with 2 couplings DN 7.2 with pressure gauge 0 – 16 bar

439.4

Double nipple for mounting to 439.2 or 439.3 185.77 ** delivery only in packaging unit (PU) of 5 pieces

250.002

439.2

439.4


03 |

Gar

age

air

equi

pm

ent


General terms and conditions§ 1 General information

These terms and conditions of delivery and payment shall only apply to business transactions with entrepreneurs within the meaning of §310 para. 1 BGB (German Civil Code) and with legal entities under public law or special funds under public law.

All offers, order confirmations, deliveries and services are based on these terms and conditions as well as on any separate contractual agreements. Deviating terms and conditions of purchase of the customer shall not become part of the contract even upon acceptance of the contract.

A contract is concluded – by special agreement – with the written or telephone order confirmation of the supplier. This applies accordingly to additions, modifications or subsidiary agreements. Invoicing shall be deemed as order confirmation.

These terms and conditions shall also apply to all future business relations, even if they are not expressly agreed again.

Counter-confirmations of the customer with reference to his terms and conditions of business or purchase are hereby expressly contradicted.

Deviations from these terms and conditions shall only be effective if confirmed in writing by the Supplier.

The Supplier‘s offers are subject to change without notice; order or article numbers refer to the latest edition of the Supplier‘s documents such as catalogues or brochures, which also contain further technical information. We expressly reserve the right to make technical changes. No guarantee can be given for the exact adherence to the unit weights, dimensions and performance data specified in the catalogue. If it becomes apparent after conclusion of the contract that the Supplier‘s claim to consideration is at risk due to the Purchaser‘s lack of ability to pay, in particular due to the Purchaser exceeding the credit limit or due to outstanding, overdue invoices, the Supplier shall be entitled to refuse performance of the contract until the Purchaser has provided consideration or security for it. The Supplier shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract if it has unsuccessfully set the Purchaser a reasonable period of time within which to perform the consideration or provide security.

The supplier reserves the right to invoice the agreed service by letter post or electronically by e-mail.

§ 2 Price and payment

The prices quoted by the supplier in his offers are subject to change. Unless otherwise stated in the order confirmation, the prices are ex works/warehouse of the supplier excluding packaging, postage, freight, other shipping charges, insurance and customs duties. These costs shall be invoiced separately. Packaging shall be invoiced at cost; it shall not be taken back. The statutory value added tax is not included in the supplier‘s prices. It will be invoiced separately at the statutory rate.

All invoices of the Supplier shall be payable net in Euro without any deduction within 30 days of the invoice date at the Supplier‘s paying agent. A cash discount deduction is not permitted if purchase price claims are still outstanding due to older, outstanding invoices.

The Supplier has the right, despite any other terms of the Purchaser to the contrary, to first set off incoming payments against the Purchaser‘s older debts. If costs and interest have already been incurred, the Supplier has the right to first set off the payment against costs, then against interest and finally against the principal performance.

If the Purchaser is in default with his payment commitments, or if the Supplier becomes aware of other circumstanc-es which jeopardise the creditworthiness of the Purchaser, the Supplier has the right to demand payment of the entire remaining debt or to demand security.

Cheques and bills of exchange shall only be accepted on account of payment, bills of exchange only after prior agreement.

Please pay attention to our minimum order value of 100,- €.

§ 3 Offsetting

The customer is only entitled to withhold payments or set them off against counterclaims in so far as his counter-claims are undisputed or have been legally established.

§ 4 Delivery period, delay in delivery

The delivery time is based on the agreements of the contracting parties. Their observance by the supplier presup-poses, that all commercial and technical questions have been clarified between the contracting parties and that the customer has fulfilled all obligations incumbent upon him, such as the provision of the necessary official certificates or approvals or the payment of a deposit. If this is not the case, the delivery period will be extended accordingly. This will not apply if the Supplier is responsible for the delay.

Compliance with the delivery period is subject to correct and punctual supply to ourselves. The supplier shall inform the customer as soon as possible of any imminent delays.

The delivery period is considered to have been fulfilled after the delivery item has left the supplier‘s factory or the readiness for dispatch has been notified by the end of the delivery period. If any acceptance is required, the acceptance date, or alternatively the notification of readiness for acceptance, shall be decisive - except in the case of justified refusal of acceptance. If dispatch or acceptance of the delivery item is delayed for reasons for which the Purchaser is responsible, the Purchaser shall be charged the costs incurred as a result of the delay, commencing one month after notification of readiness for dispatch or acceptance.

If non-compliance with the delivery period is due to force majeure, industrial disputes or other events beyond the Supplier‘s control, the delivery period shall be extended accordingly. The Supplier shall notify the Purchaser of the beginning and end of such circumstances as soon as possible.

The customer may withdraw from the contract without setting a deadline if the entire performance becomes finally impossible for the supplier before the transfer of risk. In addition, the Purchaser may withdraw from the contract if, in the case of an order, the execution of part of the delivery becomes impossible and he has a justified interest in rejecting the partial delivery. If this is not the case, the Purchaser shall pay the contractual price attributable to the partial delivery. The same shall apply in the event of the Supplier‘s inability to perform. Otherwise § 8 shall apply.

If the impossibility or inability to perform occurs during the delay in acceptance or if the customer is solely or pre-dominantly responsible for these circumstances, he shall remain obliged to pay consideration.

If the Purchaser sets the Supplier – in consideration of the statutory exceptions – a reasonable deadline for perfor-mance after the due date and the deadline is not respected, the Purchaser shall be entitled to rescind the contract within the framework of the statutory provisions.

Further claims arising from delay in delivery shall be determined exclusively in accordance with § 8 of these terms and conditions.

§ 5 Transfer of risk, acceptance

The risk will be transferred to the customer when the delivery item has left the factory / warehouse, even if partial de-liveries are made or the supplier has assumed other services, e.g. shipping costs or delivery and installation. Insofar as acceptance is to take place, this shall be decisive for the transfer of risk. It must be performed immediately on the acceptance date, alternatively after notification by the supplier that the goods are ready for acceptance. The customer may not refuse acceptance in the event of an insignificant defect.

If dispatch or acceptance is delayed or fails to take place due to circumstances for which the Supplier is not responsible, the risk is transferred to the Purchaser from the date of notification of readiness for dispatch or acceptance. The Supplier pledges to take out the insurances requested by the Purchaser at the Purchaser‘s expense.

Partial deliveries are permissible if they are reasonable for the customer.

§ 6 Retention of title

The delivered goods shall remain the property of the Supplier until the Purchaser has paid all liabilities arising from the existing business relationship.

Processing and transformation always take place for the supplier as manufacturer, but without obligation for him. If the Supplier‘s co-ownership expires due to mixing, it is hereby agreed that the Purchaser‘s co-ownership of the unitary item will be transferred to the Supplier in proportion to the value of the invoice value. The Purchaser shall keep the Supplier‘s ownership or co-ownership in safe custody free of charge.

The Purchaser is obliged to protect the Supplier‘s property / co-ownership from spoilage, depreciation or loss with the diligence of a prudent businessman.

The customer is entitled to process and sell the reserved goods in the ordinary course of business. Pledging or trans-fer by way of security is not permitted. The customer hereby assigns to the supplier by way of security all claims arising from the resale or any other legal reason with regard to the reserved goods in their entirety and with all ancillary rights.

In the event of access by third parties to the goods under retention of title, the customer shall point out the ownership of the supplier and shall inform the supplier immediately. Any costs and damages incurred shall be paid by the customer.

In the event of default in payment by the Purchaser, the Supplier shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract and to take back the reserved goods at the expense of the Purchaser or, if applicable, to demand assignment of the Purchaser‘s claims for surrender against third parties. The Supplier‘s right to claim for compensation shall remain unaffected. The same shall apply in the event of any other breach of contract by the Purchaser.

The supplier commits himself to release the securities to which he is entitled at the request of the purchaser to the extent that the realisable value of his remaining securities exceeds the claims by more than 20%. The selection of the securities to be released shall be incumbent upon him.

In the event of breach of contract by the customer, in particular default in payment, the supplier shall be entitled to take back the delivery item after issuing a reminder and the customer shall be obliged to surrender it.

The application of the Purchaser for the opening of insolvency proceedings shall entitle the Supplier to withdraw from the contract and to demand the immediate return of the delivery item.

§ 7 Claims for defects

The Supplier shall provide the following warranty for material defects and deficiencies in title of the delivery to the exclusion of further claims – under reservation of § 8:

Material defects All those parts which turn out to be defective as a result of a circumstance prior to the transfer of risk shall be re-paired or replaced defect-free at the Supplier‘s discretion free of charge. The Supplier must be notified immediately in writing of the discovery of such defects. Replaced parts shall become the property of the Supplier.

After consultation with the Supplier, the Purchaser shall grant the Supplier the necessary time and opportunity to carry out all repairs and replacement deliveries which the Supplier deems necessary; otherwise the Supplier shall be released from liability for the resulting consequences. Only in urgent cases of danger to operational safety or to prevent disproportionately large damage, in which case the Supplier shall be notified immediately, the Purchaser shall have the right to remedy the defect himself or have it remedied by third parties and to demand reimbursement of the necessary expenses from the Supplier.

Goods must generally be returned free of charge, as unfree shipments are not accepted. If a complaint is justified, the postage costs will be refunded.

Of the direct costs arising from the repair or replacement delivery, the Supplier shall bear the costs of the replacement part including dispatch, insofar that the complaint proves to be justified. He shall also bear the costs of removal and installation as well as the costs of any necessary provision of the necessary mechanics and assistants, including travel costs, insofar as this does not place a disproportionate burden on the supplier.

Within the framework of the statutory provisions, the Purchaser shall have the right to withdraw from the contract if the Supplier – in consideration of the statutory exceptions – allows a reasonable period of time set for the Supplier for repair or replacement due to a material defect to elapse unsuccessfully. If there is only an insignificant defect, the customer shall only be entitled to a reduction of the contract price. The right to a reduction of the contract price shall otherwise be excluded.

Further claims shall be determined in accordance with § 8 of these terms and conditions.

No guarantee is assumed in particular in the following cases:

Unsuitable or improper use, incorrect assembly or commissioning by the Purchaser or third parties, natural wear and tear, incorrect or negligent handling, improper maintenance, unsuitable operating materials, chemical, electrochemi-cal or electrical influences – unless the Supplier is responsible for them.

If the Purchaser or a third party carries out improper repairs, the Supplier shall not be liable for the resulting consequences.

The same applies to changes to the delivery item made without the prior consent of the supplier.

Defects of title If the use of the delivered item leads to an infringement of industrial property rights or copyrights in Germany, the Supplier shall, at its own expense, procure the right for the Purchaser to continue using the item or modify the delivered item in a manner reasonable for the Purchaser in such a way that the infringement no longer exists.

If this is not possible under economically reasonable conditions or within a reasonable period of time, the customer shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract. Under the abovementioned conditions, the Supplier shall also be entitled to withdraw from the contract.

In addition, the Supplier shall indemnify the Purchaser against any undisputed or legally established claims of the respective holders of industrial property rights.

The Supplier‘s obligations stated in § 7 clause 7 are final subject to § 8 clause 2 in the event of an infringement of industrial property rights or copyrights.

They only persist if: the Purchaser informs the Supplier without delay of any infringement of industrial property rights or copyrights asserted,

the Purchaser supports the Supplier to a reasonable extent in defending the asserted claims or enables the Supplier to execute the modification works in accordance with § 7 clause 7,

the supplier retains the right to take all defensive precautions, including out-of-court settlements,

the defect of title is not based on an instruction of the customer and,

the infringement of rights was not caused by the fact that the customer has unauthorisedly modified the delivered item or used it in a manner not in accordance with the contract.

§ 8 Liability

If the delivered item cannot be used by the Purchaser in accordance with the contract due to the fault of the Supplier as a result of omitted or faulty execution of proposals and consultations made before or after conclusion of the contract or due to the breach of other contractual ancillary obligations – in particular instructions for operation and maintenance of the delivered item – the regulations of §§ 7 and 8 clause 2 shall apply accordingly to the exclusion of further claims by the Purchaser.

For damages which have not occurred to the delivered item itself, the supplier shall only be liable – for whatever legal reasons – in the following circumstances:

on purpose, in the event of gross negligence on the part of the owner/the organs or executive employees, in case of intentional injury to life, body or health, in the case of defects which he fraudulently concealed or whose absence he guaranteed in writing, in the event of defects in the delivered item, insofar as liability is assumed under the Product Liability Act for personal injury or damage to privately used items.

In the event of culpable breach of material contractual obligations, the Supplier shall also be liable for gross negligence on the part of non-executive employees and for negligence, in the latter case limited to reasonably foreseeable damage typical of the contract. Further claims are excluded.

§ 9 Statute of limitations

All claims of the customer - on whatever legal grounds - shall become statute-barred after 12 months. The statutory periods shall apply to claims for damages pursuant to § 8 clause 2.

§ 10 Confidentiality

The customer is obliged to treat all information, know-how and other business secrets in connection with the execution of the respective order as strictly confidential and not to pass on any information, drawings, sketches or other documents to third parties or otherwise make them accessible without the express consent of the supplier.

§ 11 Industrial property rights, usage rights and patent rights

Insofar as the Supplier manufactures goods on the basis of an order in accordance with the instructions and guide-lines of the Purchaser and delivers them to the Purchaser, the Purchaser shall be liable to the Supplier for the freedom of the deliveries and services ordered from the property rights of third parties. He shall indemnify the Supplier against all corresponding claims of third parties and shall compensate him for any damages incurred.

Insofar as the Supplier provides the Purchaser with tools, installation proposals or other drawings and documents together with the goods, the Supplier shall retain title as well as all industrial property rights and rights of use thereto. The customer is only entitled to use the goods within the scope of the purchase contract; in particular, he is not entitled to reproduce such objects or make them accessible to third parties.

§ 12 Final clauses

The Supplier shall be entitled to store and process all data about the Customer received in connection with the execu-tion of the contract for its own purposes in compliance with the regulations of the Federal Data Protection Act.

In the event of the ineffectiveness of individual conditions, the contracting parties shall be obliged to replace the ineffective condition with an effective condition that comes as close as possible to the desired economic success.

Court of jurisdiction is Stuttgart.

Unless otherwise stated in the order confirmation, the place of performance shall be the Supplier‘s place of business.

The law of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply to all legal relationships between the Supplier and the Purchaser.

FN21

-100

-1A

.11/

20

Last update: Oct. 2020

Armaturen- und Autogengerätefabrik ewoHermann Holzapfel GmbH & Co. KG

Heßbrühlstraße 45-4770565 Stuttgart

Tel.: +49 711 7813 0Fax: +49 711 7813 200

[email protected] | www.ewo.de 852.

4.01

/21

2021

Qua

lity

prod

ucts

for t

rade

and

indu

stry

QQuality through

experience

uality through

experience

and tradition

and tradition!!

mailto:mailto:info%40ewo.de?subject=

https://www.ewo.de

https://www.ewo.de

Compressed air catalogue - ewo Stuttgart

Documents